https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/listen-to-new-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576004https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/426/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>enEducationCopyright Yadira Rohanhttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/75b375734bf2edac31e3cc84028b116f.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/listen-to-new-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576004Sat, 29 Mar 2025 06:12:10 +0000Yadira RohanYadira Rohanfeeds@spreaker.comPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/426/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/426/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>cleanepisodichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-need-to-talk-about-death-by-joan-bakewell--65209226https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Talk About Death Author: Joan Bakewell Narrator: Joan Bakewell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mortality is often on Joan Bakewell's mind. She's in her eighties, many of her friends have died and older relatives went long ago - and yet death is a topic we rarely discuss. It's become clear: we need to talk about death. In this groundbreaking series, Baroness Bakewell and expert guests discuss death and dying, exploring the choices open to us and confronting the questions we fear the most. This is no abstract pursuit, however, as the team tackle the most pressing practical issues at the end of our lives, like how to have the most painless death possible, how to leave your body to science or be buried at sea, who pays for your funeral if you die penniless, and what happens to our online presence after we're gone? While the UK ranks as one of the best places to die in the world, over half of British people die on an often busy hospital ward. Furthermore, many die in pain with painkillers like morphine often prescribed too late and in too low a dose to help us. Broadcasting legend and two time BAFTA winner Baroness Bakewell demystifies the dying process and discusses the choices open to us in the final days and hours. By speaking openly about these issues, we are empowered to take control of our own death, make sure all of our wishes are followed and, ultimately, die well. 1 Stand By Me 2 Ease My Pain 3 Death Itself 4 Give My Body to Science 5 My Digital Legacy 6 Bury Me at Sea 7 My Dying Wish 8 I Can't Afford to Die 9 Death Unexplained]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368131Thu, 12 Nov 2020 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Talk About Death Author: Joan Bakewell Narrator: Joan Bakewell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Talk About Death Author: Joan Bakewell Narrator: Joan Bakewell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mortality is often on Joan Bakewell's mind. She's in her eighties, many of her friends have died and older relatives went long ago - and yet death is a topic we rarely discuss. It's become clear: we need to talk about death. In this groundbreaking series, Baroness Bakewell and expert guests discuss death and dying, exploring the choices open to us and confronting the questions we fear the most. This is no abstract pursuit, however, as the team tackle the most pressing practical issues at the end of our lives, like how to have the most painless death possible, how to leave your body to science or be buried at sea, who pays for your funeral if you die penniless, and what happens to our online presence after we're gone? While the UK ranks as one of the best places to die in the world, over half of British people die on an often busy hospital ward. Furthermore, many die in pain with painkillers like morphine often prescribed too late and in too low a dose to help us. Broadcasting legend and two time BAFTA winner Baroness Bakewell demystifies the dying process and discusses the choices open to us in the final days and hours. By speaking openly about these issues, we are empowered to take control of our own death, make sure all of our wishes are followed and, ultimately, die well. 1 Stand By Me 2 Ease My Pain 3 Death Itself 4 Give My Body to Science 5 My Digital Legacy 6 Bury Me at Sea 7 My Dying Wish 8 I Can't Afford to Die 9 Death Unexplained]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-divided-we-fall-america-s-secession-threat-and-how-to-restore-our-nation-by-david-french--65209223https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366628 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divided We Fall: America's Secession Threat and How to Restore Our Nation Author: David French Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: David French warns of the potential dangers to the country—and the world—if we don’t summon the courage to reconcile our political differences. Two decades into the 21st Century, the U.S. is less united than at any time in our history since the Civil War. We are more diverse in our beliefs and culture than ever before. But red and blue states, secular and religious groups, liberal and conservative idealists, and Republican and Democratic representatives all have one thing in common: each believes their distinct cultures and liberties are being threatened by an escalating violent opposition. This polarized tribalism, espoused by the loudest, angriest fringe extremists on both the left and the right, dismisses dialogue as appeasement; if left unchecked, it could very well lead to secession. An engaging mix of cutting edge research and fair-minded analysis, Divided We Fall is an unblinking look at the true dimensions and dangers of this widening ideological gap, and what could happen if we don't take steps toward bridging it. French reveals chilling, plausible scenarios of how the United States could fracture into regions that will not only weaken the country but destabilize the world. But our future is not written in stone. By implementing James Madison’s vision of pluralism—that all people have the right to form communities representing their personal values—we can prevent oppressive factions from seizing absolute power and instead maintain everyone’s beliefs and identities across all fifty states. Reestablishing national unity will require the bravery to commit ourselves to embracing qualities of kindness, decency, and grace towards those we disagree with ideologically. French calls on all of us to demonstrate true tolerance so we can heal the American divide. If we want to remain united, we must learn to stand together again. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press “In his admirably measured book Divided We Fall, French convincingly argues that polarization is putting America on a perilous path to disunion.” -- New York Times]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366628Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366628 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divided We Fall: America's Secession Threat and How to Restore Our Nation Author: David French Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366628 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divided We Fall: America's Secession Threat and How to Restore Our Nation Author: David French Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: David French warns of the potential dangers to the country—and the world—if we don’t summon the courage to reconcile our political differences. Two decades into the 21st Century, the U.S. is less united than at any time in our history since the Civil War. We are more diverse in our beliefs and culture than ever before. But red and blue states, secular and religious groups, liberal and conservative idealists, and Republican and Democratic representatives all have one thing in common: each believes their distinct cultures and liberties are being threatened by an escalating violent opposition. This polarized tribalism, espoused by the loudest, angriest fringe extremists on both the left and the right, dismisses dialogue as appeasement; if left unchecked, it could very well lead to secession. An engaging mix of cutting edge research and fair-minded analysis, Divided We Fall is an unblinking look at the true dimensions and dangers of this widening ideological gap, and what could happen if we don't take steps toward bridging it. French reveals chilling, plausible scenarios of how the United States could fracture into regions that will not only weaken the country but destabilize the world. But our future is not written in stone. By implementing James Madison’s vision of pluralism—that all people have the right to form communities representing their personal values—we can prevent oppressive factions from seizing absolute power and instead maintain everyone’s beliefs and identities across all fifty states. Reestablishing national unity will require the bravery to commit ourselves to embracing qualities of kindness, decency, and grace towards those we disagree with ideologically. French calls on all of us to demonstrate true tolerance so we can heal the American divide. If we want to remain united, we must learn to stand together again. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press “In his admirably measured book Divided We Fall, French convincingly argues that polarization is putting America on a perilous path to disunion.” -- New York Times]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/eat-the-buddha-life-and-death-in-a-tibetan-town-by-barbara-demick--65209222https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367402 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat the Buddha: Life and Death in a Tibetan Town Author: Barbara Demick Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping portrait of modern Tibet told through the lives of its people, from the bestselling author of Nothing to Envy “A brilliantly reported and eye-opening work of narrative nonfiction.”—The New York Times Book Review NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Parul Sehgal, The New York Times • The New York Times Book Review • The Washington Post • NPR • The Economist • Outside • Foreign Affairs Just as she did with North Korea, award-winning journalist Barbara Demick explores one of the most hidden corners of the world. She tells the story of a Tibetan town perched eleven thousand feet above sea level that is one of the most difficult places in all of China for foreigners to visit. Ngaba was one of the first places where the Tibetans and the Chinese Communists encountered one another. In the 1930s, Mao Zedong’s Red Army fled into the Tibetan plateau to escape their adversaries in the Chinese Civil War. By the time the soldiers reached Ngaba, they were so hungry that they looted monasteries and ate religious statues made of flour and butter—to Tibetans, it was as if they were eating the Buddha. Their experiences would make Ngaba one of the engines of Tibetan resistance for decades to come, culminating in shocking acts of self-immolation.    Eat the Buddha spans decades of modern Tibetan and Chinese history, as told through the private lives of Demick’s subjects, among them a princess whose family is wiped out during the Cultural Revolution, a young Tibetan nomad who becomes radicalized in the storied monastery of Kirti, an upwardly mobile entrepreneur who falls in love with a Chinese woman, a poet and intellectual who risks everything to voice his resistance, and a Tibetan schoolgirl forced to choose at an early age between her family and the elusive lure of Chinese money. All of them face the same dilemma: Do they resist the Chinese, or do they join them? Do they adhere to Buddhist teachings of compassion and nonviolence, or do they fight?   Illuminating a culture that has long been romanticized by Westerners as deeply spiritual and peaceful, Demick reveals what it is really like to be a Tibetan in the twenty-first century, trying to preserve one’s culture, faith, and language against the depredations of a seemingly unstoppable, technologically all-seeing superpower. Her depiction is nuanced, unvarnished, and at times shocking.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367402Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367402 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat the Buddha: Life and Death in a Tibetan Town Author: Barbara Demick Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367402 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat the Buddha: Life and Death in a Tibetan Town Author: Barbara Demick Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping portrait of modern Tibet told through the lives of its people, from the bestselling author of Nothing to Envy “A brilliantly reported and eye-opening work of narrative nonfiction.”—The New York Times Book Review NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Parul Sehgal, The New York Times • The New York Times Book Review • The Washington Post • NPR • The Economist • Outside • Foreign Affairs Just as she did with North Korea, award-winning journalist Barbara Demick explores one of the most hidden corners of the world. She tells the story of a Tibetan town perched eleven thousand feet above sea level that is one of the most difficult places in all of China for foreigners to visit. Ngaba was one of the first places where the Tibetans and the Chinese Communists encountered one another. In the 1930s, Mao Zedong’s Red Army fled into the Tibetan plateau to escape their adversaries in the Chinese Civil War. By the time the soldiers reached Ngaba, they were so hungry that they looted monasteries and ate religious statues made of flour and butter—to Tibetans, it was as if they were eating the Buddha. Their experiences would make Ngaba one of the engines of Tibetan resistance for decades to come, culminating in shocking acts of self-immolation.    Eat the Buddha spans decades of modern Tibetan and Chinese history, as told through the private lives of Demick’s subjects, among them a princess whose family is wiped out during the Cultural Revolution, a young Tibetan nomad who becomes radicalized in the storied monastery of Kirti, an upwardly mobile entrepreneur who falls in love with a Chinese woman, a poet and intellectual who risks everything to voice his resistance, and a Tibetan schoolgirl forced to choose at an early age between her family and the elusive lure of Chinese money. All of them face the same dilemma: Do they resist the Chinese, or do they join them? Do they adhere to Buddhist teachings of compassion and nonviolence, or do they fight?   Illuminating a culture that has long been romanticized by Westerners as deeply spiritual and peaceful, Demick reveals what it is really like to be a Tibetan in the twenty-first century, trying to preserve one’s culture, faith, and language against the depredations of a seemingly unstoppable, technologically all-seeing superpower. Her depiction is nuanced, unvarnished, and at times shocking.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/team-of-five-the-presidents-club-in-the-age-of-trump-by-kate-andersen-brower--65209149https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Team of Five: The Presidents Club in the Age of Trump Author: Kate Andersen Brower Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Residence and First Women—also a New York Times bestseller—comes a poignant, news-making look at the lives of the five former presidents in the wake of their White House years, including the surprising friendships they have formed through shared perspective and empathy. After serving the highest office of American government, five men—Jimmy Carter, the late George H. W. Bush, Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Barack Obama—became members of the world’s most exclusive fraternity. In Team of Five, Kate Andersen Brower goes beyond the White House to uncover what, exactly, comes after the presidency, offering a glimpse into the complex relationships of these five former presidents, and how each of these men views his place in a nation that has been upended by the Oval Office’s current, norm-breaking occupant, President Donald Trump. With an empathetic yet critical eye and firsthand testimony from the Carters, Donald Trump, and the top aides, friends, and family members of the five former presidents, Team of Five takes us inside the exclusive world of these powerful men and their families, including the unlikely friendship between George W. Bush and Michelle Obama, the last private visits Bill Clinton and Barack Obama shared with George H. W. Bush, and the Obamas’ flight to Palm Springs after Donald Trump’s inauguration. This insightful, illuminating book overflows with anecdotes about how the ex-presidents are working to combat President Trump’s attempts to undo the achievements and hard work accomplished during their own terms. Perhaps most poignantly, Team of Five sheds light on the inherent loneliness and inevitable feelings of powerlessness and frustration that come with no longer being the most important person in the world, but a leader with only symbolic power. There are ways, though, that these men, and their wives, have become powerful political and cultural forces in American life, even as so-called “formers.” Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373938Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Team of Five: The Presidents Club in the Age of Trump Author: Kate Andersen Brower Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Team of Five: The Presidents Club in the Age of Trump Author: Kate Andersen Brower Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Residence and First Women—also a New York Times bestseller—comes a poignant, news-making look at the lives of the five former presidents in the wake of their White House years, including the surprising friendships they have formed through shared perspective and empathy. After serving the highest office of American government, five men—Jimmy Carter, the late George H. W. Bush, Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Barack Obama—became members of the world’s most exclusive fraternity. In Team of Five, Kate Andersen Brower goes beyond the White House to uncover what, exactly, comes after the presidency, offering a glimpse into the complex relationships of these five former presidents, and how each of these men views his place in a nation that has been upended by the Oval Office’s current, norm-breaking occupant, President Donald Trump. With an empathetic yet critical eye and firsthand testimony from the Carters, Donald Trump, and the top aides, friends, and family members of the five former presidents, Team of Five takes us inside the exclusive world of these powerful men and their families, including the unlikely friendship between George W. Bush and Michelle Obama, the last private visits Bill Clinton and Barack Obama shared with George H. W. Bush, and the Obamas’ flight to Palm Springs after Donald Trump’s inauguration. This insightful, illuminating book overflows with anecdotes about how the ex-presidents are working to combat President Trump’s attempts to undo the achievements and hard work accomplished during their own terms. Perhaps most poignantly, Team of Five sheds light on the inherent loneliness and inevitable feelings of powerlessness and frustration that come with no longer being the most important person in the world, but a leader with only symbolic power. There are ways, though, that these men, and their wives, have become powerful political and cultural forces in American life, even as so-called “formers.” Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-storm-before-the-calm-america-s-discord-the-coming-crisis-of-the-2020s-and-the-triumph-beyond-by-george-friedman--65209242https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366031 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Storm Before the Calm: America's Discord, the Coming Crisis of the 2020s, and the Triumph Beyond Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *One of Bloomberg's Best Books of the Year* The master geopolitical forecaster and New York Times bestselling author of The Next 100 Years focuses on the United States, predicting how the 2020s will bring dramatic upheaval and reshaping of American government, foreign policy, economics, and culture. In his riveting new book, noted forecaster and bestselling author George Friedman turns to the future of the United States. Examining the clear cycles through which the United States has developed, upheaved, matured, and solidified, Friedman breaks down the coming years and decades in thrilling detail.      American history must be viewed in cycles—particularly, an eighty-year 'institutional cycle' that has defined us (there are three such examples—the Revolutionary War/founding, the Civil War, and World War II), and a fifty-year 'socio-economic cycle' that has seen the formation of the industrial classes, baby boomers, and the middle classes. These two major cycles are both converging on the late 2020s—a time in which many of these foundations will change. The United States will have to endure upheaval and possible conflict, but also, ultimately, increased strength, stability, and power in the world.      Friedman's analysis is detailed and fascinating, and covers issues such as the size and scope of the federal government, the future of marriage and the social contract, shifts in corporate structures, and new cultural trends that will react to longer life expectancies. This new book is both provocative and entertaining.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366031Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366031 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Storm Before the Calm: America's Discord, the Coming Crisis of the 2020s, and the Triumph Beyond Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366031 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Storm Before the Calm: America's Discord, the Coming Crisis of the 2020s, and the Triumph Beyond Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *One of Bloomberg's Best Books of the Year* The master geopolitical forecaster and New York Times bestselling author of The Next 100 Years focuses on the United States, predicting how the 2020s will bring dramatic upheaval and reshaping of American government, foreign policy, economics, and culture. In his riveting new book, noted forecaster and bestselling author George Friedman turns to the future of the United States. Examining the clear cycles through which the United States has developed, upheaved, matured, and solidified, Friedman breaks down the coming years and decades in thrilling detail.      American history must be viewed in cycles—particularly, an eighty-year 'institutional cycle' that has defined us (there are three such examples—the Revolutionary War/founding, the Civil War, and World War II), and a fifty-year 'socio-economic cycle' that has seen the formation of the industrial classes, baby boomers, and the middle classes. These two major cycles are both converging on the late 2020s—a time in which many of these foundations will change. The United States will have to endure upheaval and possible conflict, but also, ultimately, increased strength, stability, and power in the world.      Friedman's analysis is detailed and fascinating, and covers issues such as the size and scope of the federal government, the future of marriage and the social contract, shifts in corporate structures, and new cultural trends that will react to longer life expectancies. This new book is both provocative and entertaining.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-class-war-saving-democracy-from-the-managerial-elite-by-michael-lind--65209172https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369278 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Class War: Saving Democracy from the Managerial Elite Author: Michael Lind Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In both Europe and North America, populist movements have shattered existing party systems and thrown governments into turmoil. The embattled establishment claims that these populist insurgencies seek to overthrow liberal democracy. The truth is no less alarming but is more complex: Western democracies are being torn apart by a new class war.   In this controversial and groundbreaking new analysis, Michael Lind, one of America’s leading thinkers, debunks the idea that the insurgencies are primarily the result of bigotry, traces how the breakdown of mid-century class compromises between business and labor led to the conflict, and reveals the real battle lines.   On one side is the managerial overclass—the university-credentialed elite that clusters in high-income hubs and dominates government, the economy and the culture. On the other side is the working class of the low-density heartlands—mostly, but not exclusively, native and white.   The two classes clash over immigration, trade, the environment, and social values, and the managerial class has had the upper hand. As a result of the half-century decline of the institutions that once empowered the working class, power has shifted to the institutions the overclass controls: corporations, executive and judicial branches, universities, and the media.    The class war can resolve in one of three ways:    • The triumph of the overclass, resulting in a high-tech caste system.     • The empowerment of populist, resulting in no constructive reforms    • A class compromise that provides the working class with real power   Lind argues that Western democracies must incorporate working-class majorities of all races, ethnicities, and creeds into decision making in politics, the economy, and culture. Only this class compromise can avert a never-ending cycle of clashes between oligarchs and populists and save democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369278Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369278 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Class War: Saving Democracy from the Managerial Elite Author: Michael Lind Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369278 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Class War: Saving Democracy from the Managerial Elite Author: Michael Lind Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In both Europe and North America, populist movements have shattered existing party systems and thrown governments into turmoil. The embattled establishment claims that these populist insurgencies seek to overthrow liberal democracy. The truth is no less alarming but is more complex: Western democracies are being torn apart by a new class war.   In this controversial and groundbreaking new analysis, Michael Lind, one of America’s leading thinkers, debunks the idea that the insurgencies are primarily the result of bigotry, traces how the breakdown of mid-century class compromises between business and labor led to the conflict, and reveals the real battle lines.   On one side is the managerial overclass—the university-credentialed elite that clusters in high-income hubs and dominates government, the economy and the culture. On the other side is the working class of the low-density heartlands—mostly, but not exclusively, native and white.   The two classes clash over immigration, trade, the environment, and social values, and the managerial class has had the upper hand. As a result of the half-century decline of the institutions that once empowered the working class, power has shifted to the institutions the overclass controls: corporations, executive and judicial branches, universities, and the media.    The class war can resolve in one of three ways:    • The triumph of the overclass, resulting in a high-tech caste system.     • The empowerment of populist, resulting in no constructive reforms    • A class compromise that provides the working class with real power   Lind argues that Western democracies must incorporate working-class majorities of all races, ethnicities, and creeds into decision making in politics, the economy, and culture. Only this class compromise can avert a never-ending cycle of clashes between oligarchs and populists and save democracy.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-you-should-be-a-socialist-by-nathan-j-robinson--65209212https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366634 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Should Be a Socialist Author: Nathan J. Robinson Narrator: Nathan J. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. A primer on Democratic Socialism for those who are extremely skeptical of it. America is witnessing the rise of a new generation of socialist activists. More young people support socialism now than at any time since the labor movement of the 1920s. The Democratic Socialists of America, a big-tent leftist organization, has just surpassed 50,000 members nationwide. In the fall of 2018, one of the most influential congressmen in the Democratic Party lost a primary to Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, a 28-year-old socialist who had never held office before. But what does all this mean? Should we be worried about our country, or should we join the march toward our bright socialist future? In Why You Should Be a Socialist, Nathan J. Robinson will give listeners a primer on twenty-first-century socialism: what it is, what it isn’t, and why everyone should want to be a part of this exciting new chapter of American politics. From the heyday of Occupy Wall Street through Bernie Sanders’ 2016 presidential campaign and beyond, young progressives have been increasingly drawn to socialist ideas. However, the movement’s goals need to be defined more sharply before it can effect real change on a national scale. Likewise, liberals and conservatives will benefit from a deeper understanding of the true nature of this ideology, whether they agree with it or not. Robinson’s charming, accessible, and well-argued book will convince even the most skeptical listeners of the merits of socialist thought.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366634Tue, 10 Dec 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366634 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Should Be a Socialist Author: Nathan J. Robinson Narrator: Nathan J. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366634 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Should Be a Socialist Author: Nathan J. Robinson Narrator: Nathan J. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. A primer on Democratic Socialism for those who are extremely skeptical of it. America is witnessing the rise of a new generation of socialist activists. More young people support socialism now than at any time since the labor movement of the 1920s. The Democratic Socialists of America, a big-tent leftist organization, has just surpassed 50,000 members nationwide. In the fall of 2018, one of the most influential congressmen in the Democratic Party lost a primary to Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, a 28-year-old socialist who had never held office before. But what does all this mean? Should we be worried about our country, or should we join the march toward our bright socialist future? In Why You Should Be a Socialist, Nathan J. Robinson will give listeners a primer on twenty-first-century socialism: what it is, what it isn’t, and why everyone should want to be a part of this exciting new chapter of American politics. From the heyday of Occupy Wall Street through Bernie Sanders’ 2016 presidential campaign and beyond, young progressives have been increasingly drawn to socialist ideas. However, the movement’s goals need to be defined more sharply before it can effect real change on a national scale. Likewise, liberals and conservatives will benefit from a deeper understanding of the true nature of this ideology, whether they agree with it or not. Robinson’s charming, accessible, and well-argued book will convince even the most skeptical listeners of the merits of socialist thought.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/god-s-hand-on-america-divine-providence-in-the-modern-era-by-michael-medved--65209184https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God's Hand on America: Divine Providence in the Modern Era Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The national radio host and bestselling author of The American Miracle reveals the happy accidents, outrageous coincidences, and flat-out miracles that continue to shape America’s destiny. “The book isn't just inspiring; it reignites faith in God and the country upon which He has so richly dispensed his blessings.”—Ben Shapiro, The Daily Wire Has God withdrawn his special blessing from the United States? Americans ponder that painful question in troubled times, as we did during the devastation of the Civil War and after the assassinations of the ’60s, and as we do in our present polarization. Yet somehow—on battlefields, across western wilderness, and in raucous convention halls—astounding events have reliably advanced America, restoring faith in the Republic’s providential protection.   In this provocative historical narrative, Michael Medved brings to life ten haunting tales that reveal this purposeful pattern, including: • A near-fatal carriage accident forces Lincoln’s secretary of state into a canvas-and-steel neck brace that protects him from a would-be assassin’s knife thrusts, allowing him two years later to acquire Alaska for the United States. • A sudden tidal wave of Russian Jewish immigration, be­ginning in 1881, coincides with America’s rise to world leadership, fulfilling a biblical promise that those bless­ing Abraham’s children will themselves be blessed. • Campaigning for president, Theodore Roosevelt takes a bullet in the chest, but a folded speech in his jacket pocket slows its progress and saves his life. • At the Battle of Midway, U.S. planes get lost over empty ocean and then miraculously reconnect for five minutes of dive-bombing that wrecks Japan’s fleet, convincing even enemy commanders that higher powers intervened against them. • A behind-the-scenes “conspiracy of the pure of heart” by Democratic leaders forces a gravely ill FDR to replace his sitting vice president—an unstable Stalinist—with future White House great Harry Truman. These and other little-known stories build on themes of The American Miracle, Medved’s bestseller about America’s remarkable rise. The confident heroes and stubborn misfits in these stories  shared a common faith in a master plan, which continues to unfold in our time. God’s Hand on America con­firms that the founders were right about America’s destiny to lead and enlighten the world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374391Tue, 26 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God's Hand on America: Divine Providence in the Modern Era Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God's Hand on America: Divine Providence in the Modern Era Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The national radio host and bestselling author of The American Miracle reveals the happy accidents, outrageous coincidences, and flat-out miracles that continue to shape America’s destiny. “The book isn't just inspiring; it reignites faith in God and the country upon which He has so richly dispensed his blessings.”—Ben Shapiro, The Daily Wire Has God withdrawn his special blessing from the United States? Americans ponder that painful question in troubled times, as we did during the devastation of the Civil War and after the assassinations of the ’60s, and as we do in our present polarization. Yet somehow—on battlefields, across western wilderness, and in raucous convention halls—astounding events have reliably advanced America, restoring faith in the Republic’s providential protection.   In this provocative historical narrative, Michael Medved brings to life ten haunting tales that reveal this purposeful pattern, including: • A near-fatal carriage accident forces Lincoln’s secretary of state into a canvas-and-steel neck brace that protects him from a would-be assassin’s knife thrusts, allowing him two years later to acquire Alaska for the United States. • A sudden tidal wave of Russian Jewish immigration, be­ginning in 1881, coincides with America’s rise to world leadership, fulfilling a biblical promise that those bless­ing Abraham’s children will themselves be blessed. • Campaigning for president, Theodore Roosevelt takes a bullet in the chest, but a folded speech in his jacket pocket slows its progress and saves his life. • At the Battle of Midway, U.S. planes get lost over empty ocean and then miraculously reconnect for five minutes of dive-bombing that wrecks Japan’s fleet, convincing even enemy commanders that higher powers intervened against them. • A behind-the-scenes “conspiracy of the pure of heart” by Democratic leaders forces a gravely ill FDR to replace his sitting vice president—an unstable Stalinist—with future White House great Harry Truman. These and other little-known stories build on themes of The American Miracle, Medved’s bestseller about America’s remarkable rise. The confident heroes and stubborn misfits in these stories  shared a common faith in a master plan, which continues to unfold in our time. God’s Hand on America con­firms that the founders were right about America’s destiny to lead and enlighten the world.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-taken-for-granted-how-conservatism-can-win-back-the-americans-that-liberalism-failed-by-gianno-caldwell--65209161https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Taken for Granted: How Conservatism Can Win Back the Americans That Liberalism Failed Author: Gianno Caldwell Narrator: Gianno Caldwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Fox News political analyst tackles some of our communities’ toughest challenges with timely insight from his own life: the story of how conservative values helped a kid from the South Side of Chicago find a life of opportunity. “A must-read.”—Brian Kilmeade, bestselling author of Sam Houston and the Alamo Avengers Born to a mother consumed by drugs and raised by his grandmother in poverty on the South Side of Chicago, Gianno Caldwell saw firsthand how lawmakers from both parties have failed African American voters on issues like poverty, welfare, and education. But as someone who beat the odds growing up under a fear-based mentality that limits what people can achieve, Caldwell believes there’s another way. In this groundbreaking book, the Fox News analyst describes his personal journey while detailing a hopeful vision for a nation no longer beholden to identity politics and self-limitations. Trapped within the expectations and traditions of our communities, families, political parties, faith, race, and gender, we fail to challenge our politicians and ourselves to create real change. Now more than ever, we need to confront preconceived notions about the Democrats and Republicans, public policy, and American history.  Looking at the obstacles facing urban communities, such as crime, education, and social mobility, Caldwell digs beneath the statistics. By spotlighting the moments that enabled his rise to success, he proffers steps that can help more people overcome the odds—whether through policy reform or the heroic efforts of men and women who are already working to make a difference in their own communities.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373929Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Taken for Granted: How Conservatism Can Win Back the Americans That Liberalism Failed Author: Gianno Caldwell Narrator: Gianno Caldwell Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Taken for Granted: How Conservatism Can Win Back the Americans That Liberalism Failed Author: Gianno Caldwell Narrator: Gianno Caldwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Fox News political analyst tackles some of our communities’ toughest challenges with timely insight from his own life: the story of how conservative values helped a kid from the South Side of Chicago find a life of opportunity. “A must-read.”—Brian Kilmeade, bestselling author of Sam Houston and the Alamo Avengers Born to a mother consumed by drugs and raised by his grandmother in poverty on the South Side of Chicago, Gianno Caldwell saw firsthand how lawmakers from both parties have failed African American voters on issues like poverty, welfare, and education. But as someone who beat the odds growing up under a fear-based mentality that limits what people can achieve, Caldwell believes there’s another way. In this groundbreaking book, the Fox News analyst describes his personal journey while detailing a hopeful vision for a nation no longer beholden to identity politics and self-limitations. Trapped within the expectations and traditions of our communities, families, political parties, faith, race, and gender, we fail to challenge our politicians and ourselves to create real change. Now more than ever, we need to confront preconceived notions about the Democrats and Republicans, public policy, and American history.  Looking at the obstacles facing urban communities, such as crime, education, and social mobility, Caldwell digs beneath the statistics. By spotlighting the moments that enabled his rise to success, he proffers steps that can help more people overcome the odds—whether through policy reform or the heroic efforts of men and women who are already working to make a difference in their own communities.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/as-others-see-us-the-bbc-radio-4-series-by-neil-macgregor--65209181https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Others See Us: The BBC Radio 4 series Author: Neil Macgregor Narrator: Neil Macgregor, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All ten episodes of BBC Radio 4’s ambitious global series, presented by Neil MacGregor ‘Insightful, provocative, satisfying’ Telegraph With the United Kingdom on the brink of potentially momentous change, historian and broadcaster Neil MacGregor embarks on a worldwide voyage to discover how Britain is perceived from abroad. Visiting Germany, Egypt, Nigeria, Canada, India, Singapore, the United States, Spain, Australia and Poland – all countries with significant historical links to the UK – he talks to leading opinion formers to find out how they, as individuals and members of their wider communities, see Britain. His interviewees reveal what they learnt about Britain at school, and how key events and cultural influences, as well as their own personal experiences, have shaped their impressions of the country now. Each has a defining image that symbolises the UK to them: from Shakespeare to Monty Python, the 1966 World Cup, the Suez Crisis, the Financial Times, ‘99’ ice cream and The Crown. Throughout his travels, MacGregor uncovers tensions and frustrations, admiration and affection – along with an underlying sense of hope and a desire to retain close links with Britain as it prepares to reevaluate its relationship with Europe and the world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369708Thu, 07 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Others See Us: The BBC Radio 4 series Author: Neil Macgregor Narrator: Neil Macgregor, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Others See Us: The BBC Radio 4 series Author: Neil Macgregor Narrator: Neil Macgregor, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All ten episodes of BBC Radio 4’s ambitious global series, presented by Neil MacGregor ‘Insightful, provocative, satisfying’ Telegraph With the United Kingdom on the brink of potentially momentous change, historian and broadcaster Neil MacGregor embarks on a worldwide voyage to discover how Britain is perceived from abroad. Visiting Germany, Egypt, Nigeria, Canada, India, Singapore, the United States, Spain, Australia and Poland – all countries with significant historical links to the UK – he talks to leading opinion formers to find out how they, as individuals and members of their wider communities, see Britain. His interviewees reveal what they learnt about Britain at school, and how key events and cultural influences, as well as their own personal experiences, have shaped their impressions of the country now. Each has a defining image that symbolises the UK to them: from Shakespeare to Monty Python, the 1966 World Cup, the Suez Crisis, the Financial Times, ‘99’ ice cream and The Crown. Throughout his travels, MacGregor uncovers tensions and frustrations, admiration and affection – along with an underlying sense of hope and a desire to retain close links with Britain as it prepares to reevaluate its relationship with Europe and the world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sandworm-a-new-era-of-cyberwar-and-the-hunt-for-the-kremlin-s-most-dangerous-hackers-by-andy-greenberg--65209262https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sandworm: A New Era of Cyberwar and the Hunt for the Kremlin's Most Dangerous Hackers Author: Andy Greenberg Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'With the nuance of a reporter and the pace of a thriller writer, Andy Greenberg gives us a glimpse of the cyberwars of the future while at the same time placing his story in the long arc of Russian and Ukrainian history.' —Anne Applebaum, bestselling author of Twilight of Democracy The true story of the most devastating act of cyberwarfare in history and the desperate hunt to identify and track the elite Russian agents behind it: '[A] chilling account of a Kremlin-led cyberattack, a new front in global conflict' (Financial Times). In 2014, the world witnessed the start of a mysterious series of cyberattacks. Targeting American utility companies, NATO, and electric grids in Eastern Europe, the strikes grew ever more brazen. They culminated in the summer of 2017, when the malware known as NotPetya was unleashed, penetrating, disrupting, and paralyzing some of the world's largest businesses—from drug manufacturers to software developers to shipping companies. At the attack's epicenter in Ukraine, ATMs froze. The railway and postal systems shut down. Hospitals went dark. NotPetya spread around the world, inflicting an unprecedented ten billion dollars in damage—the largest, most destructive cyberattack the world had ever seen. The hackers behind these attacks are quickly gaining a reputation as the most dangerous team of cyberwarriors in history: a group known as Sandworm. Working in the service of Russia's military intelligence agency, they represent a persistent, highly skilled force, one whose talents are matched by their willingness to launch broad, unrestrained attacks on the most critical infrastructure of their adversaries. They target government and private sector, military and civilians alike. A chilling, globe-spanning detective story, Sandworm considers the danger this force poses to our national security and stability. As the Kremlin's role in foreign government manipulation comes into greater focus, Sandworm exposes the realities not just of Russia's global digital offensive, but of an era where warfare ceases to be waged on the battlefield. It reveals how the lines between digital and physical conflict, between wartime and peacetime, have begun to blur—with world-shaking implications.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360961Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sandworm: A New Era of Cyberwar and the Hunt for the Kremlin's Most Dangerous Hackers Author: Andy Greenberg Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sandworm: A New Era of Cyberwar and the Hunt for the Kremlin's Most Dangerous Hackers Author: Andy Greenberg Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'With the nuance of a reporter and the pace of a thriller writer, Andy Greenberg gives us a glimpse of the cyberwars of the future while at the same time placing his story in the long arc of Russian and Ukrainian history.' —Anne Applebaum, bestselling author of Twilight of Democracy The true story of the most devastating act of cyberwarfare in history and the desperate hunt to identify and track the elite Russian agents behind it: '[A] chilling account of a Kremlin-led cyberattack, a new front in global conflict' (Financial Times). In 2014, the world witnessed the start of a mysterious series of cyberattacks. Targeting American utility companies, NATO, and electric grids in Eastern Europe, the strikes grew ever more brazen. They culminated in the summer of 2017, when the malware known as NotPetya was unleashed, penetrating, disrupting, and paralyzing some of the world's largest businesses—from drug manufacturers to software developers to shipping companies. At the attack's epicenter in Ukraine, ATMs froze. The railway and postal systems shut down. Hospitals went dark. NotPetya spread around the world, inflicting an unprecedented ten billion dollars in damage—the largest, most destructive cyberattack the world had ever seen. The hackers behind these attacks are quickly gaining a reputation as the most dangerous team of cyberwarriors in history: a group known as Sandworm. Working in the service of Russia's military intelligence agency, they represent a persistent, highly skilled force, one whose talents are matched by their willingness to launch broad, unrestrained attacks on the most critical infrastructure of their adversaries. They target government and private sector, military and civilians alike. A chilling, globe-spanning detective story, Sandworm considers the danger this force poses to our national security and stability. As the Kremlin's role in foreign government manipulation comes into greater focus, Sandworm exposes the realities not just of Russia's global digital offensive, but of an era where warfare ceases to be waged on the battlefield. It reveals how the lines between digital and physical conflict, between wartime and peacetime, have begun to blur—with world-shaking implications.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conversations-with-rbg-ruth-bader-ginsburg-on-life-love-liberty-and-law-by-jeffrey-rosen--65209234https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conversations with RBG: Ruth Bader Ginsburg on Life, Love, Liberty, and Law Author: Jeffrey Rosen Narrator: Peter Ganim, Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The audiobook version includes recorded conversations between the two from the 1990s to the present, delivering a compelling informal profile. As a permanent record of Ginsburg’s voice and fighting spirit, it’s an inspiring listen.' — Paste This program includes recorded conversations between Jeffrey Rosen and Ruth Bader Ginsburg. In this audiobook, Ruth Bader Ginsburg offers an intimate look at her life and career, through an extraordinary series of conversations with the head of the National Constitution Center. Conversations with RBG is a remarkable and unique audiobook, an informal portrait of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, drawing on a series of her conversations with Jeffrey Rosen, starting in the 1990s and continuing through the Trump era. Rosen, a veteran legal journalist, scholar, and president of the National Constitution Center, shares with us the justice’s observations on a variety of topics, and her intellect, compassion, sense of humor, and humanity shine through. The affection they have for each other as friends is apparent in their banter and in their shared love for the Constitution and for opera. With Justice Ginsburg’s approval, Rosen has collected her wisdom from their many conversations in which she discusses the future of the Supreme Court and Roe v. Wade, her favorite dissents, the cases she would most like to see overruled, the #MeToo movement, how to be a good listener, how to lead a productive and compassionate life. These frank exchanges illuminate the steely determination, self-mastery, and wit that have inspired women and men of all ages to embrace the “Notorious RBG.” Whatever the topic, Justice Ginsburg always has something interesting—and often surprising—to say. And while few of us will ever have the opportunity to chat with her face-to-face, Jeffrey Rosen brings us by her side as never before. Conversations with RBG is a deeply felt portrait of an American hero.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367463Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conversations with RBG: Ruth Bader Ginsburg on Life, Love, Liberty, and Law Author: Jeffrey Rosen Narrator: Peter Ganim, Suzanne Toren Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conversations with RBG: Ruth Bader Ginsburg on Life, Love, Liberty, and Law Author: Jeffrey Rosen Narrator: Peter Ganim, Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The audiobook version includes recorded conversations between the two from the 1990s to the present, delivering a compelling informal profile. As a permanent record of Ginsburg’s voice and fighting spirit, it’s an inspiring listen.' — Paste This program includes recorded conversations between Jeffrey Rosen and Ruth Bader Ginsburg. In this audiobook, Ruth Bader Ginsburg offers an intimate look at her life and career, through an extraordinary series of conversations with the head of the National Constitution Center. Conversations with RBG is a remarkable and unique audiobook, an informal portrait of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, drawing on a series of her conversations with Jeffrey Rosen, starting in the 1990s and continuing through the Trump era. Rosen, a veteran legal journalist, scholar, and president of the National Constitution Center, shares with us the justice’s observations on a variety of topics, and her intellect, compassion, sense of humor, and humanity shine through. The affection they have for each other as friends is apparent in their banter and in their shared love for the Constitution and for opera. With Justice Ginsburg’s approval, Rosen has collected her wisdom from their many conversations in which she discusses the future of the Supreme Court and Roe v. Wade, her favorite dissents, the cases she would most like to see overruled, the #MeToo movement, how to be a good listener, how to lead a productive and compassionate life. These frank exchanges illuminate the steely determination, self-mastery, and wit that have inspired women and men of all ages to embrace the “Notorious RBG.” Whatever the topic, Justice Ginsburg always has something interesting—and often surprising—to say. And while few of us will ever have the opportunity to chat with her face-to-face, Jeffrey Rosen brings us by her side as never before. Conversations with RBG is a deeply felt portrait of an American hero.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-case-for-nationalism-how-it-made-us-powerful-united-and-free-by-rich-lowry--65209220https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368634 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Nationalism: How It Made Us Powerful, United, and Free Author: Rich Lowry Narrator: Roy Worley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It is one of our most honored clichés that America is an idea and not a nation. This is false. America is indisputably a nation, and one that desperately needs to protect its interests, its borders, and its identity. The Brexit vote and the election of Donald Trump swept nationalism to the forefront of the political debate. This is a good thing. Nationalism is usually assumed to be a dirty word, but it is a foundation of democratic self-government and of international peace. National Review editor Rich Lowry refutes critics on left and the right, reclaiming the term “nationalism” from those who equate it with racism, militarism and fascism. He explains how nationalism is an American tradition, a thread that runs through such diverse leaders as Alexander Hamilton, Teddy Roosevelt, Martin Luther King, Jr., and Ronald Reagan. In The Case for Nationalism, Lowry explains how nationalism was central to the American Project. It fueled the American Revolution and the ratification of the Constitution. It preserved the country during the Civil War. It led to the expansion of the American nation’s territory and power, and eventually to our invaluable contribution to creating an international system of self-governing nations. It’s time to recover a healthy American nationalism, and especially a cultural nationalism that insists on the assimilation of immigrants and that protects our history, civic rituals and traditions, which are under constant threat. At a time in which our nation is plagued by self-doubt and self-criticism, The Case for Nationalism offers a path for America to regain its national self-confidence and achieve continued greatness.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368634Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368634 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Nationalism: How It Made Us Powerful, United, and Free Author: Rich Lowry Narrator: Roy Worley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368634 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Nationalism: How It Made Us Powerful, United, and Free Author: Rich Lowry Narrator: Roy Worley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It is one of our most honored clichés that America is an idea and not a nation. This is false. America is indisputably a nation, and one that desperately needs to protect its interests, its borders, and its identity. The Brexit vote and the election of Donald Trump swept nationalism to the forefront of the political debate. This is a good thing. Nationalism is usually assumed to be a dirty word, but it is a foundation of democratic self-government and of international peace. National Review editor Rich Lowry refutes critics on left and the right, reclaiming the term “nationalism” from those who equate it with racism, militarism and fascism. He explains how nationalism is an American tradition, a thread that runs through such diverse leaders as Alexander Hamilton, Teddy Roosevelt, Martin Luther King, Jr., and Ronald Reagan. In The Case for Nationalism, Lowry explains how nationalism was central to the American Project. It fueled the American Revolution and the ratification of the Constitution. It preserved the country during the Civil War. It led to the expansion of the American nation’s territory and power, and eventually to our invaluable contribution to creating an international system of self-governing nations. It’s time to recover a healthy American nationalism, and especially a cultural nationalism that insists on the assimilation of immigrants and that protects our history, civic rituals and traditions, which are under constant threat. At a time in which our nation is plagued by self-doubt and self-criticism, The Case for Nationalism offers a path for America to regain its national self-confidence and achieve continued greatness.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-be-evil-how-big-tech-betrayed-its-founding-principles-and-all-of-us-by-rana-foroohar--65209168https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369795 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Be Evil: How Big Tech Betrayed Its Founding Principles -- and All of Us Author: Rana Foroohar Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A penetrating indictment of how today’s largest tech companies are hijacking our data, our livelihoods, our social fabric, and our minds—from an acclaimed Financial Times columnist and CNN analyst WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD  ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Foreign Affairs, Evening Standard “Don’t be evil” was enshrined as Google’s original corporate mantra back in its early days, when the company’s cheerful logo still conveyed the utopian vision for a future in which technology would inevitably make the world better, safer, and more prosperous.   Unfortunately, it’s been quite a while since Google, or the majority of the Big Tech companies, lived up to this founding philosophy. Today, the utopia they sought to create is looking more dystopian than ever: from digital surveillance and the loss of privacy to the spreading of misinformation and hate speech to predatory algorithms targeting the weak and vulnerable to products that have been engineered to manipulate our desires.   How did we get here? How did these once-scrappy and idealistic enterprises become rapacious monopolies with the power to corrupt our elections, co-opt all our data, and control the largest single chunk of corporate wealth—while evading all semblance of regulation and taxes?  In Don’t Be Evil, Financial Times global business columnist Rana Foroohar tells the story of how Big Tech lost its soul—and ate our lunch.   Through her skilled reporting and unparalleled access—won through nearly thirty years covering business and technology—she shows the true extent to which behemoths like Google, Facebook, Apple, and Amazon are monetizing both our data and our attention, without us seeing a penny of those exorbitant profits.   Finally, Foroohar lays out a plan for how we can resist, by creating a framework that fosters innovation while also protecting us from the dark side of digital technology. Praise for Don’t Be Evil “At first sight, Don’t Be Evil looks like it’s doing for Google what muckraking journalist Ida Tarbell did for Standard Oil over a century ago. But this whip-smart, highly readable book’s scope turns out to be much broader. Worried about the monopolistic tendencies of big tech? The addictive apps on your iPhone? The role Facebook played in Donald Trump’s election? Foroohar will leave you even more worried, but a lot better informed.”—Niall Ferguson, Milbank Family Senior Fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford, and author of The Square and the Tower]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369795Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369795 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Be Evil: How Big Tech Betrayed Its Founding Principles -- and All of Us Author: Rana Foroohar Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369795 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Be Evil: How Big Tech Betrayed Its Founding Principles -- and All of Us Author: Rana Foroohar Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A penetrating indictment of how today’s largest tech companies are hijacking our data, our livelihoods, our social fabric, and our minds—from an acclaimed Financial Times columnist and CNN analyst WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD  ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Foreign Affairs, Evening Standard “Don’t be evil” was enshrined as Google’s original corporate mantra back in its early days, when the company’s cheerful logo still conveyed the utopian vision for a future in which technology would inevitably make the world better, safer, and more prosperous.   Unfortunately, it’s been quite a while since Google, or the majority of the Big Tech companies, lived up to this founding philosophy. Today, the utopia they sought to create is looking more dystopian than ever: from digital surveillance and the loss of privacy to the spreading of misinformation and hate speech to predatory algorithms targeting the weak and vulnerable to products that have been engineered to manipulate our desires.   How did we get here? How did these once-scrappy and idealistic enterprises become rapacious monopolies with the power to corrupt our elections, co-opt all our data, and control the largest single chunk of corporate wealth—while evading all semblance of regulation and taxes?  In Don’t Be Evil, Financial Times global business columnist Rana Foroohar tells the story of how Big Tech lost its soul—and ate our lunch.   Through her skilled reporting and unparalleled access—won through nearly thirty years covering business and technology—she shows the true extent to which behemoths like Google, Facebook, Apple, and Amazon are monetizing both our data and our attention, without us seeing a penny of those exorbitant profits.   Finally, Foroohar lays out a plan for how we can resist, by creating a framework that fosters innovation while also protecting us from the dark side of digital technology. Praise for Don’t Be Evil “At first sight, Don’t Be Evil looks like it’s doing for Google what muckraking journalist Ida Tarbell did for Standard Oil over a century ago. But this whip-smart, highly readable book’s scope turns out to be much broader. Worried about the monopolistic tendencies of big tech? The addictive apps on your iPhone? The role Facebook played in Donald Trump’s election? Foroohar will leave you even more worried, but a lot better informed.”—Niall Ferguson, Milbank Family Senior Fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford, and author of The Square and the Tower]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/checkpoint-charlie-the-cold-war-the-berlin-wall-and-the-most-dangerous-place-on-earth-by-iain-macgregor--65209138https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370602 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Checkpoint Charlie: The Cold War, the Berlin Wall, and the Most Dangerous Place on Earth Author: Iain Macgregor Narrator: Dugald Bruce Lockhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A “constantly captivating…well-researched and often moving” (The Wall Street Journal) history of Checkpoint Charlie, the famous military gate on the border of East and West Berlin where the United States confronted the USSR during the Cold War. In the early 1960s, East Germany committed a billion dollars to the creation of the Berlin Wall, an eleven-foot-high barrier that consisted of seventy-nine miles of fencing, 300 watchtowers, 250 guard dog runs, twenty bunkers, and was operated around the clock by guards who shot to kill. Over the next twenty-eight years, at least five thousand people attempt to smash through it, swim across it, tunnel under it, or fly over it. In 1989, the East German leadership buckled in the face of a civil revolt that culminated in half a million East Berliners demanding an end to the ban on free movement. The world’s media flocked to capture the moment which, perhaps more than any other, signaled the end of the Cold War. Checkpoint Charlie had been the epicenter of global conflict for nearly three decades. Now, “in capturing the essence of the old Cold War [MacGregor] may just have helped us to understand a bit more about the new one” (The Times, London)—the mistrust, oppression, paranoia, and fear that gripped the world throughout this period. Checkpoint Charlie is about the nerve-wracking confrontation between the West and USSR, highlighting such important global figures as Eisenhower, Stalin, JFK, Nikita Khrushchev, Mao Zedung, Nixon, Reagan, and other politicians of the period. He also includes never-before-heard interviews with the men who built and dismantled the Wall; children who crossed it; relatives and friends who lost loved ones trying to escape over it; military policemen and soldiers who guarded the checkpoints; CIA, MI6, and Stasi operatives who oversaw operations across its borders; politicians whose ambitions shaped it; journalists who recorded its story; and many more whose living memories contributed to the full story of Checkpoint Charlie.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370602Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370602 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Checkpoint Charlie: The Cold War, the Berlin Wall, and the Most Dangerous Place on Earth Author: Iain Macgregor Narrator: Dugald Bruce Lockhart Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370602 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Checkpoint Charlie: The Cold War, the Berlin Wall, and the Most Dangerous Place on Earth Author: Iain Macgregor Narrator: Dugald Bruce Lockhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A “constantly captivating…well-researched and often moving” (The Wall Street Journal) history of Checkpoint Charlie, the famous military gate on the border of East and West Berlin where the United States confronted the USSR during the Cold War. In the early 1960s, East Germany committed a billion dollars to the creation of the Berlin Wall, an eleven-foot-high barrier that consisted of seventy-nine miles of fencing, 300 watchtowers, 250 guard dog runs, twenty bunkers, and was operated around the clock by guards who shot to kill. Over the next twenty-eight years, at least five thousand people attempt to smash through it, swim across it, tunnel under it, or fly over it. In 1989, the East German leadership buckled in the face of a civil revolt that culminated in half a million East Berliners demanding an end to the ban on free movement. The world’s media flocked to capture the moment which, perhaps more than any other, signaled the end of the Cold War. Checkpoint Charlie had been the epicenter of global conflict for nearly three decades. Now, “in capturing the essence of the old Cold War [MacGregor] may just have helped us to understand a bit more about the new one” (The Times, London)—the mistrust, oppression, paranoia, and fear that gripped the world throughout this period. Checkpoint Charlie is about the nerve-wracking confrontation between the West and USSR, highlighting such important global figures as Eisenhower, Stalin, JFK, Nikita Khrushchev, Mao Zedung, Nixon, Reagan, and other politicians of the period. He also includes never-before-heard interviews with the men who built and dismantled the Wall; children who crossed it; relatives and friends who lost loved ones trying to escape over it; military policemen and soldiers who guarded the checkpoints; CIA, MI6, and Stasi operatives who oversaw operations across its borders; politicians whose ambitions shaped it; journalists who recorded its story; and many more whose living memories contributed to the full story of Checkpoint Charlie.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-are-indivisible-a-blueprint-for-democracy-after-trump-by-ezra-levin-leah-greenberg--65209134https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Indivisible: A Blueprint for Democracy After Trump Author: Ezra Levin, Leah Greenberg Narrator: Jayme Mattler, Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This national bestseller is not only the guiding “centerpiece of a robust new grassroots machinery” (Rolling Stone), it is the story of democracy under threat. It’s the story of a movement rising up to respond. And it’s a story of what comes next. Shortly after Trump’s 2016 election, two outraged former congressional staffers wrote and posted a tactical guide to resisting the Trump agenda. This Google Doc entitled “Indivisible” was meant to be read by friends and family. No one could have predicted what happened next. It went viral, sparking the creation of thousands of local Indivisible groups in red, blue, and purple states, mobilizing millions of people who had never engaged in politics before. Between one and two million were inspired—they canvassed, caravanned, shouted back, and ran for office. Proof of concept: A blue 116th House of Representatives. In We Are Indivisible: A Blueprint for Democracy After Trump, the directors of Indivisible tell the story of the movement. They offer a behind-the-scenes look at how change comes to Washington, whether Washington wants it or not. And they explain how we’ll win the coming fight for the future of American democracy. We Are Indivisible isn’t a book of platitudes about hope; it’s a steely-eyed guide to people power—how to find it, how to build it, and how to use it to save our country. *All proceeds to the author go to Indivisible’s Save Democracy Fund]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373886Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Indivisible: A Blueprint for Democracy After Trump Author: Ezra Levin, Leah Greenberg Narrator: Jayme Mattler, Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Indivisible: A Blueprint for Democracy After Trump Author: Ezra Levin, Leah Greenberg Narrator: Jayme Mattler, Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This national bestseller is not only the guiding “centerpiece of a robust new grassroots machinery” (Rolling Stone), it is the story of democracy under threat. It’s the story of a movement rising up to respond. And it’s a story of what comes next. Shortly after Trump’s 2016 election, two outraged former congressional staffers wrote and posted a tactical guide to resisting the Trump agenda. This Google Doc entitled “Indivisible” was meant to be read by friends and family. No one could have predicted what happened next. It went viral, sparking the creation of thousands of local Indivisible groups in red, blue, and purple states, mobilizing millions of people who had never engaged in politics before. Between one and two million were inspired—they canvassed, caravanned, shouted back, and ran for office. Proof of concept: A blue 116th House of Representatives. In We Are Indivisible: A Blueprint for Democracy After Trump, the directors of Indivisible tell the story of the movement. They offer a behind-the-scenes look at how change comes to Washington, whether Washington wants it or not. And they explain how we’ll win the coming fight for the future of American democracy. We Are Indivisible isn’t a book of platitudes about hope; it’s a steely-eyed guide to people power—how to find it, how to build it, and how to use it to save our country. *All proceeds to the author go to Indivisible’s Save Democracy Fund]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/they-don-t-represent-us-reclaiming-our-democracy-by-lawrence-lessig--65209103https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Don't Represent Us: Reclaiming Our Democracy Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This urgent book offers not only a clear-eyed explanation of the forces that broke our politics, but a thoughtful and, yes, patriotic vision of how we create a government that’s truly by and for the people.”—DAVID DALEY, bestselling author of Ratf**ked and Unrigged In the vein of On Tyranny and How Democracies Die, the bestselling author of Republic, Lost argues with insight and urgency that our democracy no longer represents us and shows that reform is both necessary and possible. America’s democracy is in crisis. Along many dimensions, a single flaw—unrepresentativeness—has detached our government from the people. And as a people, our fractured partisanship and ignorance on critical issues drive our leaders to stake out ever more extreme positions. In They Don’t Represent Us, Harvard law professor Lawrence Lessig charts the way in which the fundamental institutions of our democracy, including our media, respond to narrow interests rather than to the needs and wishes of the nation’s citizenry. But the blame does not only lie with “them”—Washington’s politicians and power brokers, Lessig argues. The problem is also “us.” “We the people” are increasingly uninformed about the issues, while ubiquitous political polling exacerbates the problem, reflecting and normalizing our ignorance and feeding it back into the system as representative of our will. What we need, Lessig contends, is a series of reforms, from governmental institutions to the public itself, including: - A move immediately to public campaign funding, leading to more representative candidates - A reformed Electoral College, that gives the President a reason to represent America as a whole - A federal standard to end partisan gerrymandering in the states  - A radically reformed Senate - A federal penalty on states that don’t secure to their people an equal freedom to vote - Institutions that empower the people to speak in an informed and deliberative way A soul-searching and incisive examination of our failing political culture, this nonpartisan call to arms speaks to every citizen, offering a far-reaching platform for reform that could save our democracy and make it work for all of us. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374990Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Don't Represent Us: Reclaiming Our Democracy Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Don't Represent Us: Reclaiming Our Democracy Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Lawrence Lessig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This urgent book offers not only a clear-eyed explanation of the forces that broke our politics, but a thoughtful and, yes, patriotic vision of how we create a government that’s truly by and for the people.”—DAVID DALEY, bestselling author of Ratf**ked and Unrigged In the vein of On Tyranny and How Democracies Die, the bestselling author of Republic, Lost argues with insight and urgency that our democracy no longer represents us and shows that reform is both necessary and possible. America’s democracy is in crisis. Along many dimensions, a single flaw—unrepresentativeness—has detached our government from the people. And as a people, our fractured partisanship and ignorance on critical issues drive our leaders to stake out ever more extreme positions. In They Don’t Represent Us, Harvard law professor Lawrence Lessig charts the way in which the fundamental institutions of our democracy, including our media, respond to narrow interests rather than to the needs and wishes of the nation’s citizenry. But the blame does not only lie with “them”—Washington’s politicians and power brokers, Lessig argues. The problem is also “us.” “We the people” are increasingly uninformed about the issues, while ubiquitous political polling exacerbates the problem, reflecting and normalizing our ignorance and feeding it back into the system as representative of our will. What we need, Lessig contends, is a series of reforms, from governmental institutions to the public itself, including: - A move immediately to public campaign funding, leading to more representative candidates - A reformed Electoral College, that gives the President a reason to represent America as a whole - A federal standard to end partisan gerrymandering in the states  - A radically reformed Senate - A federal penalty on states that don’t secure to their people an equal freedom to vote - Institutions that empower the people to speak in an informed and deliberative way A soul-searching and incisive examination of our failing political culture, this nonpartisan call to arms speaks to every citizen, offering a far-reaching platform for reform that could save our democracy and make it work for all of us. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/island-stories-an-unconventional-history-of-britain-by-david-reynolds--65209157https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Island Stories: An Unconventional History of Britain Author: David Reynolds Narrator: Philip Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Concise, elegant and lucid … A very useful primer on the delusions of an English mentality’ Guardian What do we get wrong about Britain’s history and its place in the world? In a brilliant, big-picture history, bestselling author David Reynolds moves beyond the Brexit debate to trace and reassess the defining narratives of Britain’s past. From fluctuating engagement with Europe to the legacies of Empire. From the Acts of Union that forged the United Kingdom to the slave trade, immigration and the special relationship. This is a vital guide to how Britain’s identity was really formed, and what long-held and often-damaging illusions we should be shaking off.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370535Thu, 31 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Island Stories: An Unconventional History of Britain Author: David Reynolds Narrator: Philip Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Island Stories: An Unconventional History of Britain Author: David Reynolds Narrator: Philip Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Concise, elegant and lucid … A very useful primer on the delusions of an English mentality’ Guardian What do we get wrong about Britain’s history and its place in the world? In a brilliant, big-picture history, bestselling author David Reynolds moves beyond the Brexit debate to trace and reassess the defining narratives of Britain’s past. From fluctuating engagement with Europe to the legacies of Empire. From the Acts of Union that forged the United Kingdom to the slave trade, immigration and the special relationship. This is a vital guide to how Britain’s identity was really formed, and what long-held and often-damaging illusions we should be shaking off.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-end-is-always-near-apocalyptic-moments-from-the-bronze-age-collapse-to-nuclear-near-misses-by-dan-carlin--65209179https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments, from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 70 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 16 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The creator of the wildly popular award-winning podcast Hardcore History looks at some of the apocalyptic moments from the past as a way to frame the challenges of the future. Do tough times create tougher people? Can humanity handle the power of its weapons without destroying itself? Will human technology or capabilities ever peak or regress? No one knows the answers to such questions, but no one asks them in a more interesting way than Dan Carlin. In The End is Always Near, Dan Carlin looks at questions and historical events that force us to consider what sounds like fantasy; that we might suffer the same fate that all previous eras did. Will our world ever become a ruin for future archaeologists to dig up and explore? The questions themselves are both philosophical and like something out of The Twilight Zone. Combining his trademark mix of storytelling, history and weirdness Dan Carlin connects the past and future in fascinating and colorful ways. At the same time the questions he asks us to consider involve the most important issue imaginable: human survival. From the collapse of the Bronze Age to the challenges of the nuclear era the issue has hung over humanity like a persistent Sword of Damocles. Inspired by his podcast, The End is Always Near challenges the way we look at the past and ourselves. In this absorbing compendium, Carlin embarks on a whole new set of stories and major cliffhangers that will keep readers enthralled. Idiosyncratic and erudite, offbeat yet profound, The End is Always Near examines issues that are rarely presented, and makes the past immediately relevant to our very turbulent present. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments, from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments, from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 70 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 16 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The creator of the wildly popular award-winning podcast Hardcore History looks at some of the apocalyptic moments from the past as a way to frame the challenges of the future. Do tough times create tougher people? Can humanity handle the power of its weapons without destroying itself? Will human technology or capabilities ever peak or regress? No one knows the answers to such questions, but no one asks them in a more interesting way than Dan Carlin. In The End is Always Near, Dan Carlin looks at questions and historical events that force us to consider what sounds like fantasy; that we might suffer the same fate that all previous eras did. Will our world ever become a ruin for future archaeologists to dig up and explore? The questions themselves are both philosophical and like something out of The Twilight Zone. Combining his trademark mix of storytelling, history and weirdness Dan Carlin connects the past and future in fascinating and colorful ways. At the same time the questions he asks us to consider involve the most important issue imaginable: human survival. From the collapse of the Bronze Age to the challenges of the nuclear era the issue has hung over humanity like a persistent Sword of Damocles. Inspired by his podcast, The End is Always Near challenges the way we look at the past and ourselves. In this absorbing compendium, Carlin embarks on a whole new set of stories and major cliffhangers that will keep readers enthralled. Idiosyncratic and erudite, offbeat yet profound, The End is Always Near examines issues that are rarely presented, and makes the past immediately relevant to our very turbulent present. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/guilty-by-reason-of-insanity-why-the-democrats-must-not-win-by-david-limbaugh--65209164https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty By Reason of Insanity: Why The Democrats Must Not Win Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Jeff Gurner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 national bestselling author David Limbaugh warns Americans about the 2020 elections—and why the Democratic Party must not win. The Democratic Party is now a party of leftist extremism—radical to the point of insanity: socialist, anti-Christian, in favor of de facto infanticide, and opposed to the rule of law (when it does not suit their purposes, including on the border). Bestsellling author David Limbaugh warns that the 2020 elections could be the deciding moment when America turns permanently socialist. Limbaugh offers a stirring call for all Americans who still love their country to rally behind the principle of freedom under law that this country was founded upon, and makes the case for electing Republicans to the White House and Congress in 2020.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373885Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty By Reason of Insanity: Why The Democrats Must Not Win Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Jeff Gurner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty By Reason of Insanity: Why The Democrats Must Not Win Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Jeff Gurner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 national bestselling author David Limbaugh warns Americans about the 2020 elections—and why the Democratic Party must not win. The Democratic Party is now a party of leftist extremism—radical to the point of insanity: socialist, anti-Christian, in favor of de facto infanticide, and opposed to the rule of law (when it does not suit their purposes, including on the border). Bestsellling author David Limbaugh warns that the 2020 elections could be the deciding moment when America turns permanently socialist. Limbaugh offers a stirring call for all Americans who still love their country to rally behind the principle of freedom under law that this country was founded upon, and makes the case for electing Republicans to the White House and Congress in 2020.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/holding-the-line-inside-trump-s-pentagon-with-secretary-mattis-by-guy-m-snodgrass--65209145https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Line: Inside Trump's Pentagon With Secretary Mattis Author: Guy M. Snodgrass Narrator: Guy M. Snodgrass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This is the memoir America wishes Jim Mattis had written.' —The Washington Post An insider's sometimes shocking account of how Defense Secretary James Mattis led the US military through global challenges while serving as a crucial check on the Trump Administration. For nearly two years as Trump's Secretary of Defense, General James Mattis maintained a complicated relationship with the President. A lifelong Marine widely considered to be one of America's greatest generals, Mattis was committed to keeping America safe. Yet he served a President whose actions were frequently unpredictable and impulsive with far-reaching consequences. Often described as the administration's 'adult in the room,' Mattis has said very little about his difficult role, and since his resignation has kept his views of the President and his policies private. Now, Mattis's former chief speechwriter and communications director, Guy M. Snodgrass, brings readers behind that curtain. Drawing on his seventeen months working with Mattis, Snodgrass reveals how one of the nation's greatest generals walked a political tightrope while leading the world's most powerful military. Snodgrass gives us a fly-on-the-wall view as Mattis...   •  Reacted when learning about major policy decisions via Twitter rather than from the White House.   •  Minimized the damage done to our allies and diplomatic partners.   •  Slow-rolled some of Trump's most controversial measures, with no intention of following through. As the first book written by an insider with firsthand knowledge of key decisions and moments in history, Holding the Line is a must-read for those who care about the presidency and America's national security. It's filled with never-before-told stories that will both alarm and reassure, a testament to the quiet and steady efforts of General Mattis and the dedicated men and women he led at the Department of Defense.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Line: Inside Trump's Pentagon With Secretary Mattis Author: Guy M. Snodgrass Narrator: Guy M. Snodgrass Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Line: Inside Trump's Pentagon With Secretary Mattis Author: Guy M. Snodgrass Narrator: Guy M. Snodgrass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This is the memoir America wishes Jim Mattis had written.' —The Washington Post An insider's sometimes shocking account of how Defense Secretary James Mattis led the US military through global challenges while serving as a crucial check on the Trump Administration. For nearly two years as Trump's Secretary of Defense, General James Mattis maintained a complicated relationship with the President. A lifelong Marine widely considered to be one of America's greatest generals, Mattis was committed to keeping America safe. Yet he served a President whose actions were frequently unpredictable and impulsive with far-reaching consequences. Often described as the administration's 'adult in the room,' Mattis has said very little about his difficult role, and since his resignation has kept his views of the President and his policies private. Now, Mattis's former chief speechwriter and communications director, Guy M. Snodgrass, brings readers behind that curtain. Drawing on his seventeen months working with Mattis, Snodgrass reveals how one of the nation's greatest generals walked a political tightrope while leading the world's most powerful military. Snodgrass gives us a fly-on-the-wall view as Mattis...   •  Reacted when learning about major policy decisions via Twitter rather than from the White House.   •  Minimized the damage done to our allies and diplomatic partners.   •  Slow-rolled some of Trump's most controversial measures, with no intention of following through. As the first book written by an insider with firsthand knowledge of key decisions and moments in history, Holding the Line is a must-read for those who care about the presidency and America's national security. It's filled with never-before-told stories that will both alarm and reassure, a testament to the quiet and steady efforts of General Mattis and the dedicated men and women he led at the Department of Defense.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-could-be-our-future-a-manifesto-for-a-more-generous-world-by-yancey-strickler--65209123https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374712 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Could Be Our Future: A Manifesto for a More Generous World Author: Yancey Strickler Narrator: Yancey Strickler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vision for building a society that looks beyond money and toward maximizing the values that make life worth living, from the cofounder of Kickstarter Western society is trapped by three assumptions: 1) That the point of life is to maximize your self-interest and wealth, 2) That we're individuals trapped in an adversarial world, and 3) That this is natural and inevitable. These ideas separate us, keep us powerless, and limit our imagination for the future. It's time we replace them with something new. This Could Be Our Future is about how we got here, and how we change course. While the pursuit of wealth has produced innovation and prosperity, it also established an implicit belief that the right choice in every decision is whichever option makes the most money. The answer isn't to get rid of money; it's to expand our concept of value. By assigning rational value to other values besides money--things like community, purpose, and sustainability--we can refocus our energies to build a society that's generous, fair, and ready for the future. By recalibrating our definition of value, a world of scarcity can become a world of abundance. Hopeful but firmly grounded, full of concrete solutions and bursting with creativity, This Could Be Our Future brilliantly dissects the world we live in and shows us a road map to the world we are capable of making. *Includes a PDF of images and information to support the text]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374712Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374712 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Could Be Our Future: A Manifesto for a More Generous World Author: Yancey Strickler Narrator: Yancey Strickler Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374712 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Could Be Our Future: A Manifesto for a More Generous World Author: Yancey Strickler Narrator: Yancey Strickler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vision for building a society that looks beyond money and toward maximizing the values that make life worth living, from the cofounder of Kickstarter Western society is trapped by three assumptions: 1) That the point of life is to maximize your self-interest and wealth, 2) That we're individuals trapped in an adversarial world, and 3) That this is natural and inevitable. These ideas separate us, keep us powerless, and limit our imagination for the future. It's time we replace them with something new. This Could Be Our Future is about how we got here, and how we change course. While the pursuit of wealth has produced innovation and prosperity, it also established an implicit belief that the right choice in every decision is whichever option makes the most money. The answer isn't to get rid of money; it's to expand our concept of value. By assigning rational value to other values besides money--things like community, purpose, and sustainability--we can refocus our energies to build a society that's generous, fair, and ready for the future. By recalibrating our definition of value, a world of scarcity can become a world of abundance. Hopeful but firmly grounded, full of concrete solutions and bursting with creativity, This Could Be Our Future brilliantly dissects the world we live in and shows us a road map to the world we are capable of making. *Includes a PDF of images and information to support the text]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/free-to-believe-the-battle-over-religious-liberty-in-america-by-luke-goodrich--65209230https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free to Believe: The Battle Over Religious Liberty in America Author: Luke Goodrich Narrator: Luke Goodrich, Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A leading religious freedom attorney, the veteran of several Supreme Court battles, helps people of faith understand religious liberty in our rapidly changing culture—why it matters, how it is threatened, and how to respond with confidence and grace.    WINNER OF THE CHRISTIAN BOOK AWARD® • THE GOSPEL COALITION'S BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR, PUBLIC THEOLOGY & CURRENT EVENTS • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WORLD MAGAZINE  Many Americans feel like their religious freedom is under attack. They see the culture changing around them, and they fear that their beliefs will soon be punished as a form of bigotry. Others think these fears are overblown and say Christians should stop complaining about imaginary persecution.   In Free to Believe leading religious freedom attorney Luke Goodrich challenges both sides of this debate, offering a fresh perspective on the most controversial religious freedom conflicts today. With penetrating insights on gay rights, abortion rights, Islam, and the public square, Goodrich argues that threats to religious freedom are real—but they might not be quite what you think.   As a lawyer at the Becket Fund for Religious Liberty, Goodrich has won several historic Supreme Court victories for clients such as the Little Sisters of the Poor and Hobby Lobby. Combining frontline experience with faithful attention to Scripture, Goodrich shows why religious freedom matters, how it is threatened, and how to protect it. The result is a groundbreaking book full of clear insight, practical wisdom, and refreshing hope for all people of faith.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367410Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free to Believe: The Battle Over Religious Liberty in America Author: Luke Goodrich Narrator: Luke Goodrich, Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free to Believe: The Battle Over Religious Liberty in America Author: Luke Goodrich Narrator: Luke Goodrich, Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A leading religious freedom attorney, the veteran of several Supreme Court battles, helps people of faith understand religious liberty in our rapidly changing culture—why it matters, how it is threatened, and how to respond with confidence and grace.    WINNER OF THE CHRISTIAN BOOK AWARD® • THE GOSPEL COALITION'S BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR, PUBLIC THEOLOGY & CURRENT EVENTS • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WORLD MAGAZINE  Many Americans feel like their religious freedom is under attack. They see the culture changing around them, and they fear that their beliefs will soon be punished as a form of bigotry. Others think these fears are overblown and say Christians should stop complaining about imaginary persecution.   In Free to Believe leading religious freedom attorney Luke Goodrich challenges both sides of this debate, offering a fresh perspective on the most controversial religious freedom conflicts today. With penetrating insights on gay rights, abortion rights, Islam, and the public square, Goodrich argues that threats to religious freedom are real—but they might not be quite what you think.   As a lawyer at the Becket Fund for Religious Liberty, Goodrich has won several historic Supreme Court victories for clients such as the Little Sisters of the Poor and Hobby Lobby. Combining frontline experience with faithful attention to Scripture, Goodrich shows why religious freedom matters, how it is threatened, and how to protect it. The result is a groundbreaking book full of clear insight, practical wisdom, and refreshing hope for all people of faith.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-targeted-the-cambridge-analytica-whistleblower-s-inside-story-of-how-big-data-trump-and-facebook-broke-democracy-and-how-it-can-happe--65209127https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374778 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Targeted: The Cambridge Analytica Whistleblower's Inside Story of How Big Data, Trump, and Facebook Broke Democracy and How It Can Happen Again Author: Brittany Kaiser Narrator: Brittany Kaiser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this explosive memoir, a political consultant and technology whistleblower reveals the disturbing truth about the multi-billion-dollar data industry, revealing to the public how companies are getting richer using our personal information and exposing how Cambridge Analytica exploited weaknesses in privacy laws to help elect Donald Trump—and how this could easily happen again in the 2020 presidential election. When Brittany Kaiser joined Cambridge Analytica—the UK-based political consulting firm funded by conservative billionaire and Donald Trump patron Robert Mercer—she was an idealistic young professional working on her fourth degree in human rights law and international relations. A veteran of Barack Obama’s 2008 campaign, Kaiser’s goal was to utilize data for humanitarian purposes, most notably to prevent genocide and human rights abuses. But her experience inside Cambridge Analytica opened her eyes to the tremendous risks that this unregulated industry poses to privacy and democracy. Targeted is Kaiser’s eyewitness chronicle of the dramatic and disturbing story of the rise and fall of Cambridge Analytica. She reveals to the public how Facebook’s lax policies and lack of sufficient national laws allowed voters to be manipulated in both Britain and the United States, where personal data was weaponized to spread fake news and racist messaging during the Brexit vote and the 2016 election. But the damage isn’t done Kaiser warns; the 2020 election can be compromised as well if we continue to do nothing. In the aftermath of the U.S. election, as she became aware of the horrifying reality of what Cambridge Analytica had done in support of Donald Trump, Kaiser made the difficult choice to expose the truth. Risking her career, relationships, and personal safety, she told authorities about the data industry’s unethical business practices, eventually testifying before Parliament about the company’s Brexit efforts and helping Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election, alongside at least 10 other international investigations. Packed with never-before-publicly-told stories and insights, Targeted goes inside the secretive meetings with Trump campaign personnel and details the promises Cambridge Analytica made to win. Throughout, Kaiser makes the case for regulation, arguing that legal oversight of the data industry is not only justifiable but essential to ensuring the long-term safety of our democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374778Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374778 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Targeted: The Cambridge Analytica Whistleblower's Inside Story of How Big Data, Trump, and Facebook Broke Democracy and How It Can Happen Again...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374778 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Targeted: The Cambridge Analytica Whistleblower's Inside Story of How Big Data, Trump, and Facebook Broke Democracy and How It Can Happen Again Author: Brittany Kaiser Narrator: Brittany Kaiser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this explosive memoir, a political consultant and technology whistleblower reveals the disturbing truth about the multi-billion-dollar data industry, revealing to the public how companies are getting richer using our personal information and exposing how Cambridge Analytica exploited weaknesses in privacy laws to help elect Donald Trump—and how this could easily happen again in the 2020 presidential election. When Brittany Kaiser joined Cambridge Analytica—the UK-based political consulting firm funded by conservative billionaire and Donald Trump patron Robert Mercer—she was an idealistic young professional working on her fourth degree in human rights law and international relations. A veteran of Barack Obama’s 2008 campaign, Kaiser’s goal was to utilize data for humanitarian purposes, most notably to prevent genocide and human rights abuses. But her experience inside Cambridge Analytica opened her eyes to the tremendous risks that this unregulated industry poses to privacy and democracy. Targeted is Kaiser’s eyewitness chronicle of the dramatic and disturbing story of the rise and fall of Cambridge Analytica. She reveals to the public how Facebook’s lax policies and lack of sufficient national laws allowed voters to be manipulated in both Britain and the United States, where personal data was weaponized to spread fake news and racist messaging during the Brexit vote and the 2016 election. But the damage isn’t done Kaiser warns; the 2020 election can be compromised as well if we continue to do nothing. In the aftermath of the U.S. election, as she became aware of the horrifying reality of what Cambridge Analytica had done in support of Donald Trump, Kaiser made the difficult choice to expose the truth. Risking her career, relationships, and personal safety, she told authorities about the data industry’s unethical business practices, eventually testifying before Parliament about the company’s Brexit efforts and helping Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election, alongside at least 10 other international investigations. Packed with never-before-publicly-told stories and insights, Targeted goes inside the secretive meetings with Trump campaign personnel and details the promises Cambridge Analytica made to win. Throughout, Kaiser makes the case for regulation, arguing that legal oversight of the data industry is not only justifiable but essential to ensuring the long-term safety of our democracy.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/goliath-the-100-year-war-between-monopoly-power-and-democracy-by-matt-stoller--65209271https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goliath: The 100-Year War Between Monopoly Power and Democracy Author: Matt Stoller Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Every thinking American must read” (The Washington Book Review) this startling and “insightful” (The New York Times) look at how concentrated financial power and consumerism has transformed American politics, and business. Going back to our country’s founding, Americans once had a coherent and clear understanding of political tyranny, one crafted by Thomas Jefferson and updated for the industrial age by Louis Brandeis. A concentration of power—whether by government or banks—was understood as autocratic and dangerous to individual liberty and democracy. In the 1930s, people observed that the Great Depression was caused by financial concentration in the hands of a few whose misuse of their power induced a financial collapse. They drew on this tradition to craft the New Deal. In Goliath, Matt Stoller explains how authoritarianism and populism have returned to American politics for the first time in eighty years, as the outcome of the 2016 election shook our faith in democratic institutions. It has brought to the fore dangerous forces that many modern Americans never even knew existed. Today’s bitter recriminations and panic represent more than just fear of the future, they reflect a basic confusion about what is happening and the historical backstory that brought us to this moment. The true effects of populism, a shrinking middle class, and concentrated financial wealth are only just beginning to manifest themselves under the current administrations. The lessons of Stoller’s study will only grow more relevant as time passes. “An engaging call to arms,” (Kirkus Reviews) Stoller illustrates here in rich detail how we arrived at this tenuous moment, and the steps we must take to create a new democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361001Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goliath: The 100-Year War Between Monopoly Power and Democracy Author: Matt Stoller Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goliath: The 100-Year War Between Monopoly Power and Democracy Author: Matt Stoller Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Every thinking American must read” (The Washington Book Review) this startling and “insightful” (The New York Times) look at how concentrated financial power and consumerism has transformed American politics, and business. Going back to our country’s founding, Americans once had a coherent and clear understanding of political tyranny, one crafted by Thomas Jefferson and updated for the industrial age by Louis Brandeis. A concentration of power—whether by government or banks—was understood as autocratic and dangerous to individual liberty and democracy. In the 1930s, people observed that the Great Depression was caused by financial concentration in the hands of a few whose misuse of their power induced a financial collapse. They drew on this tradition to craft the New Deal. In Goliath, Matt Stoller explains how authoritarianism and populism have returned to American politics for the first time in eighty years, as the outcome of the 2016 election shook our faith in democratic institutions. It has brought to the fore dangerous forces that many modern Americans never even knew existed. Today’s bitter recriminations and panic represent more than just fear of the future, they reflect a basic confusion about what is happening and the historical backstory that brought us to this moment. The true effects of populism, a shrinking middle class, and concentrated financial wealth are only just beginning to manifest themselves under the current administrations. The lessons of Stoller’s study will only grow more relevant as time passes. “An engaging call to arms,” (Kirkus Reviews) Stoller illustrates here in rich detail how we arrived at this tenuous moment, and the steps we must take to create a new democracy.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/open-season-legalized-genocide-of-colored-people-by-ben-crump--65209139https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Season: Legalized Genocide of Colored People Author: Ben Crump Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The president of the National Bar Association and one of the most distinguished civil rights attorneys working today reflects on the landmark cases he has battled—including representing Trayvon Martin’s family—and offers a disturbing look at how the justice system is used to promote injustice in this memoir and clarion call as shocking and important as the bestsellers Just Mercy and Slavery by Another Name and Ava DuVernay’s film 13th. Benjamin Crump firmly believes in the Constitution and its legal protections—that civil rights legislation covers all Americans, not just those privileged by race, wealth, or pedigree. A fierce and passionate advocate, he has devoted his career to fighting for justice for America’s marginalized. Open Season is his inspiring journey working on some of the most egregious cases that have shocked the nation, including those of Trayvon Martin and Michael Brown. Shaped by his first-hand experience handling civil litigation matters in state and federal courts throughout the country, Open Season reveals the often hidden and systemic injustices minorities face, and illuminates how discrimination in the courthouse devastates real families and communities. Chronicling some of his most memorable legal battles, this brilliant litigator shockingly makes clear how our system is devised for certain people to lose and others to win, and, using evidence and facts, exposes how it is legal to harm—with the intent to destroy—people of color. Crump offers a cogent analysis of legal tenets, including the 13th Amendment, the 1951 Genocide Petition to the United Nations, and controversial Stand Your Ground laws. He compares how race detrimentally influences sentencing, and reveals how police unions protect officers who shoot unarmed civilians. He also makes clear how budget cuts for education, the proliferation of guns, and high unemployment rates all directly contribute to higher crime rates. America must live up to its promise to protect the rights of its citizens equally, Crump maintains. Thoughtful, well-reasoned, and powerfully persuasive, Open Season details one man's life mission preserving the hard-won justice for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374753Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Season: Legalized Genocide of Colored People Author: Ben Crump Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Season: Legalized Genocide of Colored People Author: Ben Crump Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The president of the National Bar Association and one of the most distinguished civil rights attorneys working today reflects on the landmark cases he has battled—including representing Trayvon Martin’s family—and offers a disturbing look at how the justice system is used to promote injustice in this memoir and clarion call as shocking and important as the bestsellers Just Mercy and Slavery by Another Name and Ava DuVernay’s film 13th. Benjamin Crump firmly believes in the Constitution and its legal protections—that civil rights legislation covers all Americans, not just those privileged by race, wealth, or pedigree. A fierce and passionate advocate, he has devoted his career to fighting for justice for America’s marginalized. Open Season is his inspiring journey working on some of the most egregious cases that have shocked the nation, including those of Trayvon Martin and Michael Brown. Shaped by his first-hand experience handling civil litigation matters in state and federal courts throughout the country, Open Season reveals the often hidden and systemic injustices minorities face, and illuminates how discrimination in the courthouse devastates real families and communities. Chronicling some of his most memorable legal battles, this brilliant litigator shockingly makes clear how our system is devised for certain people to lose and others to win, and, using evidence and facts, exposes how it is legal to harm—with the intent to destroy—people of color. Crump offers a cogent analysis of legal tenets, including the 13th Amendment, the 1951 Genocide Petition to the United Nations, and controversial Stand Your Ground laws. He compares how race detrimentally influences sentencing, and reveals how police unions protect officers who shoot unarmed civilians. He also makes clear how budget cuts for education, the proliferation of guns, and high unemployment rates all directly contribute to higher crime rates. America must live up to its promise to protect the rights of its citizens equally, Crump maintains. Thoughtful, well-reasoned, and powerfully persuasive, Open Season details one man's life mission preserving the hard-won justice for all.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-case-against-socialism-by-rand-paul--65209093https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374994 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Socialism Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Kelley Paul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A recent poll showed 43% of Americans think more socialism would be a good thing. What do these people not know? Socialism has killed millions, but it’s now the ideology du jour on American college campuses and among many leftists. Reintroduced by leaders such as Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, the ideology manifests itself in starry-eyed calls for free-spending policies like Medicare-for-all and student loan forgiveness. In The Case Against Socialism, Rand Paul outlines the history of socialism, from Stalin’s gulags to the current famine in Venezuela. He tackles common misconceptions about the “utopia” of socialist Europe. As it turns out, Scandinavian countries love capitalism as much as Americans, and have, for decades, been cutting back on the things Bernie loves the most. Socialism’s return is only possible because many Americans have forgotten the true dangers of the twentieth-century’s deadliest ideology. Paul reveals the devastating truth: for every college student sporting a Che Guevara T-shirt, there’s a Venezuelan child dying of starvation. Desperate refugees flee communist Cuba to escape oppressive censorship, rationed food and squalid hospitals, not “free” healthcare. Socialist dictatorships like the People’s Republic of China crush freedom of speech and run massive surveillance states while masquerading as enlightened modern nations. Far from providing economic freedom, socialist governments enslave their citizens. They offer illusory promises of safety and equality while restricting personal liberty, tightening state power, sapping human enterprise and making citizens dependent on the dole. If socialism takes hold in America, it will imperil the fate of the world’s freest nation, unleashing a plague of oppressive government control. The Case Against Socialism is a timely response to that threat and a call to action against the forces menacing American liberty.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374994Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374994 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Socialism Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Kelley Paul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 15,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374994 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Socialism Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Kelley Paul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A recent poll showed 43% of Americans think more socialism would be a good thing. What do these people not know? Socialism has killed millions, but it’s now the ideology du jour on American college campuses and among many leftists. Reintroduced by leaders such as Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, the ideology manifests itself in starry-eyed calls for free-spending policies like Medicare-for-all and student loan forgiveness. In The Case Against Socialism, Rand Paul outlines the history of socialism, from Stalin’s gulags to the current famine in Venezuela. He tackles common misconceptions about the “utopia” of socialist Europe. As it turns out, Scandinavian countries love capitalism as much as Americans, and have, for decades, been cutting back on the things Bernie loves the most. Socialism’s return is only possible because many Americans have forgotten the true dangers of the twentieth-century’s deadliest ideology. Paul reveals the devastating truth: for every college student sporting a Che Guevara T-shirt, there’s a Venezuelan child dying of starvation. Desperate refugees flee communist Cuba to escape oppressive censorship, rationed food and squalid hospitals, not “free” healthcare. Socialist dictatorships like the People’s Republic of China crush freedom of speech and run massive surveillance states while masquerading as enlightened modern nations. Far from providing economic freedom, socialist governments enslave their citizens. They offer illusory promises of safety and equality while restricting personal liberty, tightening state power, sapping human enterprise and making citizens dependent on the dole. If socialism takes hold in America, it will imperil the fate of the world’s freest nation, unleashing a plague of oppressive government control. The Case Against Socialism is a timely response to that threat and a call to action against the forces menacing American liberty.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-radicals-how-nineteenth-century-protest-shaped-the-nation-by-holly-jackson--65209225https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Radicals: How Nineteenth-Century Protest Shaped the Nation Author: Holly Jackson Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A dynamic, timely history of nineteenth-century activists—free-lovers and socialists, abolitionists and vigilantes—and the social revolution they sparked in the turbulent Civil War era “In the tradition of Howard Zinn’s people’s histories, American Radicals reveals a forgotten yet inspiring past.”—Megan Marshall, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Margaret Fuller: A New American Life and Elizabeth Bishop: A Miracle for Breakfast NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST HISTORY BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY SMITHSONIAN  On July 4, 1826, as Americans lit firecrackers to celebrate the country’s fiftieth birthday, both John Adams and Thomas Jefferson were on their deathbeds. They would leave behind a groundbreaking political system and a growing economy—as well as the glaring inequalities that had undermined the American experiment from its beginning. The young nation had outlived the men who made it, but could it survive intensifying divisions over the very meaning of the land of the free? A new network of dissent—connecting firebrands and agitators on pastoral communes, in urban mobs, and in genteel parlors across the nation—vowed to finish the revolution they claimed the founding fathers had only begun. They were men and women, black and white, fiercely devoted to causes that pitted them against mainstream America even while they fought to preserve the nation’s founding ideals: the brilliant heiress Frances Wright, whose shocking critiques of religion and the institution of marriage led to calls for her arrest; the radical Bostonian William Lloyd Garrison, whose commitment to nonviolence would be tested as the conflict over slavery pushed the nation to its breaking point; the Philadelphia businessman James Forten, who presided over the first mass political protest of free African Americans; Marx Lazarus, a vegan from Alabama whose calls for sexual liberation masked a dark secret; black nationalist Martin Delany, the would-be founding father of a West African colony who secretly supported John Brown’s treasonous raid on Harpers Ferry—only to ally himself with Southern Confederates after the Civil War. Though largely forgotten today, these figures were enormously influential in the pivotal period flanking the war, their lives and work entwined with reformers like Frederick Douglass, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, and Henry David Thoreau, as well as iconic leaders like Abraham Lincoln. Jackson writes them back into the story of the nation’s most formative and perilous era in all their heroism, outlandishness, and tragic shortcomings. The result is a surprising, panoramic work of narrative history, one that offers important lessons for our own time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366032Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Radicals: How Nineteenth-Century Protest Shaped the Nation Author: Holly Jackson Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Radicals: How Nineteenth-Century Protest Shaped the Nation Author: Holly Jackson Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A dynamic, timely history of nineteenth-century activists—free-lovers and socialists, abolitionists and vigilantes—and the social revolution they sparked in the turbulent Civil War era “In the tradition of Howard Zinn’s people’s histories, American Radicals reveals a forgotten yet inspiring past.”—Megan Marshall, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Margaret Fuller: A New American Life and Elizabeth Bishop: A Miracle for Breakfast NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST HISTORY BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY SMITHSONIAN  On July 4, 1826, as Americans lit firecrackers to celebrate the country’s fiftieth birthday, both John Adams and Thomas Jefferson were on their deathbeds. They would leave behind a groundbreaking political system and a growing economy—as well as the glaring inequalities that had undermined the American experiment from its beginning. The young nation had outlived the men who made it, but could it survive intensifying divisions over the very meaning of the land of the free? A new network of dissent—connecting firebrands and agitators on pastoral communes, in urban mobs, and in genteel parlors across the nation—vowed to finish the revolution they claimed the founding fathers had only begun. They were men and women, black and white, fiercely devoted to causes that pitted them against mainstream America even while they fought to preserve the nation’s founding ideals: the brilliant heiress Frances Wright, whose shocking critiques of religion and the institution of marriage led to calls for her arrest; the radical Bostonian William Lloyd Garrison, whose commitment to nonviolence would be tested as the conflict over slavery pushed the nation to its breaking point; the Philadelphia businessman James Forten, who presided over the first mass political protest of free African Americans; Marx Lazarus, a vegan from Alabama whose calls for sexual liberation masked a dark secret; black nationalist Martin Delany, the would-be founding father of a West African colony who secretly supported John Brown’s treasonous raid on Harpers Ferry—only to ally himself with Southern Confederates after the Civil War. Though largely forgotten today, these figures were enormously influential in the pivotal period flanking the war, their lives and work entwined with reformers like Frederick Douglass, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, and Henry David Thoreau, as well as iconic leaders like Abraham Lincoln. Jackson writes them back into the story of the nation’s most formative and perilous era in all their heroism, outlandishness, and tragic shortcomings. The result is a surprising, panoramic work of narrative history, one that offers important lessons for our own time.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/erosion-essays-of-undoing-by-terry-tempest-williams--65209218https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erosion: Essays of Undoing Author: Terry Tempest Williams Narrator: Terry Tempest Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Timely and unsettling essays from an important and beloved writer and conservationist In Erosion, Terry Tempest Williams's fierce, spirited, and magnificent essays are a howl in the desert. She sizes up the continuing assaults on America's public lands and the erosion of our commitment to the open space of democracy. She asks: 'How do we find the strength to not look away from all that is breaking our hearts?' We know the elements of erosion: wind, water, and time. They have shaped the spectacular physical landscape of our nation. Here, Williams bravely and brilliantly explores the many forms of erosion we face: of democracy, science, compassion, and trust. She examines the dire cultural and environmental implications of the gutting of Bear Ears National Monument—sacred lands to Native Peoples of the American Southwest; of the undermining of the Endangered Species Act; of the relentless press by the fossil fuel industry that has led to a panorama in which 'oil rigs light up the horizon.' And she testifies that the climate crisis is not an abstraction, offering as evidence the drought outside her door and, at times, within herself. These essays are Williams's call to action, blazing a way forward through difficult and dispiriting times. We will find new territory—emotional, geographical, communal. The erosion of desert lands exposes the truth of change. What has been weathered, worn, and whittled away is as powerful as what remains. Our undoing is also our becoming. Erosion is a book for this moment, political and spiritual at once, written by one of our greatest naturalists, essayists, and defenders of the environment. She reminds us that beauty is its own form of resistance, and that water can crack stone.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erosion: Essays of Undoing Author: Terry Tempest Williams Narrator: Terry Tempest Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erosion: Essays of Undoing Author: Terry Tempest Williams Narrator: Terry Tempest Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Timely and unsettling essays from an important and beloved writer and conservationist In Erosion, Terry Tempest Williams's fierce, spirited, and magnificent essays are a howl in the desert. She sizes up the continuing assaults on America's public lands and the erosion of our commitment to the open space of democracy. She asks: 'How do we find the strength to not look away from all that is breaking our hearts?' We know the elements of erosion: wind, water, and time. They have shaped the spectacular physical landscape of our nation. Here, Williams bravely and brilliantly explores the many forms of erosion we face: of democracy, science, compassion, and trust. She examines the dire cultural and environmental implications of the gutting of Bear Ears National Monument—sacred lands to Native Peoples of the American Southwest; of the undermining of the Endangered Species Act; of the relentless press by the fossil fuel industry that has led to a panorama in which 'oil rigs light up the horizon.' And she testifies that the climate crisis is not an abstraction, offering as evidence the drought outside her door and, at times, within herself. These essays are Williams's call to action, blazing a way forward through difficult and dispiriting times. We will find new territory—emotional, geographical, communal. The erosion of desert lands exposes the truth of change. What has been weathered, worn, and whittled away is as powerful as what remains. Our undoing is also our becoming. Erosion is a book for this moment, political and spiritual at once, written by one of our greatest naturalists, essayists, and defenders of the environment. She reminds us that beauty is its own form of resistance, and that water can crack stone.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/border-wars-inside-trump-s-assault-on-immigration-by-julie-hirschfeld-davis-michael-d-shear--65209169https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Border Wars: Inside Trump's Assault on Immigration Author: Julie Hirschfeld Davis, Michael D. Shear Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two New York Times Washington correspondents provide a detailed, “fact-based account of what precipitated some of this administration’s more brazen assaults on immigration” (The Washington Post) filled with never-before-told stories of this key issue of Donald Trump’s presidency. No issue matters more to Donald Trump and his administration than restricting immigration. Julie Hirschfeld Davis and Michael D. Shear have covered the Trump administration from its earliest days. In Border Wars, they take us inside the White House to document how Stephen Miller and other anti-immigration officials blocked asylum-seekers and refugees, separated families, threatened deportation, and sought to erode the longstanding bipartisan consensus that immigration and immigrants make positive contributions to America. Their revelation of Trump’s desire for a border moat filled with alligators made national news. As the authors reveal, Trump has used immigration to stoke fears (“the caravan”), attack Democrats and the courts, and distract from negative news and political difficulties. As he seeks reelection in 2020, Trump has elevated immigration in the imaginations of many Americans into a national crisis. Border Wars identifies the players behind Trump’s anti-immigration policies, showing how they planned, stumbled and fought their way toward changes that have further polarized the nation. “[Davis and Shear’s] exquisitely reported Border Wars reveals the shattering horror of the moment, [and] the mercurial unreliability and instability of the president” (The New York Times Book Review).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369642Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Border Wars: Inside Trump's Assault on Immigration Author: Julie Hirschfeld Davis, Michael D. Shear Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Border Wars: Inside Trump's Assault on Immigration Author: Julie Hirschfeld Davis, Michael D. Shear Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two New York Times Washington correspondents provide a detailed, “fact-based account of what precipitated some of this administration’s more brazen assaults on immigration” (The Washington Post) filled with never-before-told stories of this key issue of Donald Trump’s presidency. No issue matters more to Donald Trump and his administration than restricting immigration. Julie Hirschfeld Davis and Michael D. Shear have covered the Trump administration from its earliest days. In Border Wars, they take us inside the White House to document how Stephen Miller and other anti-immigration officials blocked asylum-seekers and refugees, separated families, threatened deportation, and sought to erode the longstanding bipartisan consensus that immigration and immigrants make positive contributions to America. Their revelation of Trump’s desire for a border moat filled with alligators made national news. As the authors reveal, Trump has used immigration to stoke fears (“the caravan”), attack Democrats and the courts, and distract from negative news and political difficulties. As he seeks reelection in 2020, Trump has elevated immigration in the imaginations of many Americans into a national crisis. Border Wars identifies the players behind Trump’s anti-immigration policies, showing how they planned, stumbled and fought their way toward changes that have further polarized the nation. “[Davis and Shear’s] exquisitely reported Border Wars reveals the shattering horror of the moment, [and] the mercurial unreliability and instability of the president” (The New York Times Book Review).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/witch-hunt-the-story-of-the-greatest-mass-delusion-in-american-political-history-by-gregg-jarrett--65209159https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369763 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Witch Hunt: The Story of the Greatest Mass Delusion in American Political History Author: Gregg Jarrett Narrator: Gregory Jarrett, Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How did a small group of powerful intelligence officials convince tens of millions of Americans that the president is a traitor, without a shred of evidence? Now that every detail and argument set forth in the #1 New York Times bestseller The Russia Hoax has been borne out by the Mueller report, the author is back with a hard-hitting, well-reasoned evisceration of what may be the dirtiest trick in political history. What people tend to forget about witch hunts is that they require people in power to believe there really are witches. No marks have ever been as gullible as distraught Democrats in 2016. Washington insiders broke rule after rule investigating the president, chasing a conspiracy that turned out not to exist. Somehow this was spun into Donald Trump having something to hide. People associated with the president were pushed into plea deals that had nothing to do with Russian “collusion” or discouraged from serving by the threat of huge legal bills. Somehow this was spun into Trump’s lawyers being bullies. The president complained that the investigation was a waste of time, but he allowed it to continue unimpeded to the end. Somehow this was spun into obstruction of justice. In Witch Hunt¸ Gregg Jarrett uncovers the bureaucratic malfeasance and malicious politicization of our country’s justice system. The law was weaponized for partisan purposes. Even though it was Hillary Clinton’s campaign that collected and disseminated a trove of lies about Trump from a former British spy and Russian operatives, Democrats and the media spun this into a claim that Trump was working for the Russians. Senior officials at the FBI, blinded by their political bias and hatred of Trump, went after the wrong person. At the DOJ, the deputy attorney general discussed secretly recording the president and recruiting members of the cabinet to depose Trump. Those behind the Witch Hunt have either been fired or resigned.  Many of them are now under investigation for abuse of power. But what about the pundits who concocted wild narratives in real time on television, or the newspapers which covered the fact that rumors were being investigated without investigating the facts themselves? Factual, highly persuasive, and damning, this must-read expose makes clear that not only was there no “collusion,” but there was not even a basis for Mueller’s investigation of the charge that has attacked Trump and his administration for more than two years. It’s always been a Witch Hunt.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369763Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369763 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Witch Hunt: The Story of the Greatest Mass Delusion in American Political History Author: Gregg Jarrett Narrator: Gregory Jarrett, Charles Constant...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369763 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Witch Hunt: The Story of the Greatest Mass Delusion in American Political History Author: Gregg Jarrett Narrator: Gregory Jarrett, Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How did a small group of powerful intelligence officials convince tens of millions of Americans that the president is a traitor, without a shred of evidence? Now that every detail and argument set forth in the #1 New York Times bestseller The Russia Hoax has been borne out by the Mueller report, the author is back with a hard-hitting, well-reasoned evisceration of what may be the dirtiest trick in political history. What people tend to forget about witch hunts is that they require people in power to believe there really are witches. No marks have ever been as gullible as distraught Democrats in 2016. Washington insiders broke rule after rule investigating the president, chasing a conspiracy that turned out not to exist. Somehow this was spun into Donald Trump having something to hide. People associated with the president were pushed into plea deals that had nothing to do with Russian “collusion” or discouraged from serving by the threat of huge legal bills. Somehow this was spun into Trump’s lawyers being bullies. The president complained that the investigation was a waste of time, but he allowed it to continue unimpeded to the end. Somehow this was spun into obstruction of justice. In Witch Hunt¸ Gregg Jarrett uncovers the bureaucratic malfeasance and malicious politicization of our country’s justice system. The law was weaponized for partisan purposes. Even though it was Hillary Clinton’s campaign that collected and disseminated a trove of lies about Trump from a former British spy and Russian operatives, Democrats and the media spun this into a claim that Trump was working for the Russians. Senior officials at the FBI, blinded by their political bias and hatred of Trump, went after the wrong person. At the DOJ, the deputy attorney general discussed secretly recording the president and recruiting members of the cabinet to depose Trump. Those behind the Witch Hunt have either been fired or resigned.  Many of them are now under investigation for abuse of power. But what about the pundits who concocted wild narratives in real time on television, or the newspapers which covered the fact that rumors were being investigated without investigating the facts themselves? Factual, highly persuasive, and damning, this must-read expose makes clear that not only was there no “collusion,” but there was not even a basis for Mueller’s investigation of the charge that has attacked Trump and his administration for more than two years. It’s always been a Witch Hunt.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/antisocial-online-extremists-techno-utopians-and-the-hijacking-of-the-american-conversation-by-andrew-marantz--65209120https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374714 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisocial: Online Extremists, Techno-Utopians, and the Hijacking of the American Conversation Author: Andrew Marantz Narrator: Andrew Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Trenchant and intelligent.' --The New York Times As seen/heard on NPR, New Yorker Radio Hour, The New York Book Review Podcast, PBS Newshour, CNBC, and more. A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice A New York Times Notable Book of 2019 From a rising star at The New Yorker, a deeply immersive chronicle of how the optimistic entrepreneurs of Silicon Valley set out to create a free and democratic internet--and how the cynical propagandists of the alt-right exploited that freedom to propel the extreme into the mainstream. For several years, Andrew Marantz, a New Yorker staff writer, has been embedded in two worlds. The first is the world of social-media entrepreneurs, who, acting out of naïvete and reckless ambition, upended all traditional means of receiving and transmitting information. The second is the world of the people he calls 'the gate crashers'--the conspiracists, white supremacists, and nihilist trolls who have become experts at using social media to advance their corrosive agenda. Antisocial ranges broadly--from the first mass-printed books to the trending hashtags of the present; from secret gatherings of neo-Fascists to the White House press briefing room--and traces how the unthinkable becomes thinkable, and then how it becomes reality. Combining the keen narrative detail of Bill Buford's Among the Thugs and the sweep of George Packer's The Unwinding, Antisocial reveals how the boundaries between technology, media, and politics have been erased, resulting in a deeply broken informational landscape--the landscape in which we all now live. Marantz shows how alienated young people are led down the rabbit hole of online radicalization, and how fringe ideas spread--from anonymous corners of social media to cable TV to the President's Twitter feed. Marantz also sits with the creators of social media as they start to reckon with the forces they've unleashed. Will they be able to solve the communication crisis they helped bring about, or are their interventions too little too late?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374714Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374714 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisocial: Online Extremists, Techno-Utopians, and the Hijacking of the American Conversation Author: Andrew Marantz Narrator: Andrew Marantz Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374714 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisocial: Online Extremists, Techno-Utopians, and the Hijacking of the American Conversation Author: Andrew Marantz Narrator: Andrew Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Trenchant and intelligent.' --The New York Times As seen/heard on NPR, New Yorker Radio Hour, The New York Book Review Podcast, PBS Newshour, CNBC, and more. A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice A New York Times Notable Book of 2019 From a rising star at The New Yorker, a deeply immersive chronicle of how the optimistic entrepreneurs of Silicon Valley set out to create a free and democratic internet--and how the cynical propagandists of the alt-right exploited that freedom to propel the extreme into the mainstream. For several years, Andrew Marantz, a New Yorker staff writer, has been embedded in two worlds. The first is the world of social-media entrepreneurs, who, acting out of naïvete and reckless ambition, upended all traditional means of receiving and transmitting information. The second is the world of the people he calls 'the gate crashers'--the conspiracists, white supremacists, and nihilist trolls who have become experts at using social media to advance their corrosive agenda. Antisocial ranges broadly--from the first mass-printed books to the trending hashtags of the present; from secret gatherings of neo-Fascists to the White House press briefing room--and traces how the unthinkable becomes thinkable, and then how it becomes reality. Combining the keen narrative detail of Bill Buford's Among the Thugs and the sweep of George Packer's The Unwinding, Antisocial reveals how the boundaries between technology, media, and politics have been erased, resulting in a deeply broken informational landscape--the landscape in which we all now live. Marantz shows how alienated young people are led down the rabbit hole of online radicalization, and how fringe ideas spread--from anonymous corners of social media to cable TV to the President's Twitter feed. Marantz also sits with the creators of social media as they start to reckon with the forces they've unleashed. Will they be able to solve the communication crisis they helped bring about, or are their interventions too little too late?]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-day-like-today-memoirs-by-john-humphrys--65209162https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Day Like Today: Memoirs Author: John Humphrys Narrator: John Humphrys Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘The bombshell book everyone is talking about’ DAILY MAIL ‘A radio genius … the maestro of the show’ EVENING STANDARD As presenter of Radio 4’s Today, the nation’s most popular news programme, John Humphrys was famed for his tough interviewing. He has been at the heart of journalism for decades. Now, he offers his life story from the poverty of his post-war childhood in Cardiff, leaving school at fifteen, to the summits of broadcasting. Along the way, he recalls the experiences that have marked him most: being the first reporter at the terrible disaster in Aberfan, reporting from South Africa in the dying days of apartheid, from Ireland during the Troubles, and from the White House on Richard Nixon’s historic resignation. With his trademark tenacity and no punches pulled, John also weighs in on the controversies of his career, the role and limitations of the BBC, and the broader health of political debate today. He hopes you’ll tune in.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374835Thu, 03 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Day Like Today: Memoirs Author: John Humphrys Narrator: John Humphrys Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: October...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Day Like Today: Memoirs Author: John Humphrys Narrator: John Humphrys Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘The bombshell book everyone is talking about’ DAILY MAIL ‘A radio genius … the maestro of the show’ EVENING STANDARD As presenter of Radio 4’s Today, the nation’s most popular news programme, John Humphrys was famed for his tough interviewing. He has been at the heart of journalism for decades. Now, he offers his life story from the poverty of his post-war childhood in Cardiff, leaving school at fifteen, to the summits of broadcasting. Along the way, he recalls the experiences that have marked him most: being the first reporter at the terrible disaster in Aberfan, reporting from South Africa in the dying days of apartheid, from Ireland during the Troubles, and from the White House on Richard Nixon’s historic resignation. With his trademark tenacity and no punches pulled, John also weighs in on the controversies of his career, the role and limitations of the BBC, and the broader health of political debate today. He hopes you’ll tune in.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/post-wall-post-square-rebuilding-the-world-after-1989-by-kristina-spohr--65209114https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374673 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Post Wall, Post Square: Rebuilding the World after 1989 Author: Kristina Spohr Narrator: Julia Winwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘A gripping and compelling account…. The peaceful ending of the Cold War between West and East remains one of the greatest achievements of modern statecraft’ CHRISTOPHER ANDREW, Literary Review This landmark global study makes us rethink what happened when the Cold War ended and our present era was born. The world changed dramatically as the Berlin Wall fell and protest turned to massacre in Tiananmen Square. Now, with deft analysis and a wealth of newly declassified archival sources, historian Kristina Spohr offers a bold and novel interpretation of the revolutionary upheaval of 1989 and, how in its aftermath, a new world order was forged without major conflict. The Post-Wall world, Spohr argues, was brought about in significant measure through the determined diplomacy of a small cohort of international leaders. They engaged in tough but cooperative negotiation and worked together to reinvent the institutions of the Cold War. Exploring this extraordinary historical moment, Spohr offers a major reappraisal of US President George H. W. Bush and innovative assessments of Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev, British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, German Chancellor Helmut Kohl, and President François Mitterrand of France. But the transformation of Europe must be understood in global context. Spohr elegantly weaves together the Western and Asian timelines to revelatory effect, by contrasting events in Berlin and Moscow with the story in Beijing, where the pro-democracy movement was brutally suppressed by Deng Xiaoping. Post Square, he pushed through China’s very different Communist reinvention. Meticulously researched and brilliantly original, Post Wall, Post Square provides an authoritative contemporary history of those crucial hinge years of 1989-1992 and their implications for our times. The world of Putin, Trump and Xi, with a fractious European Union, rogue states and the crisis of mass migration has its roots in the global exit from the Cold War.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374673Thu, 03 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374673 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Post Wall, Post Square: Rebuilding the World after 1989 Author: Kristina Spohr Narrator: Julia Winwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 46...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374673 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Post Wall, Post Square: Rebuilding the World after 1989 Author: Kristina Spohr Narrator: Julia Winwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘A gripping and compelling account…. The peaceful ending of the Cold War between West and East remains one of the greatest achievements of modern statecraft’ CHRISTOPHER ANDREW, Literary Review This landmark global study makes us rethink what happened when the Cold War ended and our present era was born. The world changed dramatically as the Berlin Wall fell and protest turned to massacre in Tiananmen Square. Now, with deft analysis and a wealth of newly declassified archival sources, historian Kristina Spohr offers a bold and novel interpretation of the revolutionary upheaval of 1989 and, how in its aftermath, a new world order was forged without major conflict. The Post-Wall world, Spohr argues, was brought about in significant measure through the determined diplomacy of a small cohort of international leaders. They engaged in tough but cooperative negotiation and worked together to reinvent the institutions of the Cold War. Exploring this extraordinary historical moment, Spohr offers a major reappraisal of US President George H. W. Bush and innovative assessments of Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev, British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, German Chancellor Helmut Kohl, and President François Mitterrand of France. But the transformation of Europe must be understood in global context. Spohr elegantly weaves together the Western and Asian timelines to revelatory effect, by contrasting events in Berlin and Moscow with the story in Beijing, where the pro-democracy movement was brutally suppressed by Deng Xiaoping. Post Square, he pushed through China’s very different Communist reinvention. Meticulously researched and brilliantly original, Post Wall, Post Square provides an authoritative contemporary history of those crucial hinge years of 1989-1992 and their implications for our times. The world of Putin, Trump and Xi, with a fractious European Union, rogue states and the crisis of mass migration has its roots in the global exit from the Cold War.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stealing-green-mangoes-two-brothers-two-fates-one-indian-childhood-by-sunil-dutta--65209215https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing Green Mangoes: Two Brothers, Two Fates, One Indian Childhood Author: Sunil Dutta Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A memoir—written in the wake of a cancer diagnosis—that zeroes in on the crux between two brothers: one who became an LAPD officer, and the other a terrorist. Sunil Dutta is a twenty-year veteran of the LAPD. Before that, he was a biologist at the University of California and a translator of classic Indian poetry. Before that, he was a destitute refugee, one of so many uprooted by the genocidal violence surrounding the Partition of India. Back then, he had a brother. Back then, they were children together, chasing whatever fun and solace they could find in impossible conditions. Sunil looked up to Raju. He admired his strength, his character. Raju took a different path. He was arrested, he fled the law, he became a fugitive. He became a terrorist. Then he became a father—and then a murderer. After being diagnosed with Stage IV lung cancer later in life, Sunil urgently wanted to understand what choices had led he and his brother down such radically different paths. In Stealing Green Mangoes, Dutta takes us from his family home in Rajasthan to America, to France, to the streets of southeastern Los Angeles, homing in on the questions that tore him and Raju apart: Can you outgrow the madness that made you? Can you make peace with the ghosts of your past? A memoir with sweeping, spiritual ambitions, Stealing Green Mangoes tells the story of a man who pushed back against the forces that captured his own brother and built a compassionate, meaningful life in a broken world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369334Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing Green Mangoes: Two Brothers, Two Fates, One Indian Childhood Author: Sunil Dutta Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing Green Mangoes: Two Brothers, Two Fates, One Indian Childhood Author: Sunil Dutta Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A memoir—written in the wake of a cancer diagnosis—that zeroes in on the crux between two brothers: one who became an LAPD officer, and the other a terrorist. Sunil Dutta is a twenty-year veteran of the LAPD. Before that, he was a biologist at the University of California and a translator of classic Indian poetry. Before that, he was a destitute refugee, one of so many uprooted by the genocidal violence surrounding the Partition of India. Back then, he had a brother. Back then, they were children together, chasing whatever fun and solace they could find in impossible conditions. Sunil looked up to Raju. He admired his strength, his character. Raju took a different path. He was arrested, he fled the law, he became a fugitive. He became a terrorist. Then he became a father—and then a murderer. After being diagnosed with Stage IV lung cancer later in life, Sunil urgently wanted to understand what choices had led he and his brother down such radically different paths. In Stealing Green Mangoes, Dutta takes us from his family home in Rajasthan to America, to France, to the streets of southeastern Los Angeles, homing in on the questions that tore him and Raju apart: Can you outgrow the madness that made you? Can you make peace with the ghosts of your past? A memoir with sweeping, spiritual ambitions, Stealing Green Mangoes tells the story of a man who pushed back against the forces that captured his own brother and built a compassionate, meaningful life in a broken world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/christ-in-crisis-why-we-need-to-reclaim-jesus-by-jim-wallis--65209268https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364746 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Christ in Crisis: Why We Need to Reclaim Jesus Author: Jim Wallis Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Writing in response to our current “constitutional crisis,” New York Times bestselling author and Christian activist Jim Wallis urges America to return to the tenets of Jesus once again as the means to save us from the polarizing bitterness and anger of our tribal nation. In Christ in Crisis Jim Wallis provides a path of spiritual healing and solidarity to help us heal the divide separating Americans today. Building on “Reclaiming Jesus”—the declaration he and other church leaders wrote in May 2018 to address America’s current crisis—Wallis argues that Christians have become disconnected from Jesus and need to revisit their spiritual foundations. By pointing to eight questions Jesus asked or is asked, Wallis provides a means to measure whether we are truly aligned with the moral and spiritual foundations of our Christian faith. “Christians have often remembered, re-discovered, and returned to their obedient discipleship of Jesus Christ—both personal and public—in times of trouble. It’s called coming home,” Wallis reminds us. While he addresses the dividing lines and dangers facing our nation, the religious and cultural commentator’s focus isn’t politics; it’s faith. As he has done throughout his career, Wallis offers comfort, empathy, and a practical roadmap. Christ in Crisis is a constructive field guide for all those involved in resistance and renewal initiatives in faith communities in the post-2016 political context.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364746Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364746 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Christ in Crisis: Why We Need to Reclaim Jesus Author: Jim Wallis Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364746 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Christ in Crisis: Why We Need to Reclaim Jesus Author: Jim Wallis Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Writing in response to our current “constitutional crisis,” New York Times bestselling author and Christian activist Jim Wallis urges America to return to the tenets of Jesus once again as the means to save us from the polarizing bitterness and anger of our tribal nation. In Christ in Crisis Jim Wallis provides a path of spiritual healing and solidarity to help us heal the divide separating Americans today. Building on “Reclaiming Jesus”—the declaration he and other church leaders wrote in May 2018 to address America’s current crisis—Wallis argues that Christians have become disconnected from Jesus and need to revisit their spiritual foundations. By pointing to eight questions Jesus asked or is asked, Wallis provides a means to measure whether we are truly aligned with the moral and spiritual foundations of our Christian faith. “Christians have often remembered, re-discovered, and returned to their obedient discipleship of Jesus Christ—both personal and public—in times of trouble. It’s called coming home,” Wallis reminds us. While he addresses the dividing lines and dangers facing our nation, the religious and cultural commentator’s focus isn’t politics; it’s faith. As he has done throughout his career, Wallis offers comfort, empathy, and a practical roadmap. Christ in Crisis is a constructive field guide for all those involved in resistance and renewal initiatives in faith communities in the post-2016 political context.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/plaintiff-in-chief-a-portrait-of-donald-trump-in-3-500-lawsuits-by-james-d-zirin--65209209https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plaintiff in Chief: A Portrait of Donald Trump in 3,500 Lawsuits Author: James D. Zirin Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive analysis of Donald Trump's legal history reveals his temperament, methods, character, and morality. Unlike all previous presidents who held distinguished positions in government or the military prior to entering office, Donald Trump's political worldview was molded in the courtroom. He sees law not as a system of rules to be obeyed and ethical ideals to be respected, but as a weapon to be used against his adversaries or a hurdle to be sidestepped when it gets in his way. He has weaponized the justice system throughout his career, and he has continued to use these backhanded tactics as Plaintiff in Chief. In this audiobook, distinguished New York attorney James D. Zirin presents Trump's lengthy litigation history as an indication of his character and morality, and his findings are chilling: if you partner with Donald Trump, you will probably wind up litigating with him. If you enroll in his university or buy one of his apartments, chances are you will want your money back. If you are a woman and you get too close to him, you may need to watch your back. If you try to sue him, he's likely to defame you. If you make a deal with him, you had better get it in writing. If you are a lawyer, an architect, or even his dentist, you'd better get paid up front. If you venture an opinion that publicly criticizes him, you may be sued for libel. A window into the president's dark legal history, Plaintiff in Chief is as informative as it is disturbing.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366569Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plaintiff in Chief: A Portrait of Donald Trump in 3,500 Lawsuits Author: James D. Zirin Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plaintiff in Chief: A Portrait of Donald Trump in 3,500 Lawsuits Author: James D. Zirin Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive analysis of Donald Trump's legal history reveals his temperament, methods, character, and morality. Unlike all previous presidents who held distinguished positions in government or the military prior to entering office, Donald Trump's political worldview was molded in the courtroom. He sees law not as a system of rules to be obeyed and ethical ideals to be respected, but as a weapon to be used against his adversaries or a hurdle to be sidestepped when it gets in his way. He has weaponized the justice system throughout his career, and he has continued to use these backhanded tactics as Plaintiff in Chief. In this audiobook, distinguished New York attorney James D. Zirin presents Trump's lengthy litigation history as an indication of his character and morality, and his findings are chilling: if you partner with Donald Trump, you will probably wind up litigating with him. If you enroll in his university or buy one of his apartments, chances are you will want your money back. If you are a woman and you get too close to him, you may need to watch your back. If you try to sue him, he's likely to defame you. If you make a deal with him, you had better get it in writing. If you are a lawyer, an architect, or even his dentist, you'd better get paid up front. If you venture an opinion that publicly criticizes him, you may be sued for libel. A window into the president's dark legal history, Plaintiff in Chief is as informative as it is disturbing.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-narrow-corridor-states-societies-and-the-fate-of-liberty-by-daron-acemoglu-james-a-robinson--65209196https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narrow Corridor: States, Societies, and the Fate of Liberty Author: Daron Acemoglu, James A. Robinson Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the winners of the 2024 Nobel Prize for Economics and the authors of the international bestseller Why Nations Fail 'Why is it so difficult to develop and sustain liberal democracy? The best recent work on this subject comes from a remarkable pair of scholars, Daron Acemoglu and James A. Robinson. In their latest book, The Narrow Corridor, they have answered this question with great insight.' —Fareed Zakaria, The Washington Post In Why Nations Fail, Daron Acemoglu and James A. Robinson argued that countries rise and fall based not on culture, geography, or chance, but on the power of their institutions. In their new book, they build a new theory about liberty and how to achieve it, drawing a wealth of evidence from both current affairs and disparate threads of world history.   Liberty is hardly the 'natural' order of things. In most places and at most times, the strong have dominated the weak and human freedom has been quashed by force or by customs and norms. Either states have been too weak to protect individuals from these threats, or states have been too strong for people to protect themselves from despotism. Liberty emerges only when a delicate and precarious balance is struck between state and society. There is a Western myth that political liberty is a durable construct, arrived at by a process of 'enlightenment.' This static view is a fantasy, the authors argue. In reality, the corridor to liberty is narrow and stays open only via a fundamental and incessant struggle between state and society: The authors look to the American Civil Rights Movement, Europe’s early and recent history, the Zapotec civilization circa 500 BCE, and Lagos’s efforts to uproot corruption and institute government accountability to illustrate what it takes to get and stay in the corridor. But they also examine Chinese imperial history, colonialism in the Pacific, India’s caste system, Saudi Arabia’s suffocating cage of norms, and the “Paper Leviathan” of many Latin American and African nations to show how countries can drift away from it, and explain the feedback loops that make liberty harder to achieve. Today we are in the midst of a time of wrenching destabilization. We need liberty more than ever, and yet the corridor to liberty is becoming narrower and more treacherous. The danger on the horizon is not 'just' the loss of our political freedom, however grim that is in itself; it is also the disintegration of the prosperity and safety that critically depend on liberty. The opposite of the corridor of liberty is the road to ruin.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368483Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narrow Corridor: States, Societies, and the Fate of Liberty Author: Daron Acemoglu, James A. Robinson Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narrow Corridor: States, Societies, and the Fate of Liberty Author: Daron Acemoglu, James A. Robinson Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the winners of the 2024 Nobel Prize for Economics and the authors of the international bestseller Why Nations Fail 'Why is it so difficult to develop and sustain liberal democracy? The best recent work on this subject comes from a remarkable pair of scholars, Daron Acemoglu and James A. Robinson. In their latest book, The Narrow Corridor, they have answered this question with great insight.' —Fareed Zakaria, The Washington Post In Why Nations Fail, Daron Acemoglu and James A. Robinson argued that countries rise and fall based not on culture, geography, or chance, but on the power of their institutions. In their new book, they build a new theory about liberty and how to achieve it, drawing a wealth of evidence from both current affairs and disparate threads of world history.   Liberty is hardly the 'natural' order of things. In most places and at most times, the strong have dominated the weak and human freedom has been quashed by force or by customs and norms. Either states have been too weak to protect individuals from these threats, or states have been too strong for people to protect themselves from despotism. Liberty emerges only when a delicate and precarious balance is struck between state and society. There is a Western myth that political liberty is a durable construct, arrived at by a process of 'enlightenment.' This static view is a fantasy, the authors argue. In reality, the corridor to liberty is narrow and stays open only via a fundamental and incessant struggle between state and society: The authors look to the American Civil Rights Movement, Europe’s early and recent history, the Zapotec civilization circa 500 BCE, and Lagos’s efforts to uproot corruption and institute government accountability to illustrate what it takes to get and stay in the corridor. But they also examine Chinese imperial history, colonialism in the Pacific, India’s caste system, Saudi Arabia’s suffocating cage of norms, and the “Paper Leviathan” of many Latin American and African nations to show how countries can drift away from it, and explain the feedback loops that make liberty harder to achieve. Today we are in the midst of a time of wrenching destabilization. We need liberty more than ever, and yet the corridor to liberty is becoming narrower and more treacherous. The danger on the horizon is not 'just' the loss of our political freedom, however grim that is in itself; it is also the disintegration of the prosperity and safety that critically depend on liberty. The opposite of the corridor of liberty is the road to ruin.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-united-states-of-trump-how-the-president-really-sees-america-by-bill-o-reilly--65209165https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374792 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Trump: How the President Really Sees America Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Rick Adamson, Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.54 of Total 132 Ratings of Narrator: 3.71 of Total 24 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes an introduction read by the author. A rare, insider’s look at the life of Donald Trump from Bill O'Reilly, the bestselling author of the Killing series, based on exclusive interview material and deep research. Readers and listeners around the world have been enthralled by journalist and New York Times bestselling author Bill O’Reilly’s Killing series—riveting works of nonfiction that explore the most famous events in history. Now,O’Reilly turns his razor-sharp observations to his most compelling subject thus far—President Donald J. Trump. In this thrilling narrative, O’Reilly blends primary, never-before-released interview material with a history that recounts Trump’s childhood and family and the factors from his life and career that forged the worldview that the president of the United States has taken to the White House. Not a partisan pro-Trump or anti-Trump book, this is an up-to-the-minute, intimate view of the man and his sphere of influence—of “how Donald Trump’s view of America was formed, and how it has changed since becoming the most powerful person in the world”— from a writer who has known the president for thirty years. This is an unprecedented, gripping account of the life of a sitting president as he makes history. As the author will tell you, “If you want some insight into the most unlikely political phenomenon of our lifetimes, you’ll get it here.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374792Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374792 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Trump: How the President Really Sees America Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Rick Adamson, Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374792 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Trump: How the President Really Sees America Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Rick Adamson, Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.54 of Total 132 Ratings of Narrator: 3.71 of Total 24 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes an introduction read by the author. A rare, insider’s look at the life of Donald Trump from Bill O'Reilly, the bestselling author of the Killing series, based on exclusive interview material and deep research. Readers and listeners around the world have been enthralled by journalist and New York Times bestselling author Bill O’Reilly’s Killing series—riveting works of nonfiction that explore the most famous events in history. Now,O’Reilly turns his razor-sharp observations to his most compelling subject thus far—President Donald J. Trump. In this thrilling narrative, O’Reilly blends primary, never-before-released interview material with a history that recounts Trump’s childhood and family and the factors from his life and career that forged the worldview that the president of the United States has taken to the White House. Not a partisan pro-Trump or anti-Trump book, this is an up-to-the-minute, intimate view of the man and his sphere of influence—of “how Donald Trump’s view of America was formed, and how it has changed since becoming the most powerful person in the world”— from a writer who has known the president for thirty years. This is an unprecedented, gripping account of the life of a sitting president as he makes history. As the author will tell you, “If you want some insight into the most unlikely political phenomenon of our lifetimes, you’ll get it here.”]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/50-things-they-don-t-want-you-to-know-by-jerome-hudson--65209224https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Things They Don't Want You to Know Author: Jerome Hudson Narrator: Marc William Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Breitbart.com editor Jerome Hudson delivers the red pills his readers know him for, showing you the facts, statistics, and analysis that the mainstream media have worked so hard to hide. If you heard that one president deported more people than any other president, started the program of family separation, and did nothing to stop Russia’s election meddling, would you guess it was Obama? In 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know Jerome Hudson dives deeply into the things Americans are not supposed to realize. Many of our most hotly debate topics are shaped by Davos power brokers, woke college professors, TV talking heads, social media activists and feckless Washington swamp monsters who want you to only follow their narrative. Your teachers, your politicians, and your local paper are not likely to ever tell you: - Racial minorities fare far better in the absence of race-based affirmative action policies. - Latinos make up a little more than 50% of the Border Patrol, according to 2016 data. - The U.S. settled more refugees in 2017 than any other nation. - Between 2011 and 2016, the IRS documented 1.3 million identity thefts by Illegal aliens. - Half of federal arrests are immigration-related. - Welfare recipients in 34 states earn more than a person making minimum wage. - Taxpayers doled out $2.6 billion in food stamps to dead people in less than two years. - 1,700 private jets flew to Davos to discuss the impact of global warming. - Google could swing an election by secretly adjusting its search algorithm, and we would have no way of knowing. Once you’re done reading 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know, you’ll never trust the powers that be to give you the whole truth again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368638Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Things They Don't Want You to Know Author: Jerome Hudson Narrator: Marc William Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Things They Don't Want You to Know Author: Jerome Hudson Narrator: Marc William Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Breitbart.com editor Jerome Hudson delivers the red pills his readers know him for, showing you the facts, statistics, and analysis that the mainstream media have worked so hard to hide. If you heard that one president deported more people than any other president, started the program of family separation, and did nothing to stop Russia’s election meddling, would you guess it was Obama? In 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know Jerome Hudson dives deeply into the things Americans are not supposed to realize. Many of our most hotly debate topics are shaped by Davos power brokers, woke college professors, TV talking heads, social media activists and feckless Washington swamp monsters who want you to only follow their narrative. Your teachers, your politicians, and your local paper are not likely to ever tell you: - Racial minorities fare far better in the absence of race-based affirmative action policies. - Latinos make up a little more than 50% of the Border Patrol, according to 2016 data. - The U.S. settled more refugees in 2017 than any other nation. - Between 2011 and 2016, the IRS documented 1.3 million identity thefts by Illegal aliens. - Half of federal arrests are immigration-related. - Welfare recipients in 34 states earn more than a person making minimum wage. - Taxpayers doled out $2.6 billion in food stamps to dead people in less than two years. - 1,700 private jets flew to Davos to discuss the impact of global warming. - Google could swing an election by secretly adjusting its search algorithm, and we would have no way of knowing. Once you’re done reading 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know, you’ll never trust the powers that be to give you the whole truth again.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-fire-the-burning-case-for-a-green-new-deal-by-naomi-klein--65209166https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Burning Case for a Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman, Naomi Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. On Fire by Naomi Klein is read by Rebecca Lowman with an introduction read by the author. For more than twenty years, Naomi Klein has been the foremost chronicler of the economic war waged on both people and planet - and the champion of a sweeping environmental agenda with justice at its centre. Her books have defined our era. On Fire gathers for the first time more than a decade of her impassioned writing from the frontline of climate change, and pairs it with new material on the staggeringly high stakes of what we choose to do next. These essays, reports and lectures show Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of 'perpetual now,' to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of 'climate barbarism,' this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Burning Case for a Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman, Naomi Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Burning Case for a Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman, Naomi Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. On Fire by Naomi Klein is read by Rebecca Lowman with an introduction read by the author. For more than twenty years, Naomi Klein has been the foremost chronicler of the economic war waged on both people and planet - and the champion of a sweeping environmental agenda with justice at its centre. Her books have defined our era. On Fire gathers for the first time more than a decade of her impassioned writing from the frontline of climate change, and pairs it with new material on the staggeringly high stakes of what we choose to do next. These essays, reports and lectures show Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of 'perpetual now,' to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of 'climate barbarism,' this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-fire-the-case-for-the-green-new-deal-by-naomi-klein--65209147https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Case for the Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times and internationally bestselling author Naomi Klein makes the case for a Green New Deal in this “keenly argued, well-researched, and impassioned” manifesto (The Washington Post). An instant bestseller, On Fire shows Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of “perpetual now,” to the soaring history of humans changing and evolving rapidly in the face of grave threats, to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of “climate barbarism,” this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink. An expansive, far-ranging exploration that sees the battle for a greener world as indistinguishable from the fight for our lives, On Fire captures the burning urgency of the climate crisis, as well as the fiery energy of a rising political movement demanding a catalytic Green New Deal. “Naomi Klein’s work has always moved and guided me. She is the great chronicler of our age of climate emergency, an inspirer of generations.” —Greta Thunberg, climate activist 'If I were a rich man, I’d buy 245 million copies of Naomi Klein’s 'On Fire' and hand-deliver them to every eligible voter in America…Klein is a skilled writer.' —Jeff Goodell, The New York Times]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Case for the Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The Case for the Green New Deal Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times and internationally bestselling author Naomi Klein makes the case for a Green New Deal in this “keenly argued, well-researched, and impassioned” manifesto (The Washington Post). An instant bestseller, On Fire shows Klein at her most prophetic and philosophical, investigating the climate crisis not only as a profound political challenge but also as a spiritual and imaginative one. Delving into topics ranging from the clash between ecological time and our culture of “perpetual now,” to the soaring history of humans changing and evolving rapidly in the face of grave threats, to rising white supremacy and fortressed borders as a form of “climate barbarism,” this is a rousing call to action for a planet on the brink. An expansive, far-ranging exploration that sees the battle for a greener world as indistinguishable from the fight for our lives, On Fire captures the burning urgency of the climate crisis, as well as the fiery energy of a rising political movement demanding a catalytic Green New Deal. “Naomi Klein’s work has always moved and guided me. She is the great chronicler of our age of climate emergency, an inspirer of generations.” —Greta Thunberg, climate activist 'If I were a rich man, I’d buy 245 million copies of Naomi Klein’s 'On Fire' and hand-deliver them to every eligible voter in America…Klein is a skilled writer.' —Jeff Goodell, The New York Times]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-education-of-brett-kavanaugh-an-investigation-by-robin-pogrebin-kate-kelly--65209140https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374713 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of Brett Kavanaugh: An Investigation Author: Robin Pogrebin, Kate Kelly Narrator: Robin Pogrebin, Kate Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A remarkable work of slowed-down journalism...They are doing their jobs as journalists and writing the first draft of history.' —Jill Filipovic, The Washington Post '...Generous but also damning.'  —Hanna Rosin, The New York Times From two New York Times reporters, a deeper look at the formative years of Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh and his confirmation. In September 2018, the F.B.I. was given only a week to investigate allegations of sexual misconduct against Brett Kavanaugh, President Trump's Supreme Court nominee. But even as Kavanaugh was sworn in to his lifetime position, many questions remained unanswered, leaving millions of Americans unsettled. During the Senate confirmation hearings that preceded the bureau's brief probe, New York Times reporters Robin Pogrebin and Kate Kelly broke critical stories about Kavanaugh's past, including the 'Renate Alumni' yearbook story. They were inundated with tips from former classmates, friends, and associates that couldn't be fully investigated before the confirmation process closed. Now, their book fills in the blanks and explores the essential question: Who is Brett Kavanaugh? The Education of Brett Kavanaugh paints a picture of the prep-school and Ivy-League worlds that formed our newest Supreme Court Justice. By offering commentary from key players from his confirmation process who haven't yet spoken publicly and pursuing lines of inquiry that were left hanging, it will be essential reading for anyone who wants to understand our political system and Kavanaugh's unexpectedly emblematic role in it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374713Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374713 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of Brett Kavanaugh: An Investigation Author: Robin Pogrebin, Kate Kelly Narrator: Robin Pogrebin, Kate Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374713 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of Brett Kavanaugh: An Investigation Author: Robin Pogrebin, Kate Kelly Narrator: Robin Pogrebin, Kate Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A remarkable work of slowed-down journalism...They are doing their jobs as journalists and writing the first draft of history.' —Jill Filipovic, The Washington Post '...Generous but also damning.'  —Hanna Rosin, The New York Times From two New York Times reporters, a deeper look at the formative years of Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh and his confirmation. In September 2018, the F.B.I. was given only a week to investigate allegations of sexual misconduct against Brett Kavanaugh, President Trump's Supreme Court nominee. But even as Kavanaugh was sworn in to his lifetime position, many questions remained unanswered, leaving millions of Americans unsettled. During the Senate confirmation hearings that preceded the bureau's brief probe, New York Times reporters Robin Pogrebin and Kate Kelly broke critical stories about Kavanaugh's past, including the 'Renate Alumni' yearbook story. They were inundated with tips from former classmates, friends, and associates that couldn't be fully investigated before the confirmation process closed. Now, their book fills in the blanks and explores the essential question: Who is Brett Kavanaugh? The Education of Brett Kavanaugh paints a picture of the prep-school and Ivy-League worlds that formed our newest Supreme Court Justice. By offering commentary from key players from his confirmation process who haven't yet spoken publicly and pursuing lines of inquiry that were left hanging, it will be essential reading for anyone who wants to understand our political system and Kavanaugh's unexpectedly emblematic role in it.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-day-after-why-america-wins-the-war-but-loses-the-peace-by-brendan-r-gallagher--65209115https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374825 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Day After: Why America Wins the War but Loses the Peace Author: Brendan R. Gallagher Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 15, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since 9/11, why have we won smashing battlefield victories only to botch nearly everything that comes next? In the opening phases of war in Afghanistan, Iraq, and Libya, we mopped the floor with our enemies. But in short order, things went horribly wrong. We soon discovered we had no coherent plan to manage the “day after.” The ensuing debacles had truly staggering consequences—many thousands of lives lost, trillions of dollars squandered, and the apparent discrediting of our foreign policy establishment. This helped set the stage for an extraordinary historical moment in which America’s role in the world, along with our commitment to democracy at home and abroad, have become subject to growing doubt. With the benefit of hindsight, can we discern what went wrong? Why have we had such great difficulty planning for the aftermath of war? In The Day After, Brendan Gallagher—an Army lieutenant colonel with multiple combat tours to Iraq and Afghanistan, and a Princeton PhD—seeks to tackle this vital question. Gallagher argues there is a tension between our desire to create a new democracy and our competing desire to pull out as soon as possible. Our leaders often strive to accomplish both to keep everyone happy. But by avoiding the tough underlying decisions, it fosters an incoherent strategy. This makes chaos more likely. The Day After draws on new interviews with dozens of civilian and military officials, ranging from US cabinet secretaries to four-star generals. It also sheds light on how, in Kosovo, we lowered our postwar aims to quietly achieve a surprising partial success. Striking at the heart of what went wrong in our recent wars, and what we should do about it, Gallagher asks whether we will learn from our mistakes, or provoke even more disasters? Human lives, money, elections, and America’s place in the world may hinge on the answer.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374825Sun, 15 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374825 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Day After: Why America Wins the War but Loses the Peace Author: Brendan R. Gallagher Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374825 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Day After: Why America Wins the War but Loses the Peace Author: Brendan R. Gallagher Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 15, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since 9/11, why have we won smashing battlefield victories only to botch nearly everything that comes next? In the opening phases of war in Afghanistan, Iraq, and Libya, we mopped the floor with our enemies. But in short order, things went horribly wrong. We soon discovered we had no coherent plan to manage the “day after.” The ensuing debacles had truly staggering consequences—many thousands of lives lost, trillions of dollars squandered, and the apparent discrediting of our foreign policy establishment. This helped set the stage for an extraordinary historical moment in which America’s role in the world, along with our commitment to democracy at home and abroad, have become subject to growing doubt. With the benefit of hindsight, can we discern what went wrong? Why have we had such great difficulty planning for the aftermath of war? In The Day After, Brendan Gallagher—an Army lieutenant colonel with multiple combat tours to Iraq and Afghanistan, and a Princeton PhD—seeks to tackle this vital question. Gallagher argues there is a tension between our desire to create a new democracy and our competing desire to pull out as soon as possible. Our leaders often strive to accomplish both to keep everyone happy. But by avoiding the tough underlying decisions, it fosters an incoherent strategy. This makes chaos more likely. The Day After draws on new interviews with dozens of civilian and military officials, ranging from US cabinet secretaries to four-star generals. It also sheds light on how, in Kosovo, we lowered our postwar aims to quietly achieve a surprising partial success. Striking at the heart of what went wrong in our recent wars, and what we should do about it, Gallagher asks whether we will learn from our mistakes, or provoke even more disasters? Human lives, money, elections, and America’s place in the world may hinge on the answer.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-only-plane-in-the-sky-an-oral-history-of-september-11-2001-by-garrett-m-graff--65209216https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369079 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Plane in the Sky: An Oral History of September 11, 2001 Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: A Full 45-Person Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 92 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2020 AUDIOBOOK OF THE YEAR AUDIE AWARD WINNER! 2020 MULTI-VOICED PERFORMANCE AUDIE AWARD WINNER! Audio bonus! The audio edition includes an exclusive interview with Garrett Graff and Holter Graham as well as archival audio from United States Presidential addresses, In-Flight Communications, and Air Traffic Control. NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “This is history at its most immediate and moving…A marvelous and memorable book.” —Jon Meacham ​“Remarkable…A priceless civic gift…On page after page, a reader will encounter words that startle, or make him angry, or heartbroken.” —The Wall Street Journal “Had me turning each page with my heart in my throat…There’s been a lot written about 9/11, but nothing like this. I urge you to read it.” —Katie Couric The first comprehensive oral history of September 11, 2001—a panoramic narrative woven from voices on the front lines of an unprecedented national trauma. Over the past eighteen years, monumental literature has been published about 9/11, from Lawrence Wright’s The Looming Tower to The 9/11 Commission Report. But one perspective has been missing up to this point—a 360-degree account of the day told through firsthand. Now, in The Only Plane in the Sky, Garrett Graff tells the story of the day as it was lived—in the words of those who lived it. Drawing on never-before-published transcripts, declassified documents, original interviews, and oral histories from nearly five hundred government officials, first responders, witnesses, survivors, friends, and family members, he paints the most vivid and human portrait of the September 11 attacks yet. Beginning in the predawn hours of airports in the Northeast, we meet the ticket agents who unknowingly usher terrorists onto their flights, and the flight attendants inside the hijacked planes. In New York, first responders confront a scene of unimaginable horror at the Twin Towers. From a secret bunker under the White House, officials watch for incoming planes on radar. Aboard unarmed fighter jets in the air, pilots make a pact to fly into a hijacked airliner if necessary to bring it down. In the skies above Pennsylvania, civilians aboard United 93 make the ultimate sacrifice in their place. Then, as the day moves forward and flights are grounded nationwide, Air Force One circles the country alone, its passengers isolated and afraid. More than simply a collection of eyewitness testimonies, The Only Plane in the Sky is the historic narrative of how ordinary people grappled with extraordinary events in real time: the father and son caught on different ends of the impact zone; the firefighter searching for his wife who works at the World Trade Center; the operator of in-flight telephone calls who promises to share a passenger’s last words with his family; the beloved FDNY chaplain who bravely performs last rites for the dying, losing his own life when the Towers collapse; and the generals at the Pentagon who break down and weep when they are barred from trying to rescue their colleagues. At once a powerful tribute to the courage of everyday Americans and an essential addition to the literature of 9/11, The Only Plane in the Sky weaves together the unforgettable personal experiences of the men and women who found themselves caught at the center of an unprecedented human drama. The result is a unique, profound, and searing exploration of humanity on a day that changed the course of history, and all of our lives.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369079Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369079 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Plane in the Sky: An Oral History of September 11, 2001 Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: A Full 45-Person Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369079 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Plane in the Sky: An Oral History of September 11, 2001 Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: A Full 45-Person Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 92 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2020 AUDIOBOOK OF THE YEAR AUDIE AWARD WINNER! 2020 MULTI-VOICED PERFORMANCE AUDIE AWARD WINNER! Audio bonus! The audio edition includes an exclusive interview with Garrett Graff and Holter Graham as well as archival audio from United States Presidential addresses, In-Flight Communications, and Air Traffic Control. NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “This is history at its most immediate and moving…A marvelous and memorable book.” —Jon Meacham ​“Remarkable…A priceless civic gift…On page after page, a reader will encounter words that startle, or make him angry, or heartbroken.” —The Wall Street Journal “Had me turning each page with my heart in my throat…There’s been a lot written about 9/11, but nothing like this. I urge you to read it.” —Katie Couric The first comprehensive oral history of September 11, 2001—a panoramic narrative woven from voices on the front lines of an unprecedented national trauma. Over the past eighteen years, monumental literature has been published about 9/11, from Lawrence Wright’s The Looming Tower to The 9/11 Commission Report. But one perspective has been missing up to this point—a 360-degree account of the day told through firsthand. Now, in The Only Plane in the Sky, Garrett Graff tells the story of the day as it was lived—in the words of those who lived it. Drawing on never-before-published transcripts, declassified documents, original interviews, and oral histories from nearly five hundred government officials, first responders, witnesses, survivors, friends, and family members, he paints the most vivid and human portrait of the September 11 attacks yet. Beginning in the predawn hours of airports in the Northeast, we meet the ticket agents who unknowingly usher terrorists onto their flights, and the flight attendants inside the hijacked planes. In New York, first responders confront a scene of unimaginable horror at the Twin Towers. From a secret bunker under the White House, officials watch for incoming planes on radar. Aboard unarmed fighter jets in the air, pilots make a pact to fly into a hijacked airliner if necessary to bring it down. In the skies above Pennsylvania, civilians aboard United 93 make the ultimate sacrifice in their place. Then, as the day moves forward and flights are grounded nationwide, Air Force One circles the country alone, its passengers isolated and afraid. More than simply a collection of eyewitness testimonies, The Only Plane in the Sky is the historic narrative of how ordinary people grappled with extraordinary events in real time: the father and son caught on different ends of the impact zone; the firefighter searching for his wife who works at the World Trade Center; the operator of in-flight telephone calls who promises to share a passenger’s last words with his family; the beloved FDNY chaplain who bravely performs last rites for the dying, losing his own life when the Towers collapse; and the generals at the Pentagon who break down and weep when they are barred from trying to rescue their colleagues. At once a powerful tribute to the courage of everyday Americans and an essential addition to the literature of 9/11, The Only Plane in the Sky weaves together the unforgettable personal experiences of the men and women who found themselves caught at the center of an unprecedented human drama. The result is a unique, profound, and searing exploration of humanity on a day that changed the...]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rip-gop-how-the-new-america-is-dooming-the-republicans-by-stanley-b-greenberg--65209208https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: RIP GOP: How the New America is Dooming the Republicans Author: Stanley B. Greenberg Narrator: Stanley B. Greenberg, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Through vivid detail and analysis, backed up by hard data, Stan Greenberg outlines a blueprint for the New American majority to destroy the rigged system that made Donald Trump possible as he offers the hope that we can create an America that builds opportunity for everyone, not just the wealthy and the well-connected.” — Senator Elizabeth Warren This program includes an introduction read by the author. A leading pollster and adviser to America’s most important political figures explains why the Republicans will crash in 2020. For decades the GOP has seen itself in an uncompromising struggle against a New America that is increasingly secular, racially diverse, and fueled by immigration. It has fought non-traditional family structures, ripped huge holes in the social safety net, tried to stop women from being independent, and pitted aging rural Evangelicals against the younger, more dynamic cities. Since the 2010 election put the Tea Party in control of the GOP, the party has condemned America to years of fury, polarization and broken government. The election of Donald Trump enabled the Republicans to make things even worse. All seemed lost. But the Republicans have set themselves up for a shattering defeat. In RIP GOP, Stanley Greenberg argues that the 2016 election hurried the party’s imminent demise. Using amazing insights from his focus groups with real people and surprising revelations from his own polls, Greenberg shows why the GOP is losing its defining battle. He explores why the 2018 election, when the New America fought back, was no fluke. And he predicts that in 2020 the party of Lincoln will be left to the survivors, opening America up to a new era of renewal and progress.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366666Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: RIP GOP: How the New America is Dooming the Republicans Author: Stanley B. Greenberg Narrator: Stanley B. Greenberg, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: RIP GOP: How the New America is Dooming the Republicans Author: Stanley B. Greenberg Narrator: Stanley B. Greenberg, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Through vivid detail and analysis, backed up by hard data, Stan Greenberg outlines a blueprint for the New American majority to destroy the rigged system that made Donald Trump possible as he offers the hope that we can create an America that builds opportunity for everyone, not just the wealthy and the well-connected.” — Senator Elizabeth Warren This program includes an introduction read by the author. A leading pollster and adviser to America’s most important political figures explains why the Republicans will crash in 2020. For decades the GOP has seen itself in an uncompromising struggle against a New America that is increasingly secular, racially diverse, and fueled by immigration. It has fought non-traditional family structures, ripped huge holes in the social safety net, tried to stop women from being independent, and pitted aging rural Evangelicals against the younger, more dynamic cities. Since the 2010 election put the Tea Party in control of the GOP, the party has condemned America to years of fury, polarization and broken government. The election of Donald Trump enabled the Republicans to make things even worse. All seemed lost. But the Republicans have set themselves up for a shattering defeat. In RIP GOP, Stanley Greenberg argues that the 2016 election hurried the party’s imminent demise. Using amazing insights from his focus groups with real people and surprising revelations from his own polls, Greenberg shows why the GOP is losing its defining battle. He explores why the 2018 election, when the New America fought back, was no fluke. And he predicts that in 2020 the party of Lincoln will be left to the survivors, opening America up to a new era of renewal and progress.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-republic-if-you-can-keep-it-by-neil-gorsuch--65209205https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366038 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Republic, If You Can Keep It Author: Neil Gorsuch Narrator: Neil Gorsuch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Justice Neil Gorsuch reflects on his journey to the Supreme Court, the role of the judge under our Constitution, and the vital responsibility of each American to keep our republic strong.   As Benjamin Franklin left the Constitutional Convention, he was reportedly asked what kind of government the founders would propose. He replied, “A republic, if you can keep it.” In this book, Justice Neil Gorsuch shares personal reflections, speeches, and essays that focus on the remarkable gift the framers left us in the Constitution.   Justice Gorsuch draws on his thirty-year career as a lawyer, teacher, judge, and justice to explore essential aspects our Constitution, its separation of powers, and the liberties it is designed to protect. He discusses the role of the judge in our constitutional order, and why he believes that originalism and textualism are the surest guides to interpreting our nation’s founding documents and protecting our freedoms. He explains, too, the importance of affordable access to the courts in realizing the promise of equal justice under law—while highlighting some of the challenges we face on this front today.   Along the way, Justice Gorsuch reveals some of the events that have shaped his life and outlook, from his upbringing in Colorado to his Supreme Court confirmation process. And he emphasizes the pivotal roles of civic education, civil discourse, and mutual respect in maintaining a healthy republic.   A Republic, If You Can Keep It offers compelling insights into Justice Gorsuch’s faith in America and its founding documents, his thoughts on our Constitution’s design and the judge’s place within it, and his beliefs about the responsibility each of us shares to sustain our distinctive republic of, by, and for “We the People.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366038Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366038 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Republic, If You Can Keep It Author: Neil Gorsuch Narrator: Neil Gorsuch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366038 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Republic, If You Can Keep It Author: Neil Gorsuch Narrator: Neil Gorsuch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Justice Neil Gorsuch reflects on his journey to the Supreme Court, the role of the judge under our Constitution, and the vital responsibility of each American to keep our republic strong.   As Benjamin Franklin left the Constitutional Convention, he was reportedly asked what kind of government the founders would propose. He replied, “A republic, if you can keep it.” In this book, Justice Neil Gorsuch shares personal reflections, speeches, and essays that focus on the remarkable gift the framers left us in the Constitution.   Justice Gorsuch draws on his thirty-year career as a lawyer, teacher, judge, and justice to explore essential aspects our Constitution, its separation of powers, and the liberties it is designed to protect. He discusses the role of the judge in our constitutional order, and why he believes that originalism and textualism are the surest guides to interpreting our nation’s founding documents and protecting our freedoms. He explains, too, the importance of affordable access to the courts in realizing the promise of equal justice under law—while highlighting some of the challenges we face on this front today.   Along the way, Justice Gorsuch reveals some of the events that have shaped his life and outlook, from his upbringing in Colorado to his Supreme Court confirmation process. And he emphasizes the pivotal roles of civic education, civil discourse, and mutual respect in maintaining a healthy republic.   A Republic, If You Can Keep It offers compelling insights into Justice Gorsuch’s faith in America and its founding documents, his thoughts on our Constitution’s design and the judge’s place within it, and his beliefs about the responsibility each of us shares to sustain our distinctive republic of, by, and for “We the People.”]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-green-new-deal-why-the-fossil-fuel-civilization-will-collapse-by-2028-and-the-bold-economic-plan-to-save-life-on-earth-by-jeremy-rifki--65209174https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374320 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Green New Deal: Why the Fossil Fuel Civilization Will Collapse by 2028, and the Bold Economic Plan to Save Life on Earth Author: Jeremy Rifkin Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent, workable plan to confront climate change and transform America's economy for a post-fossil fuel world from the New York Times bestselling author of The Third Industrial Revolution. A new vision for America’s future is quickly gaining momentum. The Green New Deal has caught fire in activist circles and become a central focus in the national conversation, setting the agenda for a new political movement that will likely transform the entire US and world economy. Although the details remain to be hashed out, it has inspired the millennial generation, now the largest voting bloc in the country, to lead America on the issue of climate change. While the Green New Deal has become an overnight sensation, it takes on added weight in lieu of a parallel movement within the global business community that is going to shake the very foundation of society over the next several years. Behind the scenes, the key sectors that make up the infrastructure of the global economy are quickly decoupling from fossil fuels and recoupling with solar and wind energies that are now near parity in cost and soon to be far cheaper. New studies are sounding the alarm about the prospect of 100 trillion dollars in stranded assets as the economy abandons the old energies of the twentieth century for the new cheaper green energies of the twenty-first century, creating a carbon bubble that is likely to burst by 2028—leading to the collapse of the fossil fuel civilization. This great disruption is occurring because the marketplace is speaking. Every government will have to follow the market or face the consequences. Governments that lead in the scale-up of a new zero carbon green infrastructure and create the new business opportunities and employment that accompany it will stay ahead of the curve. Governments that fail to lead will be doomed. In The Green New Deal, New York Times bestselling author and renowned economic and social theorist Jeremy Rifkin delivers the political narrative, technical framework, and economic plan for the debate now taking center stage across America. The concurrence of a stranded fossil fuel assets bubble and a green political vision opens up the possibility of a massive global paradigm shift into a post-carbon ecological era, hopefully in time to prevent a temperature rise that will tip us over the edge into runaway climate change. With twenty-five years of experience at the forefront of enacting green transitions for both the European Union and the People’s Republic of China, Rifkin offers his indispensable wisdom in a blueprint for how to transform the global economy and save life on Earth.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374320Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374320 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Green New Deal: Why the Fossil Fuel Civilization Will Collapse by 2028, and the Bold Economic Plan to Save Life on Earth Author: Jeremy Rifkin...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374320 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Green New Deal: Why the Fossil Fuel Civilization Will Collapse by 2028, and the Bold Economic Plan to Save Life on Earth Author: Jeremy Rifkin Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent, workable plan to confront climate change and transform America's economy for a post-fossil fuel world from the New York Times bestselling author of The Third Industrial Revolution. A new vision for America’s future is quickly gaining momentum. The Green New Deal has caught fire in activist circles and become a central focus in the national conversation, setting the agenda for a new political movement that will likely transform the entire US and world economy. Although the details remain to be hashed out, it has inspired the millennial generation, now the largest voting bloc in the country, to lead America on the issue of climate change. While the Green New Deal has become an overnight sensation, it takes on added weight in lieu of a parallel movement within the global business community that is going to shake the very foundation of society over the next several years. Behind the scenes, the key sectors that make up the infrastructure of the global economy are quickly decoupling from fossil fuels and recoupling with solar and wind energies that are now near parity in cost and soon to be far cheaper. New studies are sounding the alarm about the prospect of 100 trillion dollars in stranded assets as the economy abandons the old energies of the twentieth century for the new cheaper green energies of the twenty-first century, creating a carbon bubble that is likely to burst by 2028—leading to the collapse of the fossil fuel civilization. This great disruption is occurring because the marketplace is speaking. Every government will have to follow the market or face the consequences. Governments that lead in the scale-up of a new zero carbon green infrastructure and create the new business opportunities and employment that accompany it will stay ahead of the curve. Governments that fail to lead will be doomed. In The Green New Deal, New York Times bestselling author and renowned economic and social theorist Jeremy Rifkin delivers the political narrative, technical framework, and economic plan for the debate now taking center stage across America. The concurrence of a stranded fossil fuel assets bubble and a green political vision opens up the possibility of a massive global paradigm shift into a post-carbon ecological era, hopefully in time to prevent a temperature rise that will tip us over the edge into runaway climate change. With twenty-five years of experience at the forefront of enacting green transitions for both the European Union and the People’s Republic of China, Rifkin offers his indispensable wisdom in a blueprint for how to transform the global economy and save life on Earth.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-education-of-an-idealist-by-samantha-power--65209156https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of an Idealist Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Samantha Power Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Her highly personal and reflective memoir … is a must-read for anyone who cares about our role in a changing world’ Barack Obama THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR AN ECONOMIST BOOK OF THE YEAR A TIMES LITERARY SUPPLEMENT BOOK OF THE YEAR ‘What can one person do?’ In this vibrant, galvanizing memoir, human rights advocate and Pulitzer-Prize winning writer Samantha Power offers an urgent response to this question. As she traces her path from Irish immigrant to war correspondent and activist to eventually becoming the youngest-ever US Ambassador to the United Nations, Power writes with a unique blend of suspenseful storytelling, vivid character portraits and disarming honesty. Her account illuminates the challenges of navigating the halls of power while trying to put one’s ideals into practice (and raise two young children along the way), and it shows how – even in the face of daunting challenges – each of us can make a difference.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374689Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of an Idealist Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Samantha Power Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 5 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of an Idealist Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Samantha Power Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Her highly personal and reflective memoir … is a must-read for anyone who cares about our role in a changing world’ Barack Obama THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR AN ECONOMIST BOOK OF THE YEAR A TIMES LITERARY SUPPLEMENT BOOK OF THE YEAR ‘What can one person do?’ In this vibrant, galvanizing memoir, human rights advocate and Pulitzer-Prize winning writer Samantha Power offers an urgent response to this question. As she traces her path from Irish immigrant to war correspondent and activist to eventually becoming the youngest-ever US Ambassador to the United Nations, Power writes with a unique blend of suspenseful storytelling, vivid character portraits and disarming honesty. Her account illuminates the challenges of navigating the halls of power while trying to put one’s ideals into practice (and raise two young children along the way), and it shows how – even in the face of daunting challenges – each of us can make a difference.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-the-other-half-learns-equality-excellence-and-the-battle-over-school-choice-by-robert-pondiscio--65209153https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How The Other Half Learns: Equality, excellence, and the battle over school choice Author: Robert Pondiscio Narrator: Robert Pondiscio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An inside look at America's most controversial charter schools, and the moral and political questions around public education and school choice. The promise of public education is excellence for all. But that promise has seldom been kept for low-income children of color in America. In How the Other Half Learns, teacher and education journalist Robert Pondiscio focuses on Success Academy, the network of controversial charter schools in New York City founded by Eva Moskowitz, who has created something unprecedented in American education: a way for large numbers of engaged and ambitious low-income families of color to get an education for their children that equals and even exceeds what wealthy families take for granted. Her results are astonishing, her methods unorthodox. Decades of well-intended efforts to improve our schools and close the 'achievement gap' have set equity and excellence at war with each other: If you are wealthy, with the means to pay private school tuition or move to an affluent community, you can get your child into an excellent school. But if you are poor and black or brown, you have to settle for 'equity' and a lecture--about fairness. About the need to be patient. And about how school choice for you only damages public schools for everyone else. Thousands of parents have chosen Success Academy, and thousands more sit on waiting lists to get in. But Moskowitz herself admits Success Academy 'is not for everyone,' and this raises uncomfortable questions we'd rather not ask, let alone answer: What if the price of giving a first-rate education to children least likely to receive it means acknowledging that you can't do it for everyone? What if some problems are just too hard for schools alone to solve?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374971Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How The Other Half Learns: Equality, excellence, and the battle over school choice Author: Robert Pondiscio Narrator: Robert Pondiscio Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How The Other Half Learns: Equality, excellence, and the battle over school choice Author: Robert Pondiscio Narrator: Robert Pondiscio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An inside look at America's most controversial charter schools, and the moral and political questions around public education and school choice. The promise of public education is excellence for all. But that promise has seldom been kept for low-income children of color in America. In How the Other Half Learns, teacher and education journalist Robert Pondiscio focuses on Success Academy, the network of controversial charter schools in New York City founded by Eva Moskowitz, who has created something unprecedented in American education: a way for large numbers of engaged and ambitious low-income families of color to get an education for their children that equals and even exceeds what wealthy families take for granted. Her results are astonishing, her methods unorthodox. Decades of well-intended efforts to improve our schools and close the 'achievement gap' have set equity and excellence at war with each other: If you are wealthy, with the means to pay private school tuition or move to an affluent community, you can get your child into an excellent school. But if you are poor and black or brown, you have to settle for 'equity' and a lecture--about fairness. About the need to be patient. And about how school choice for you only damages public schools for everyone else. Thousands of parents have chosen Success Academy, and thousands more sit on waiting lists to get in. But Moskowitz herself admits Success Academy 'is not for everyone,' and this raises uncomfortable questions we'd rather not ask, let alone answer: What if the price of giving a first-rate education to children least likely to receive it means acknowledging that you can't do it for everyone? What if some problems are just too hard for schools alone to solve?]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tools-and-weapons-the-promise-and-the-peril-of-the-digital-age-by-carol-ann-browne-brad-smith--65209135https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374717 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tools and Weapons: The Promise and the Peril of the Digital Age Author: Carol Ann Browne, Brad Smith Narrator: Carol Ann Browne, Brad Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller. From Microsoft's president and one of the tech industry's broadest thinkers, a frank and thoughtful reckoning with how to balance enormous promise and existential risk as the digitization of everything accelerates. “A colorful and insightful insiders’ view of how technology is both empowering and threatening us. From privacy to cyberattacks, this timely book is a useful guide for how to navigate the digital future.” —Walter Isaacson Microsoft President Brad Smith operates by a simple core belief: When your technology changes the world, you bear a responsibility to help address the world you have helped create. This might seem uncontroversial, but it flies in the face of a tech sector long obsessed with rapid growth and sometimes on disruption as an end in itself. While sweeping digital transformation holds great promise, we have reached an inflection point. The world has turned information technology into both a powerful tool and a formidable weapon, and new approaches are needed to manage an era defined by even more powerful inventions like artificial intelligence. Companies that create technology must accept greater responsibility for the future, and governments will need to regulate technology by moving faster and catching up with the pace of innovation. In Tools and Weapons, Brad Smith and Carol Ann Browne bring us a captivating narrative from the cockpit of one of the world's largest and most powerful tech companies as it finds itself in the middle of some of the thorniest emerging issues of our time. These are challenges that come with no preexisting playbook, including privacy, cybercrime and cyberwar, social media, the moral conundrums of artificial intelligence, big tech's relationship to inequality, and the challenges for democracy, far and near. While in no way a self-glorifying 'Microsoft memoir,' the book pulls back the curtain remarkably wide onto some of the company's most crucial recent decision points as it strives to protect the hopes technology offers against the very real threats it also presents. There are huge ramifications for communities and countries, and Brad Smith provides a thoughtful and urgent contribution to that effort.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374717Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374717 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tools and Weapons: The Promise and the Peril of the Digital Age Author: Carol Ann Browne, Brad Smith Narrator: Carol Ann Browne, Brad Smith Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374717 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tools and Weapons: The Promise and the Peril of the Digital Age Author: Carol Ann Browne, Brad Smith Narrator: Carol Ann Browne, Brad Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller. From Microsoft's president and one of the tech industry's broadest thinkers, a frank and thoughtful reckoning with how to balance enormous promise and existential risk as the digitization of everything accelerates. “A colorful and insightful insiders’ view of how technology is both empowering and threatening us. From privacy to cyberattacks, this timely book is a useful guide for how to navigate the digital future.” —Walter Isaacson Microsoft President Brad Smith operates by a simple core belief: When your technology changes the world, you bear a responsibility to help address the world you have helped create. This might seem uncontroversial, but it flies in the face of a tech sector long obsessed with rapid growth and sometimes on disruption as an end in itself. While sweeping digital transformation holds great promise, we have reached an inflection point. The world has turned information technology into both a powerful tool and a formidable weapon, and new approaches are needed to manage an era defined by even more powerful inventions like artificial intelligence. Companies that create technology must accept greater responsibility for the future, and governments will need to regulate technology by moving faster and catching up with the pace of innovation. In Tools and Weapons, Brad Smith and Carol Ann Browne bring us a captivating narrative from the cockpit of one of the world's largest and most powerful tech companies as it finds itself in the middle of some of the thorniest emerging issues of our time. These are challenges that come with no preexisting playbook, including privacy, cybercrime and cyberwar, social media, the moral conundrums of artificial intelligence, big tech's relationship to inequality, and the challenges for democracy, far and near. While in no way a self-glorifying 'Microsoft memoir,' the book pulls back the curtain remarkably wide onto some of the company's most crucial recent decision points as it strives to protect the hopes technology offers against the very real threats it also presents. There are huge ramifications for communities and countries, and Brad Smith provides a thoughtful and urgent contribution to that effort.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-guest-house-for-young-widows-among-the-women-of-isis-by-azadeh-moaveni--65209104https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Guest House for Young Widows: Among the Women of ISIS Author: Azadeh Moaveni Narrator: Sarah Agha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping account of thirteen women who joined, endured, and, in some cases, escaped life in the Islamic State—based on years of immersive reporting by a Pulitzer Prize finalist. FINALIST FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY PUBLISHERS WEEKLY AND ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • NPR • Toronto Star • The Guardian Among the many books trying to understand the terrifying rise of ISIS, none has given voice to the women in the organization; but women were essential to the establishment of Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi’s caliphate. Responding to promises of female empowerment and social justice, and calls to aid the plight of fellow Muslims in Syria, thousands of women emigrated from the United States and Europe, Russia and Central Asia, from across North Africa and the rest of the Middle East to join the Islamic State. These were the educated daughters of diplomats, trainee doctors, teenagers with straight-A averages, as well as working-class drifters and desolate housewives, and they joined forces to set up makeshift clinics and schools for the Islamic homeland they’d envisioned. Guest House for Young Widows charts the different ways women were recruited, inspired, or compelled to join the militants. Emma from Hamburg, Sharmeena and three high school friends from London, and Nour, a religious dropout from Tunis: All found rebellion or community in political Islam and fell prey to sophisticated propaganda that promised them a cosmopolitan adventure and a chance to forge an ideal Islamic community in which they could live devoutly without fear of stigma or repression. It wasn’t long before the militants exposed themselves as little more than violent criminals,more obsessed with power than the tenets of Islam, and the women of ISIS were stripped of any agency, perpetually widowed and remarried, and ultimately trapped in a brutal, lawless society. The fall of the caliphate only brought new challenges to women no state wanted to reclaim. Azadeh Moaveni’s exquisite sensitivity and rigorous reporting make these forgotten women indelible and illuminate the turbulent politics that set them on their paths.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374977Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Guest House for Young Widows: Among the Women of ISIS Author: Azadeh Moaveni Narrator: Sarah Agha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 59...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Guest House for Young Widows: Among the Women of ISIS Author: Azadeh Moaveni Narrator: Sarah Agha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping account of thirteen women who joined, endured, and, in some cases, escaped life in the Islamic State—based on years of immersive reporting by a Pulitzer Prize finalist. FINALIST FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY PUBLISHERS WEEKLY AND ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • NPR • Toronto Star • The Guardian Among the many books trying to understand the terrifying rise of ISIS, none has given voice to the women in the organization; but women were essential to the establishment of Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi’s caliphate. Responding to promises of female empowerment and social justice, and calls to aid the plight of fellow Muslims in Syria, thousands of women emigrated from the United States and Europe, Russia and Central Asia, from across North Africa and the rest of the Middle East to join the Islamic State. These were the educated daughters of diplomats, trainee doctors, teenagers with straight-A averages, as well as working-class drifters and desolate housewives, and they joined forces to set up makeshift clinics and schools for the Islamic homeland they’d envisioned. Guest House for Young Widows charts the different ways women were recruited, inspired, or compelled to join the militants. Emma from Hamburg, Sharmeena and three high school friends from London, and Nour, a religious dropout from Tunis: All found rebellion or community in political Islam and fell prey to sophisticated propaganda that promised them a cosmopolitan adventure and a chance to forge an ideal Islamic community in which they could live devoutly without fear of stigma or repression. It wasn’t long before the militants exposed themselves as little more than violent criminals,more obsessed with power than the tenets of Islam, and the women of ISIS were stripped of any agency, perpetually widowed and remarried, and ultimately trapped in a brutal, lawless society. The fall of the caliphate only brought new challenges to women no state wanted to reclaim. Azadeh Moaveni’s exquisite sensitivity and rigorous reporting make these forgotten women indelible and illuminate the turbulent politics that set them on their paths.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/open-borders-inc-who-s-funding-america-s-destruction-by-michelle-malkin--65209095https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Borders, Inc.: Who’s Funding America’s Destruction? Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You already know that we have an immigration crisis in America. You know that our southern border isn’t a border at all—it’s an open migrant highway. Now, in this gripping exposé from #1 nationally bestselling author Michelle Malkin, you’ll discover that the immigration crisis is no accident. Powerful special interest groups are pulling strings behind the scenes to keep America’s borders open so that a flood of cheap labor can enrich our nation’s elite and new generations of Democratic voters can steal our political future. Who is funding America’s immigration crisis? Who is profiting off of our vulnerability? In Open Borders, Inc., Malkin follows the money and motives to show that how we’re falling victim to a massive immigration scam.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376527Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Borders, Inc.: Who’s Funding America’s Destruction? Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Borders, Inc.: Who’s Funding America’s Destruction? Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You already know that we have an immigration crisis in America. You know that our southern border isn’t a border at all—it’s an open migrant highway. Now, in this gripping exposé from #1 nationally bestselling author Michelle Malkin, you’ll discover that the immigration crisis is no accident. Powerful special interest groups are pulling strings behind the scenes to keep America’s borders open so that a flood of cheap labor can enrich our nation’s elite and new generations of Democratic voters can steal our political future. Who is funding America’s immigration crisis? Who is profiting off of our vulnerability? In Open Borders, Inc., Malkin follows the money and motives to show that how we’re falling victim to a massive immigration scam.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/extreme-economies-survival-failure-future-lessons-from-the-world-s-limits-by-richard-davies--65209270https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363243 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extreme Economies: Survival, Failure, Future – Lessons from the World’s Limits Author: Richard Davies Narrator: James Maccallum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. To understand how humans react and adapt to economic change we need to study people who live in harsh environments. From death-row prisoners trading in institutions where money is banned to flourishing entrepreneurs in the world's largest refugee camp, from the unrealised potential of cities like Kinshasa to the hyper-modern economy of Estonia, every life in this book has been hit by a seismic shock, violently broken or changed in some way. People living in these odd and marginal places are ignored by number crunching economists and political pollsters alike. Science suggests this is a mistake. This book tells the personal stories of humans living in extreme situations, and of the financial infrastructure they create. Here, economies are not concerned with the familiar stock market crashes, housing crises, or banking scandals of the financial pages. In his quest for a purer view of how economies succeed and fail, Richard Davies takes the reader off the beaten path to places where part of the economy has been repressed, removed, destroyed or turbocharged. By travelling to each of them and discovering what life is really like, Extreme Economies tells small stories that shed light on today’s biggest economic questions. (c) 2019, Richard David (P) 2019 Penguin Audio]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363243Thu, 05 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363243 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extreme Economies: Survival, Failure, Future – Lessons from the World’s Limits Author: Richard Davies Narrator: James Maccallum Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363243 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extreme Economies: Survival, Failure, Future – Lessons from the World’s Limits Author: Richard Davies Narrator: James Maccallum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. To understand how humans react and adapt to economic change we need to study people who live in harsh environments. From death-row prisoners trading in institutions where money is banned to flourishing entrepreneurs in the world's largest refugee camp, from the unrealised potential of cities like Kinshasa to the hyper-modern economy of Estonia, every life in this book has been hit by a seismic shock, violently broken or changed in some way. People living in these odd and marginal places are ignored by number crunching economists and political pollsters alike. Science suggests this is a mistake. This book tells the personal stories of humans living in extreme situations, and of the financial infrastructure they create. Here, economies are not concerned with the familiar stock market crashes, housing crises, or banking scandals of the financial pages. In his quest for a purer view of how economies succeed and fail, Richard Davies takes the reader off the beaten path to places where part of the economy has been repressed, removed, destroyed or turbocharged. By travelling to each of them and discovering what life is really like, Extreme Economies tells small stories that shed light on today’s biggest economic questions. (c) 2019, Richard David (P) 2019 Penguin Audio]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/defending-israel-the-story-of-my-relationship-with-my-most-challenging-client-by-alan-m-dershowitz--65209249https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defending Israel: The Story of My Relationship with My Most Challenging Client Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Fred Berman, Alan M. Dershowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes an introduction read by the author. World-renowned lawyer Alan Dershowitz recounts stories from his many years of defending the state of Israel. Alan Dershowitz has spent years advocating for his 'most challenging client'—the state of Israel—both publicly and in private meetings with high level international figures, including every US president and Israeli leader of the past 40 years. Replete with personal insights and unreported details, Defending Israel offers a comprehensive history of modern Israel from the perspective of one of the country's most important supporters. Listeners are given a rare front row seat to the high profile controversies and debates that Dershowitz was involved in over the years, even as the political tides shifted and the liberal community became increasingly critical of Israeli policies. Beyond documenting America's changing attitude toward the country, Defending Israel serves as an updated defense of the Jewish homeland on numerous points—though it also includes Dershowitz's criticisms of Israeli decisions and policies that he believes to be unwise. At a time when Jewish Americans as a whole are increasingly uncertain as to who supports Israel and who doesn't, there is no better audiobook to turn to for answers—and a pragmatic look toward the future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366668Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defending Israel: The Story of My Relationship with My Most Challenging Client Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Fred Berman, Alan M. Dershowitz...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defending Israel: The Story of My Relationship with My Most Challenging Client Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Fred Berman, Alan M. Dershowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes an introduction read by the author. World-renowned lawyer Alan Dershowitz recounts stories from his many years of defending the state of Israel. Alan Dershowitz has spent years advocating for his 'most challenging client'—the state of Israel—both publicly and in private meetings with high level international figures, including every US president and Israeli leader of the past 40 years. Replete with personal insights and unreported details, Defending Israel offers a comprehensive history of modern Israel from the perspective of one of the country's most important supporters. Listeners are given a rare front row seat to the high profile controversies and debates that Dershowitz was involved in over the years, even as the political tides shifted and the liberal community became increasingly critical of Israeli policies. Beyond documenting America's changing attitude toward the country, Defending Israel serves as an updated defense of the Jewish homeland on numerous points—though it also includes Dershowitz's criticisms of Israeli decisions and policies that he believes to be unwise. At a time when Jewish Americans as a whole are increasingly uncertain as to who supports Israel and who doesn't, there is no better audiobook to turn to for answers—and a pragmatic look toward the future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/see-jane-win-the-inspiring-story-of-the-women-changing-american-politics-by-caitlin-moscatello--65209183https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See Jane Win: The Inspiring Story of the Women Changing American Politics Author: Caitlin Moscatello Narrator: Caitlin Moscatello Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW Editor's Choice Pick* From an award-winning journalist covering gender and politics comes an inside look at the female candidates fighting back and winning elections in the crucial 2018 midterms.   After November 8, 2016, first came the sadness; then came the rage, the activism, and the protests; and, finally, for thousands of women, the next step was to run for office—many of them for the first time. More women campaigned for local or national office in the 2018 election cycle than at any other time in US history, challenging accepted notions about who seeks power and who gets it.   Journalist Caitlin Moscatello reported on this wave of female candidates for New York magazine’s The Cut, Glamour, and Elle. And in See Jane Win, she further documents this pivotal time in women’s history. Closely following four candidates throughout the entire process, from the decision to run through Election Day, See Jane Win takes readers inside their exciting, winning campaigns and the sometimes thrilling, sometimes brutal realities of running for office while female.   MEET THE CANDIDATES: Abigail Spanberger, a mom of three young girls and a former CIA operative, running for Congress in Virginia to unseat Freedom Caucus member Dave Brat. Catalina Cruz, a Colombian-born attorney whose state assembly bid could make her the first Dreamer elected in New York and only the third in the country. Anna Eskamani, an Iranian-American woman running for state office in Florida, with a campaign motivated by her mother’s health-care struggles and the Pulse Nightclub shootings. London Lamar, a Memphis native looking to become the youngest female representative in the Tennessee state house, running in one of the only Democratic and Black-majority areas of a largely conservative state.   Beyond the 2018 victories, Moscatello speaks with researchers, strategists, and the leaders of organizations that helped women win. What she discovers is that the candidates who triumphed in 2018 emphasized authenticity and passion instead of conforming to the stereotype of what a candidate should look or sound like, a formula that will be more relevant than ever as we approach the 2020 presidential election.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369277Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See Jane Win: The Inspiring Story of the Women Changing American Politics Author: Caitlin Moscatello Narrator: Caitlin Moscatello Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See Jane Win: The Inspiring Story of the Women Changing American Politics Author: Caitlin Moscatello Narrator: Caitlin Moscatello Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW Editor's Choice Pick* From an award-winning journalist covering gender and politics comes an inside look at the female candidates fighting back and winning elections in the crucial 2018 midterms.   After November 8, 2016, first came the sadness; then came the rage, the activism, and the protests; and, finally, for thousands of women, the next step was to run for office—many of them for the first time. More women campaigned for local or national office in the 2018 election cycle than at any other time in US history, challenging accepted notions about who seeks power and who gets it.   Journalist Caitlin Moscatello reported on this wave of female candidates for New York magazine’s The Cut, Glamour, and Elle. And in See Jane Win, she further documents this pivotal time in women’s history. Closely following four candidates throughout the entire process, from the decision to run through Election Day, See Jane Win takes readers inside their exciting, winning campaigns and the sometimes thrilling, sometimes brutal realities of running for office while female.   MEET THE CANDIDATES: Abigail Spanberger, a mom of three young girls and a former CIA operative, running for Congress in Virginia to unseat Freedom Caucus member Dave Brat. Catalina Cruz, a Colombian-born attorney whose state assembly bid could make her the first Dreamer elected in New York and only the third in the country. Anna Eskamani, an Iranian-American woman running for state office in Florida, with a campaign motivated by her mother’s health-care struggles and the Pulse Nightclub shootings. London Lamar, a Memphis native looking to become the youngest female representative in the Tennessee state house, running in one of the only Democratic and Black-majority areas of a largely conservative state.   Beyond the 2018 victories, Moscatello speaks with researchers, strategists, and the leaders of organizations that helped women win. What she discovers is that the candidates who triumphed in 2018 emphasized authenticity and passion instead of conforming to the stereotype of what a candidate should look or sound like, a formula that will be more relevant than ever as we approach the 2020 presidential election.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-nation-of-immigrants-a-pais-de-inmigrantes-un-spanish-ed-by-john-f-kennedy--65209132https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374757 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nation of Immigrants, A país de inmigrantes, Un (Spanish ed) Author: John F. Kennedy Narrator: Joaquin Chablé Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A lo largo de su presidencia, John F. Kennedy estuvo apasionado por el tema de la reforma migratoria. Él pensaba que los Estados Unidos son una nación de personas que valoran equitativamente las tradiciones y la exploración de nuevas fronteras, dignos de la libertad para construir mejores vidas para sí mismos en su país adoptivo. Esta edición del sexagésimo aniversario de este ensayo póstumo y perene, que incluye una introducción del Congresista Joe Kennedy III y un prólogo de Jonathan Greenblatt, Director Ejecutivo y Director Nacional de ADL (Liga Anti-Difamación), ofrece palabras y observaciones inspiradoras del presidente Kennedy acerca de la diversidad que ha estado presente desde los orígenes de los Estados Unidos y la importancia de los inmigrantes en la fundación de los Estados Unidos.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374757Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374757 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nation of Immigrants, A país de inmigrantes, Un (Spanish ed) Author: John F. Kennedy Narrator: Joaquin Chablé Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374757 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nation of Immigrants, A país de inmigrantes, Un (Spanish ed) Author: John F. Kennedy Narrator: Joaquin Chablé Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A lo largo de su presidencia, John F. Kennedy estuvo apasionado por el tema de la reforma migratoria. Él pensaba que los Estados Unidos son una nación de personas que valoran equitativamente las tradiciones y la exploración de nuevas fronteras, dignos de la libertad para construir mejores vidas para sí mismos en su país adoptivo. Esta edición del sexagésimo aniversario de este ensayo póstumo y perene, que incluye una introducción del Congresista Joe Kennedy III y un prólogo de Jonathan Greenblatt, Director Ejecutivo y Director Nacional de ADL (Liga Anti-Difamación), ofrece palabras y observaciones inspiradoras del presidente Kennedy acerca de la diversidad que ha estado presente desde los orígenes de los Estados Unidos y la importancia de los inmigrantes en la fundación de los Estados Unidos.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/pillar-of-fire-america-in-the-king-years-1963-65-by-taylor-branch--65209118https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pillar of Fire: America in the King Years 1963-65 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Janina Edwards, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize-winning author Taylor Branch, the second part of his epic trilogy on Martin Luther King, Jr. and the American Civil Rights Movement. In the second volume of his three-part history, a monumental trilogy that began with Parting the Waters, winner of the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Critics Circle Award, Taylor Branch portrays the Civil Rights Movement at its zenith, recounting the climactic struggles as they commanded the national stage. Beginning with the Nation of Islam and conflict over racial separatism, Pillar of Fire takes the reader to Mississippi and Alabama: Birmingham, the murder of Medgar Evers, the 'March on Washington,' the Civil Rights Act, and voter registration drives. In 1964, King is awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. Branch's magnificent trilogy makes clear why the Civil Rights Movement, and indeed King's leadership, are among the nation's enduring achievements. In bringing these decades alive, preserving the integrity of those who marched and died, Branch gives us a crucial part of our history and heritage.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374872Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pillar of Fire: America in the King Years 1963-65 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Janina Edwards, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pillar of Fire: America in the King Years 1963-65 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Janina Edwards, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize-winning author Taylor Branch, the second part of his epic trilogy on Martin Luther King, Jr. and the American Civil Rights Movement. In the second volume of his three-part history, a monumental trilogy that began with Parting the Waters, winner of the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Critics Circle Award, Taylor Branch portrays the Civil Rights Movement at its zenith, recounting the climactic struggles as they commanded the national stage. Beginning with the Nation of Islam and conflict over racial separatism, Pillar of Fire takes the reader to Mississippi and Alabama: Birmingham, the murder of Medgar Evers, the 'March on Washington,' the Civil Rights Act, and voter registration drives. In 1964, King is awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. Branch's magnificent trilogy makes clear why the Civil Rights Movement, and indeed King's leadership, are among the nation's enduring achievements. In bringing these decades alive, preserving the integrity of those who marched and died, Branch gives us a crucial part of our history and heritage.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-land-is-our-land-an-immigrant-s-manifesto-by-suketu-mehta--65209280https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360637 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Our Land: An Immigrant’s Manifesto Author: Suketu Mehta Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audio edition of This Land is Our Land by Suketu Mehta, read by Vikas Adam. An impassioned defence of global immigration from the acclaimed author of Maximum City. Drawing on his family’s own experience emigrating from India to Britain and America, and years of reporting around the world, Suketu Mehta subjects the worldwide anti-immigrant backlash to withering scrutiny. The West, he argues, is being destroyed not by immigrants but by the fear of immigrants. He juxtaposes the phony narratives of populist ideologues with the ordinary heroism of labourers, nannies and others, from Dubai to New York, and explains why more people are on the move today than ever before. As civil strife and climate change reshape large parts of the planet, it is little surprise that borders have become so porous. This Land is Our Land also stresses the destructive legacies of colonialism and global inequality on large swathes of the world. When today’s immigrants are asked, ‘Why are you here?’, they can justly respond, ‘We are here because you were there.’ And now that they are here, as Mehta demonstrates, immigrants bring great benefits, enabling countries and communities to flourish. Impassioned, rigorous, and richly stocked with memorable stories and characters, This Land Is Our Land is a timely and necessary intervention, and literary polemic of the highest order.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360637Thu, 22 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360637 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Our Land: An Immigrant’s Manifesto Author: Suketu Mehta Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360637 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Our Land: An Immigrant’s Manifesto Author: Suketu Mehta Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audio edition of This Land is Our Land by Suketu Mehta, read by Vikas Adam. An impassioned defence of global immigration from the acclaimed author of Maximum City. Drawing on his family’s own experience emigrating from India to Britain and America, and years of reporting around the world, Suketu Mehta subjects the worldwide anti-immigrant backlash to withering scrutiny. The West, he argues, is being destroyed not by immigrants but by the fear of immigrants. He juxtaposes the phony narratives of populist ideologues with the ordinary heroism of labourers, nannies and others, from Dubai to New York, and explains why more people are on the move today than ever before. As civil strife and climate change reshape large parts of the planet, it is little surprise that borders have become so porous. This Land is Our Land also stresses the destructive legacies of colonialism and global inequality on large swathes of the world. When today’s immigrants are asked, ‘Why are you here?’, they can justly respond, ‘We are here because you were there.’ And now that they are here, as Mehta demonstrates, immigrants bring great benefits, enabling countries and communities to flourish. Impassioned, rigorous, and richly stocked with memorable stories and characters, This Land Is Our Land is a timely and necessary intervention, and literary polemic of the highest order.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-good-provider-is-one-who-leaves-one-family-and-migration-in-the-21st-century-by-jason-deparle--65209273https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361525 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good Provider Is One Who Leaves: One Family and Migration in the 21st Century Author: Jason Deparle Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of The Washington Post's 10 Best Books of the Year 'A remarkable book...indispensable.'--The Boston Globe 'A sweeping, deeply reported tale of international migration...DeParle's understanding of migration is refreshingly clear-eyed and nuanced.'--The New York Times 'This is epic reporting, nonfiction on a whole other level...One of the best books on immigration written in a generation.'--Matthew Desmond, author of Evicted The definitive chronicle of our new age of global migration, told through the multi-generational saga of a Filipino family, by a veteran New York Times reporter and two-time Pulitzer Prize finalist. When Jason DeParle moved into the Manila slums with Tita Comodas and her family three decades ago, he never imagined his reporting on them would span three generations and turn into the defining chronicle of a new age--the age of global migration. In a monumental book that gives new meaning to 'immersion journalism,' DeParle paints an intimate portrait of an unforgettable family as they endure years of sacrifice and separation, willing themselves out of shantytown poverty into a new global middle class. At the heart of the story is Tita's daughter, Rosalie. Beating the odds, she struggles through nursing school and works her way across the Middle East until a Texas hospital fulfills her dreams with a job offer in the States. Migration is changing the world--reordering politics, economics, and cultures across the globe. With nearly 45 million immigrants in the United States, few issues are as polarizing. But if the politics of immigration is broken, immigration itself--tens of millions of people gathered from every corner of the globe--remains an underappreciated American success. Expertly combining the personal and panoramic, DeParle presents a family saga and a global phenomenon. Restarting her life in Galveston, Rosalie brings her reluctant husband and three young children with whom she has rarely lived. They must learn to become a family, even as they learn a new country. Ordinary and extraordinary at once, their journey is a twenty-first-century classic, rendered in gripping detail.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361525Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361525 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good Provider Is One Who Leaves: One Family and Migration in the 21st Century Author: Jason Deparle Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361525 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good Provider Is One Who Leaves: One Family and Migration in the 21st Century Author: Jason Deparle Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of The Washington Post's 10 Best Books of the Year 'A remarkable book...indispensable.'--The Boston Globe 'A sweeping, deeply reported tale of international migration...DeParle's understanding of migration is refreshingly clear-eyed and nuanced.'--The New York Times 'This is epic reporting, nonfiction on a whole other level...One of the best books on immigration written in a generation.'--Matthew Desmond, author of Evicted The definitive chronicle of our new age of global migration, told through the multi-generational saga of a Filipino family, by a veteran New York Times reporter and two-time Pulitzer Prize finalist. When Jason DeParle moved into the Manila slums with Tita Comodas and her family three decades ago, he never imagined his reporting on them would span three generations and turn into the defining chronicle of a new age--the age of global migration. In a monumental book that gives new meaning to 'immersion journalism,' DeParle paints an intimate portrait of an unforgettable family as they endure years of sacrifice and separation, willing themselves out of shantytown poverty into a new global middle class. At the heart of the story is Tita's daughter, Rosalie. Beating the odds, she struggles through nursing school and works her way across the Middle East until a Texas hospital fulfills her dreams with a job offer in the States. Migration is changing the world--reordering politics, economics, and cultures across the globe. With nearly 45 million immigrants in the United States, few issues are as polarizing. But if the politics of immigration is broken, immigration itself--tens of millions of people gathered from every corner of the globe--remains an underappreciated American success. Expertly combining the personal and panoramic, DeParle presents a family saga and a global phenomenon. Restarting her life in Galveston, Rosalie brings her reluctant husband and three young children with whom she has rarely lived. They must learn to become a family, even as they learn a new country. Ordinary and extraordinary at once, their journey is a twenty-first-century classic, rendered in gripping detail.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-assault-on-american-excellence-by-anthony-t-kronman--65209251https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on American Excellence Author: Anthony T. Kronman Narrator: Anthony T. Kronman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I want to call it a cry of the heart, but it’s more like a cry of the brain, a calm and erudite one.” —Peggy Noonan, The Wall Street Journal The former dean of Yale Law School argues that the feverish egalitarianism gripping college campuses today is a threat to our democracy. College education is under attack from all sides these days. Most of the handwringing—over free speech, safe zones, trigger warnings, and the babying of students—has focused on the excesses of political correctness. That may be true, but as Anthony Kronman shows, it’s not the real problem. “Necessary, humane, and brave” (Bret Stephens, The New York Times), The Assault on American Excellence makes the case that the boundless impulse for democratic equality gripping college campuses today is a threat to institutions whose job is to prepare citizens to live in a vibrant democracy. Three centuries ago, the founders of our nation saw that for this country to have a robust government, it must have citizens trained to have tough skins, to make up their own minds, and to win arguments not on the basis of emotion but because their side is closer to the truth. Without that, Americans would risk electing demagogues. Kronman is the first to tie today’s campus clashes to the history of American values, drawing on luminaries like Alexis de Tocqueville and John Adams to argue that our modern controversies threaten the best of our intellectual traditions. His tone is warm and wise, that of an educator who has devoted his life to helping students be capable of living up to the demands of a free society—and to do so, they must first be tested in a system that isn’t focused on sympathy at the expense of rigor and that values excellence above all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360996Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on American Excellence Author: Anthony T. Kronman Narrator: Anthony T. Kronman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on American Excellence Author: Anthony T. Kronman Narrator: Anthony T. Kronman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I want to call it a cry of the heart, but it’s more like a cry of the brain, a calm and erudite one.” —Peggy Noonan, The Wall Street Journal The former dean of Yale Law School argues that the feverish egalitarianism gripping college campuses today is a threat to our democracy. College education is under attack from all sides these days. Most of the handwringing—over free speech, safe zones, trigger warnings, and the babying of students—has focused on the excesses of political correctness. That may be true, but as Anthony Kronman shows, it’s not the real problem. “Necessary, humane, and brave” (Bret Stephens, The New York Times), The Assault on American Excellence makes the case that the boundless impulse for democratic equality gripping college campuses today is a threat to institutions whose job is to prepare citizens to live in a vibrant democracy. Three centuries ago, the founders of our nation saw that for this country to have a robust government, it must have citizens trained to have tough skins, to make up their own minds, and to win arguments not on the basis of emotion but because their side is closer to the truth. Without that, Americans would risk electing demagogues. Kronman is the first to tie today’s campus clashes to the history of American values, drawing on luminaries like Alexis de Tocqueville and John Adams to argue that our modern controversies threaten the best of our intellectual traditions. His tone is warm and wise, that of an educator who has devoted his life to helping students be capable of living up to the demands of a free society—and to do so, they must first be tested in a system that isn’t focused on sympathy at the expense of rigor and that values excellence above all.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-outlaw-ocean-journeys-across-the-last-untamed-frontier-by-ian-urbina--65209228https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Outlaw Ocean: Journeys Across the Last Untamed Frontier Author: Ian Urbina Narrator: Ian Urbina, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A riveting, adrenaline-fueled tour of a vast, lawless, and rampantly criminal world that few have ever seen: the high seas. There are few remaining frontiers on our planet. But perhaps the wildest, and least understood, are the world's oceans: too big to police, and under no clear international authority, these immense regions of treacherous water play host to rampant criminality and exploitation. Traffickers and smugglers, pirates and mercenaries, wreck thieves and repo men, vigilante conservationists and elusive poachers, seabound abortion providers, clandestine oil-dumpers, shackled slaves and cast-adrift stowaways—drawing on five years of perilous and intrepid reporting, often hundreds of miles from shore, Ian Urbina introduces us to the inhabitants of this hidden world. Through their stories of astonishing courage and brutality, survival and tragedy, he uncovers a globe-spanning network of crime and exploitation that emanates from the fishing, oil, and shipping industries, and on which the world's economies rely. Both a gripping adventure story and a stunning exposé, this unique work of reportage brings fully into view for the first time the disturbing reality of a floating world that connects us all, a place where anyone can do anything because no one is watching.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366034Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Outlaw Ocean: Journeys Across the Last Untamed Frontier Author: Ian Urbina Narrator: Ian Urbina, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Outlaw Ocean: Journeys Across the Last Untamed Frontier Author: Ian Urbina Narrator: Ian Urbina, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A riveting, adrenaline-fueled tour of a vast, lawless, and rampantly criminal world that few have ever seen: the high seas. There are few remaining frontiers on our planet. But perhaps the wildest, and least understood, are the world's oceans: too big to police, and under no clear international authority, these immense regions of treacherous water play host to rampant criminality and exploitation. Traffickers and smugglers, pirates and mercenaries, wreck thieves and repo men, vigilante conservationists and elusive poachers, seabound abortion providers, clandestine oil-dumpers, shackled slaves and cast-adrift stowaways—drawing on five years of perilous and intrepid reporting, often hundreds of miles from shore, Ian Urbina introduces us to the inhabitants of this hidden world. Through their stories of astonishing courage and brutality, survival and tragedy, he uncovers a globe-spanning network of crime and exploitation that emanates from the fishing, oil, and shipping industries, and on which the world's economies rely. Both a gripping adventure story and a stunning exposé, this unique work of reportage brings fully into view for the first time the disturbing reality of a floating world that connects us all, a place where anyone can do anything because no one is watching.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-law-of-the-land-the-evolution-of-our-legal-system-by-charles-rembar--65209195https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law of the Land: The Evolution of Our Legal System Author: Charles Rembar Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National Book Award Finalist: 'A learned, thoughtful, witty legal history for the layman' (The New Yorker). What do the thoughts of a ravenous tiger have to do with the evolution of America's legal system? How do the works of Jane Austen and Ludwig van Beethoven relate to corporal punishment? In The Law of the Land, Charles Rembar examines these and many other topics, illustrating the surprisingly entertaining history of US law. Best known for his passionate efforts to protect literature, including Lady Chatterley's Lover, from censorship laws, Rembar offers an exciting look at the democratic judicial system that will appeal to lawyers and laymen alike. From the dark days of medieval England, when legal disputes were settled by duel, through recent paradigm shifts in the interpretation and application of the legal code, The Law of the Land is a compelling and informative history of the rules and regulations we so often take for granted.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370342Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law of the Land: The Evolution of Our Legal System Author: Charles Rembar Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law of the Land: The Evolution of Our Legal System Author: Charles Rembar Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National Book Award Finalist: 'A learned, thoughtful, witty legal history for the layman' (The New Yorker). What do the thoughts of a ravenous tiger have to do with the evolution of America's legal system? How do the works of Jane Austen and Ludwig van Beethoven relate to corporal punishment? In The Law of the Land, Charles Rembar examines these and many other topics, illustrating the surprisingly entertaining history of US law. Best known for his passionate efforts to protect literature, including Lady Chatterley's Lover, from censorship laws, Rembar offers an exciting look at the democratic judicial system that will appeal to lawyers and laymen alike. From the dark days of medieval England, when legal disputes were settled by duel, through recent paradigm shifts in the interpretation and application of the legal code, The Law of the Land is a compelling and informative history of the rules and regulations we so often take for granted.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/debunking-howard-zinn-exposing-the-fake-history-that-turned-a-generation-against-america-by-mary-grabar--65209142https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374162 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America Author: Mary Grabar Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.1 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 2.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States has sold more than 2.5 million copies. It is pushed by Hollywood celebrities, defended by university professors who know better, and assigned in high school and college classrooms to teach students that American history is nothing more than a litany of oppression, slavery, and exploitation. Zinn’s history is popular, but it is also massively wrong. Scholar Mary Grabar exposes just how wrong in her stunning new book Debunking Howard Zinn, which demolishes Zinn’s Marxist talking points that now dominate American education. In Debunking Howard Zinn, you’ll learn, contra Zinn: How Columbus was not a genocidal maniac, and was, in fact, a defender of IndiansWhy the American Indians were not feminist-communist sexual revolutionaries ahead of their timeHow the United States was founded to protect liberty, not white males’ ill-gotten wealthWhy Americans of the “Greatest Generation” were not the equivalent of Nazi war criminalsHow the Viet Cong were not well-meaning community leaders advocating for local self-ruleWhy the Black Panthers were not civil rights leadersGrabar also reveals Zinn’s bag of dishonest rhetorical tricks: his slavish reliance on partisan history, explicit rejection of historical balance, and selective quotation of sources to make them say the exact opposite of what their authors intended. If you care about America’s past—and our future—you need this book.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374162Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374162 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America Author: Mary Grabar Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374162 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America Author: Mary Grabar Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.1 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 2.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States has sold more than 2.5 million copies. It is pushed by Hollywood celebrities, defended by university professors who know better, and assigned in high school and college classrooms to teach students that American history is nothing more than a litany of oppression, slavery, and exploitation. Zinn’s history is popular, but it is also massively wrong. Scholar Mary Grabar exposes just how wrong in her stunning new book Debunking Howard Zinn, which demolishes Zinn’s Marxist talking points that now dominate American education. In Debunking Howard Zinn, you’ll learn, contra Zinn: How Columbus was not a genocidal maniac, and was, in fact, a defender of IndiansWhy the American Indians were not feminist-communist sexual revolutionaries ahead of their timeHow the United States was founded to protect liberty, not white males’ ill-gotten wealthWhy Americans of the “Greatest Generation” were not the equivalent of Nazi war criminalsHow the Viet Cong were not well-meaning community leaders advocating for local self-ruleWhy the Black Panthers were not civil rights leadersGrabar also reveals Zinn’s bag of dishonest rhetorical tricks: his slavish reliance on partisan history, explicit rejection of historical balance, and selective quotation of sources to make them say the exact opposite of what their authors intended. If you care about America’s past—and our future—you need this book.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/nobody-s-victim-fighting-psychos-stalkers-pervs-and-trolls-by-jeannine-amber-carrie-goldberg--65209241https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366008 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Victim: Fighting Psychos, Stalkers, Pervs, and Trolls Author: Jeannine Amber, Carrie Goldberg Narrator: Carrie Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nobody's Victim is an unflinching look at a hidden world most people don’t know exists—one of stalking, blackmail, and sexual violence, online and off—and the incredible story of how one lawyer, determined to fight back, turned her own hell into a revolution.    “We are all a moment away from having our life overtaken by somebody hell-bent on our destruction.” That grim reality—gleaned from personal experience and twenty years of trauma work—is a fundamental principle of Carrie Goldberg’s cutting-edge victims’ rights law firm.     Riveting and an essential timely conversation-starter, Nobody's Victim invites readers to join Carrie on the front lines of the war against sexual violence and privacy violations as she fights for revenge porn and sextortion laws, uncovers major Title IX violations, and sues the hell out of tech companies, schools, and powerful sexual predators. Her battleground is the courtroom; her crusade is to transform clients from victims into warriors. In gripping detail, Carrie shares the diabolical ways her clients are attacked and how she, through her unique combination of advocacy, badass relentlessness, risk-taking, and client-empowerment, pursues justice for them all. There are stories about a woman whose ex-boyfriend made fake bomb threats in her name and caused a national panic; a fifteen-year-old girl who was sexually assaulted on school grounds and then suspended when she reported the attack; and a man whose ex-boyfriend used a dating app to send more than 1,200 men to ex's home and work for sex. With breathtaking honesty, Carrie also shares her own shattering story about why she began her work and the uphill battle of building a business. While her clients are a diverse group—from every gender, sexual orientation, age, class, race, religion, occupation, and background—the offenders are not. They are highly predictable. In this book, Carrie offers a taxonomy of the four types of offenders she encounters most often at her firm: assholes, psychos, pervs, and trolls. “If we recognize the patterns of these perpetrators,” she explains, “we know how to fight back.”   Deeply personal yet achingly universal, Nobody's Victim is a bold and much-needed analysis of victim protection in the era of the Internet. This book is an urgent warning of a coming crisis, a predictor of imminent danger, and a weapon to take back control and protect ourselves—both online and off.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366008Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366008 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Victim: Fighting Psychos, Stalkers, Pervs, and Trolls Author: Jeannine Amber, Carrie Goldberg Narrator: Carrie Goldberg Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366008 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Victim: Fighting Psychos, Stalkers, Pervs, and Trolls Author: Jeannine Amber, Carrie Goldberg Narrator: Carrie Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nobody's Victim is an unflinching look at a hidden world most people don’t know exists—one of stalking, blackmail, and sexual violence, online and off—and the incredible story of how one lawyer, determined to fight back, turned her own hell into a revolution.    “We are all a moment away from having our life overtaken by somebody hell-bent on our destruction.” That grim reality—gleaned from personal experience and twenty years of trauma work—is a fundamental principle of Carrie Goldberg’s cutting-edge victims’ rights law firm.     Riveting and an essential timely conversation-starter, Nobody's Victim invites readers to join Carrie on the front lines of the war against sexual violence and privacy violations as she fights for revenge porn and sextortion laws, uncovers major Title IX violations, and sues the hell out of tech companies, schools, and powerful sexual predators. Her battleground is the courtroom; her crusade is to transform clients from victims into warriors. In gripping detail, Carrie shares the diabolical ways her clients are attacked and how she, through her unique combination of advocacy, badass relentlessness, risk-taking, and client-empowerment, pursues justice for them all. There are stories about a woman whose ex-boyfriend made fake bomb threats in her name and caused a national panic; a fifteen-year-old girl who was sexually assaulted on school grounds and then suspended when she reported the attack; and a man whose ex-boyfriend used a dating app to send more than 1,200 men to ex's home and work for sex. With breathtaking honesty, Carrie also shares her own shattering story about why she began her work and the uphill battle of building a business. While her clients are a diverse group—from every gender, sexual orientation, age, class, race, religion, occupation, and background—the offenders are not. They are highly predictable. In this book, Carrie offers a taxonomy of the four types of offenders she encounters most often at her firm: assholes, psychos, pervs, and trolls. “If we recognize the patterns of these perpetrators,” she explains, “we know how to fight back.”   Deeply personal yet achingly universal, Nobody's Victim is a bold and much-needed analysis of victim protection in the era of the Internet. This book is an urgent warning of a coming crisis, a predictor of imminent danger, and a weapon to take back control and protect ourselves—both online and off.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-women-on-the-ground-essays-by-arab-women-reporting-from-the-arab-world-by-natacha-yazbeck-lina-sinjab-heba-shibani-amira-al-sharif--65209236https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Women on the Ground: Essays by Arab Women Reporting from the Arab World Author: Natacha Yazbeck, Lina Sinjab, Heba Shibani, Amira Al-Sharif, Hwaida Saad, Nour Malas, Roula Khalaf, Zeina Karam, Eman Helal, Hind Hassan, Asmaa Al-Ghoul, Zaina Erhaim, Shamael Elnoor, Nada Bakri, Lina Attalah, Jane Arraf, Hannah Allam, Aida Alami, Donna A Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nineteen Arab women journalists speak out about what it’s like to report on their changing homelands in this first-of-its-kind essay collection, with a foreword by CNN chief international correspondent Christiane Amanpour “A stirring, provocative and well-made new anthology . . . that rewrites the hoary rules of the foreign correspondent playbook, deactivating the old clichés.” —Dwight Garner, The New York Times A growing number of intrepid Arab and Middle Eastern sahafiyat—female journalists—are working tirelessly to shape nuanced narratives about their changing homelands, often risking their lives on the front lines of war. From sexual harassment on the streets of Cairo to the difficulty of traveling without a male relative in Yemen, their challenges are unique—as are their advantages, such as being able to speak candidly with other women at a Syrian medical clinic or with men on Whatsapp who will go on to become ISIS fighters, rebels, or pro-regime soldiers.  In Our Women on the Ground, nineteen of these women tell us, in their own words, about what it’s like to report on conflicts that (quite literally) hit close to home. Their daring and heartfelt stories, told here for the first time, shatter stereotypes about the region’s women and provide an urgently needed perspective on a part of the world that is frequently misunderstood. INCLUDING ESSAYS BY: Donna Abu-Nasr, Aida Alami, Hannah Allam, Jane Arraf, Lina Attalah, Nada Bakri, Shamael Elnoor, Zaina Erhaim, Asmaa al-Ghoul, Hind Hassan, Eman Helal, Zeina Karam, Roula Khalaf, Nour Malas, Hwaida Saad, Amira Al-Sharif, Heba Shibani, Lina Sinjab, and Natacha Yazbeck]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364704Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Women on the Ground: Essays by Arab Women Reporting from the Arab World Author: Natacha Yazbeck, Lina Sinjab, Heba Shibani, Amira Al-Sharif, Hwaida...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Women on the Ground: Essays by Arab Women Reporting from the Arab World Author: Natacha Yazbeck, Lina Sinjab, Heba Shibani, Amira Al-Sharif, Hwaida Saad, Nour Malas, Roula Khalaf, Zeina Karam, Eman Helal, Hind Hassan, Asmaa Al-Ghoul, Zaina Erhaim, Shamael Elnoor, Nada Bakri, Lina Attalah, Jane Arraf, Hannah Allam, Aida Alami, Donna A Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nineteen Arab women journalists speak out about what it’s like to report on their changing homelands in this first-of-its-kind essay collection, with a foreword by CNN chief international correspondent Christiane Amanpour “A stirring, provocative and well-made new anthology . . . that rewrites the hoary rules of the foreign correspondent playbook, deactivating the old clichés.” —Dwight Garner, The New York Times A growing number of intrepid Arab and Middle Eastern sahafiyat—female journalists—are working tirelessly to shape nuanced narratives about their changing homelands, often risking their lives on the front lines of war. From sexual harassment on the streets of Cairo to the difficulty of traveling without a male relative in Yemen, their challenges are unique—as are their advantages, such as being able to speak candidly with other women at a Syrian medical clinic or with men on Whatsapp who will go on to become ISIS fighters, rebels, or pro-regime soldiers.  In Our Women on the Ground, nineteen of these women tell us, in their own words, about what it’s like to report on conflicts that (quite literally) hit close to home. Their daring and heartfelt stories, told here for the first time, shatter stereotypes about the region’s women and provide an urgently needed perspective on a part of the world that is frequently misunderstood. INCLUDING ESSAYS BY: Donna Abu-Nasr, Aida Alami, Hannah Allam, Jane Arraf, Lina Attalah, Nada Bakri, Shamael Elnoor, Zaina Erhaim, Asmaa al-Ghoul, Hind Hassan, Eman Helal, Zeina Karam, Roula Khalaf, Nour Malas, Hwaida Saad, Amira Al-Sharif, Heba Shibani, Lina Sinjab, and Natacha Yazbeck]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trick-mirror-reflections-on-self-delusion-by-jia-tolentino--65209213https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trick Mirror: Reflections on Self-Delusion Author: Jia Tolentino Narrator: Jia Tolentino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Times book of the year A Guardian book of the year ‘Magnificent’The Times ‘Dazzling’ New Statesman ‘It filled me with hope’ Zadie Smith We are living in the era of the self, in an era of malleable truth and widespread personal and political delusion. In these nine interlinked essays, Jia Tolentino, the New Yorker’s brightest young talent, explores her own coming of age in this warped and confusing landscape. From the rise of the internet to her own appearance on an early reality TV show; from her experiences of ecstasy – both religious and chemical – to her uneasy engagement with our culture’s endless drive towards ‘self-optimisation’; from the phenomenon of the successful American scammer to her generation’s obsession with extravagant weddings, Jia Tolentino writes with style, humour and a fierce clarity about these strangest of times. Following in the footsteps of American luminaries such as Susan Sontag, Joan Didion and Rebecca Solnit, yet with a voice and vision all her own, Jia Tolentino writes with a rare gift for elucidating nuance and complexity, coupled with a disarming warmth. This debut collection of her essays announces her exactly the sort of voice we need to hear from right now – and for many years to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trick Mirror: Reflections on Self-Delusion Author: Jia Tolentino Narrator: Jia Tolentino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trick Mirror: Reflections on Self-Delusion Author: Jia Tolentino Narrator: Jia Tolentino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Times book of the year A Guardian book of the year ‘Magnificent’The Times ‘Dazzling’ New Statesman ‘It filled me with hope’ Zadie Smith We are living in the era of the self, in an era of malleable truth and widespread personal and political delusion. In these nine interlinked essays, Jia Tolentino, the New Yorker’s brightest young talent, explores her own coming of age in this warped and confusing landscape. From the rise of the internet to her own appearance on an early reality TV show; from her experiences of ecstasy – both religious and chemical – to her uneasy engagement with our culture’s endless drive towards ‘self-optimisation’; from the phenomenon of the successful American scammer to her generation’s obsession with extravagant weddings, Jia Tolentino writes with style, humour and a fierce clarity about these strangest of times. Following in the footsteps of American luminaries such as Susan Sontag, Joan Didion and Rebecca Solnit, yet with a voice and vision all her own, Jia Tolentino writes with a rare gift for elucidating nuance and complexity, coupled with a disarming warmth. This debut collection of her essays announces her exactly the sort of voice we need to hear from right now – and for many years to come.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-charlottesville-taking-a-stand-against-white-nationalism-by-terry-mcauliffe--65209211https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Charlottesville: Taking a Stand Against White Nationalism Author: Terry Mcauliffe Narrator: Terry Mcauliffe, Lamarr Gulley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER This program is read by the author. The former governor of Virginia tells the behind-the-scenes story of the violent “Unite the Right” rally in Charlottesville—and shows how we can prevent other Charlottesvilles from happening. When Governor Terry McAuliffe hung up the phone on the afternoon of the violent “Unite the Right” rally in Charlottesville, he was sure Donald Trump would do the right thing as president: condemn the white supremacists who’d descended on the college town and who’d caused McAuliffe to declare a state of emergency that morning. He didn’t. Instead Trump declared there was “hatred, bigotry and violence on many sides.” Trump was condemned from many sides himself, even by many Republicans, but the damage was done. He’d excused and thus egged on the terrorists at the moment when he could have stopped them in their tracks. In Beyond Charlottesville, McAuliffe looks at the forces and events that led to the tragedy in Charlottesville, including the vicious murder of Heather Heyer and the death of two state troopers in a helicopter accident. He doesn’t whitewash Virginia history and discusses a KKK protest over the removal of a statue of Robert E. Lee. He takes a hard real-time behind-the-scenes look at the actions of everyone on that fateful August 12, including himself, to see what could have been done. He lays out what was done afterwards to prevent future Charlottesvilles—and what still needs to be done as America in general and Virginia in particular continue to grapple with their history of racism. Beyond Charlottesville will be the definitive account of an infamous chapter in our history, seared indelibly into memory, sure to be cited for years as a crucial reference point in the long struggle to fight racism, extremism and hate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370406Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Charlottesville: Taking a Stand Against White Nationalism Author: Terry Mcauliffe Narrator: Terry Mcauliffe, Lamarr Gulley Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Charlottesville: Taking a Stand Against White Nationalism Author: Terry Mcauliffe Narrator: Terry Mcauliffe, Lamarr Gulley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER This program is read by the author. The former governor of Virginia tells the behind-the-scenes story of the violent “Unite the Right” rally in Charlottesville—and shows how we can prevent other Charlottesvilles from happening. When Governor Terry McAuliffe hung up the phone on the afternoon of the violent “Unite the Right” rally in Charlottesville, he was sure Donald Trump would do the right thing as president: condemn the white supremacists who’d descended on the college town and who’d caused McAuliffe to declare a state of emergency that morning. He didn’t. Instead Trump declared there was “hatred, bigotry and violence on many sides.” Trump was condemned from many sides himself, even by many Republicans, but the damage was done. He’d excused and thus egged on the terrorists at the moment when he could have stopped them in their tracks. In Beyond Charlottesville, McAuliffe looks at the forces and events that led to the tragedy in Charlottesville, including the vicious murder of Heather Heyer and the death of two state troopers in a helicopter accident. He doesn’t whitewash Virginia history and discusses a KKK protest over the removal of a statue of Robert E. Lee. He takes a hard real-time behind-the-scenes look at the actions of everyone on that fateful August 12, including himself, to see what could have been done. He lays out what was done afterwards to prevent future Charlottesvilles—and what still needs to be done as America in general and Virginia in particular continue to grapple with their history of racism. Beyond Charlottesville will be the definitive account of an infamous chapter in our history, seared indelibly into memory, sure to be cited for years as a crucial reference point in the long struggle to fight racism, extremism and hate.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-real-watergate-scandal-collusion-conspiracy-and-the-plot-that-brought-nixon-down-by-geoff-shepard--65209117https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374816 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real Watergate Scandal: Collusion, Conspiracy, and the Plot That Brought Nixon Down Author: Geoff Shepard Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An aging judge about to step down. Aggressive prosecutors friendly with the judge. A disgraced president. A nation that had already made up its mind. The Watergate trials were a legal mess—and now, with the discovery of new documents that reveal shocking misconduct by prosecutors and judges alike, former Nixon staffer Geoff Shepard has a convincing case that the wrongdoing of these history-making trials was actually a bigger scandal than the Watergate scandal itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374816Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374816 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real Watergate Scandal: Collusion, Conspiracy, and the Plot That Brought Nixon Down Author: Geoff Shepard Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374816 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real Watergate Scandal: Collusion, Conspiracy, and the Plot That Brought Nixon Down Author: Geoff Shepard Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An aging judge about to step down. Aggressive prosecutors friendly with the judge. A disgraced president. A nation that had already made up its mind. The Watergate trials were a legal mess—and now, with the discovery of new documents that reveal shocking misconduct by prosecutors and judges alike, former Nixon staffer Geoff Shepard has a convincing case that the wrongdoing of these history-making trials was actually a bigger scandal than the Watergate scandal itself.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-carnage-on-the-front-lines-of-the-republican-civil-war-and-the-rise-of-president-trump-by-tim-alberta--65209105https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Carnage: On the Front Lines of the Republican Civil War and the Rise of President Trump Author: Tim Alberta Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller “Not a conventional Trump-era book. It is less about the daily mayhem in the White House than about the unprecedented capitulation of a political party. This book will endure for helping us understand not what is happening but why it happened…. [An] indispensable work.”—Washington Post Politico Magazine’s chief political correspondent provides a rollicking insider’s look at the making of the modern Republican Party—how a decade of cultural upheaval, populist outrage, and ideological warfare made the GOP vulnerable to a hostile takeover from the unlikeliest of insurgents: Donald J. Trump. As George W. Bush left office with record-low approval ratings and Barack Obama led a Democratic takeover of Washington, Republicans faced a moment of reckoning: they had no vision, no generation of new leaders, and no energy in the party’s base. Yet Obama’s progressive agenda, coupled with the nation’s rapidly changing cultural identity, lit a fire under the right. Republicans regained power in Congress but spent that time fighting among themselves. With these struggles weakening the party’s defenses, and with more and more Americans losing faith in the political class, the stage was set for an outsider to crash the party. When Trump descended a gilded escalator to launch his campaign in the summer of 2015, the candidate had met the moment. Only by viewing Trump as the culmination of a decade-long civil war inside the GOP can we appreciate how he won the White House and consider the fundamental questions at the center of America’s current turmoil. Loaded with explosive original reporting and based on hundreds of exclusive interviews—including with key players such as President Trump, Paul Ryan, Ted Cruz, John Boehner, and Mitch McConnell—American Carnage takes us behind the scenes of this tumultuous period and establishes Tim Alberta as the premier chronicler of a political era.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374762Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Carnage: On the Front Lines of the Republican Civil War and the Rise of President Trump Author: Tim Alberta Narrator: Jason Culp Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Carnage: On the Front Lines of the Republican Civil War and the Rise of President Trump Author: Tim Alberta Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller “Not a conventional Trump-era book. It is less about the daily mayhem in the White House than about the unprecedented capitulation of a political party. This book will endure for helping us understand not what is happening but why it happened…. [An] indispensable work.”—Washington Post Politico Magazine’s chief political correspondent provides a rollicking insider’s look at the making of the modern Republican Party—how a decade of cultural upheaval, populist outrage, and ideological warfare made the GOP vulnerable to a hostile takeover from the unlikeliest of insurgents: Donald J. Trump. As George W. Bush left office with record-low approval ratings and Barack Obama led a Democratic takeover of Washington, Republicans faced a moment of reckoning: they had no vision, no generation of new leaders, and no energy in the party’s base. Yet Obama’s progressive agenda, coupled with the nation’s rapidly changing cultural identity, lit a fire under the right. Republicans regained power in Congress but spent that time fighting among themselves. With these struggles weakening the party’s defenses, and with more and more Americans losing faith in the political class, the stage was set for an outsider to crash the party. When Trump descended a gilded escalator to launch his campaign in the summer of 2015, the candidate had met the moment. Only by viewing Trump as the culmination of a decade-long civil war inside the GOP can we appreciate how he won the White House and consider the fundamental questions at the center of America’s current turmoil. Loaded with explosive original reporting and based on hundreds of exclusive interviews—including with key players such as President Trump, Paul Ryan, Ted Cruz, John Boehner, and Mitch McConnell—American Carnage takes us behind the scenes of this tumultuous period and establishes Tim Alberta as the premier chronicler of a political era.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/empire-of-borders-how-the-us-is-exporting-its-border-around-the-world-by-todd-miller--65209092https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire of Borders: How the US is Exporting its Border Around the World Author: Todd Miller Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States is outsourcing its border patrol abroad—and essentially expanding its borders in the process The twenty-first century has been an era of hardening borders—increased borderland patrols, surveillance, and militarization are widening the chasm between those who can vacation (or do business) where they please, and others whose movements are restricted by armed guards. But as journalist Todd Miller finds in Empire of Borders, the U.S. border is also becoming increasingly fluid, expanding thousands of miles outside of U.S. territory often to protect Washington's interests. In places like Argentina, Kosovo, Honduras, Jordan, and Afghanistan, U.S. border patrol works alongside local agents to block migrants, terrorists, drug runners, and smugglers from ever approaching the U.S. Empire of Borders traces the rise of this border regime, along with practices of 'extreme vetting' and the vast global industry for border and homeland security. But in visiting the Jordan/Syria border, as well as Puerto Rico, Guatemala, Kenya, Palestine, Mexico, and the Philippines, Miller finds instead a global war against the poor.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375551Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire of Borders: How the US is Exporting its Border Around the World Author: Todd Miller Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire of Borders: How the US is Exporting its Border Around the World Author: Todd Miller Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States is outsourcing its border patrol abroad—and essentially expanding its borders in the process The twenty-first century has been an era of hardening borders—increased borderland patrols, surveillance, and militarization are widening the chasm between those who can vacation (or do business) where they please, and others whose movements are restricted by armed guards. But as journalist Todd Miller finds in Empire of Borders, the U.S. border is also becoming increasingly fluid, expanding thousands of miles outside of U.S. territory often to protect Washington's interests. In places like Argentina, Kosovo, Honduras, Jordan, and Afghanistan, U.S. border patrol works alongside local agents to block migrants, terrorists, drug runners, and smugglers from ever approaching the U.S. Empire of Borders traces the rise of this border regime, along with practices of 'extreme vetting' and the vast global industry for border and homeland security. But in visiting the Jordan/Syria border, as well as Puerto Rico, Guatemala, Kenya, Palestine, Mexico, and the Philippines, Miller finds instead a global war against the poor.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/promise-me-you-ll-shoot-yourself-the-downfall-of-ordinary-germans-1945-by-florian-huber--65209107https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374950 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Promise Me You'll Shoot Yourself: The Downfall of Ordinary Germans, 1945 Author: Florian Huber Narrator: Sam Peter Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. One of the last major stories on the Third Reich that remains largely untold is that of the extraordinary wave of suicides, carried out not just by much of the Nazi leadership, but by thousands of ordinary Germans, in the Second World War's closing period. Some of these were provoked by terror in the face of advancing Soviet troops or by personal guilt, but many could not be explained in such relatively straightforward terms. Florian Huber's remarkable book, a bestseller in Germany, confronts this terrible phenomenon. Other countries have suffered defeat, but not responded in the same way. What drove whole families, who in many cases had already withstood years of deprivation, aerial bombing and deaths in battle, to do this? In a brilliantly written, thoughtful and original work, Huber sees the entire project of the Third Reich as a sequence of almost overwhelming emotions and scenes for many Germans. He describes some of the key events which shaped the period from the First World War to the end of the Second, showing how the sheer intensity, glamour and ferocity of Hitler's regime swept along millions. For over twelve years a relentless and terrible drama shaped German life and its sudden end was, for thousands of people, simply impossible to absorb.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374950Thu, 04 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374950 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Promise Me You'll Shoot Yourself: The Downfall of Ordinary Germans, 1945 Author: Florian Huber Narrator: Sam Peter Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374950 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Promise Me You'll Shoot Yourself: The Downfall of Ordinary Germans, 1945 Author: Florian Huber Narrator: Sam Peter Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. One of the last major stories on the Third Reich that remains largely untold is that of the extraordinary wave of suicides, carried out not just by much of the Nazi leadership, but by thousands of ordinary Germans, in the Second World War's closing period. Some of these were provoked by terror in the face of advancing Soviet troops or by personal guilt, but many could not be explained in such relatively straightforward terms. Florian Huber's remarkable book, a bestseller in Germany, confronts this terrible phenomenon. Other countries have suffered defeat, but not responded in the same way. What drove whole families, who in many cases had already withstood years of deprivation, aerial bombing and deaths in battle, to do this? In a brilliantly written, thoughtful and original work, Huber sees the entire project of the Third Reich as a sequence of almost overwhelming emotions and scenes for many Germans. He describes some of the key events which shaped the period from the First World War to the end of the Second, showing how the sheer intensity, glamour and ferocity of Hitler's regime swept along millions. For over twelve years a relentless and terrible drama shaped German life and its sudden end was, for thousands of people, simply impossible to absorb.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-set-me-free-the-story-that-inspired-the-major-motion-picture-brian-banks-a-true-story-of-wrongful-conviction-a-dream-deferred-and--65209193https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Set Me Free (The Story That Inspired the Major Motion Picture Brian Banks): A True Story of Wrongful Conviction, a Dream Deferred, and a Man Redeemed Author: Brian Banks Narrator: Brian Banks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *The story that inspired the film Brian Banks* Discover the unforgettable and inspiring true story of a young man who was wrongfully convicted as a teenager and imprisoned for more than five years, only to emerge with his spirit unbroken and determined to achieve his dream of playing in the NFL. At age sixteen, Brian Banks was a nationally recruited All-American Football player, ranked eleventh in the nation as a linebacker. Before his seventeenth birthday, he was in jail, awaiting trial for a heinous crime he did not commit. Although Brian was innocent, his attorney advised him that as a young black man accused of rape, he stood no chance of winning his case at trial. Especially since he would be tried as an adult. Facing a possible sentence of forty-one years to life, Brian agreed to take a plea deal—and a judge sentenced him to six years in prison. At first, Brian was filled with fear, rage, and anger as he reflected on the direction his life had turned and the unjust system that had imprisoned him. Brian was surrounded by darkness, until he had epiphany that would change his life forever. From that moment on, he made the choice to shed the bitterness and anger he felt, and focus only on the things he had the power to control. He approached his remaining years in prison with a newfound resolve, studying spirituality, improving his social and writing skills, and taking giant leaps on his journey toward enlightenment. When Brian emerged from prison with five years of parole still in front of him, he was determined to rebuild his life and finally prove his innocence. Three months before his parole was set to expire, armed with a shocking recantation from his accuser and the help of the California Innocence Project, the truth about his unjust incarceration came out and he was exonerated. Finally free, Brian sought to recapture a dream once stripped away: to play for the NFL. And at age twenty-eight, he made that dream come true. Perfect for fans of Just Mercy, I Beat the Odds, and Infinite Hope, this powerful memoir is a deep dive into the injustices of the American justice system, a soul-stirring celebration of the resilience of the human spirit, and an inspiring call to hold fast to our dreams.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366802Tue, 02 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Set Me Free (The Story That Inspired the Major Motion Picture Brian Banks): A True Story of Wrongful Conviction, a Dream Deferred, and a Man...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Set Me Free (The Story That Inspired the Major Motion Picture Brian Banks): A True Story of Wrongful Conviction, a Dream Deferred, and a Man Redeemed Author: Brian Banks Narrator: Brian Banks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *The story that inspired the film Brian Banks* Discover the unforgettable and inspiring true story of a young man who was wrongfully convicted as a teenager and imprisoned for more than five years, only to emerge with his spirit unbroken and determined to achieve his dream of playing in the NFL. At age sixteen, Brian Banks was a nationally recruited All-American Football player, ranked eleventh in the nation as a linebacker. Before his seventeenth birthday, he was in jail, awaiting trial for a heinous crime he did not commit. Although Brian was innocent, his attorney advised him that as a young black man accused of rape, he stood no chance of winning his case at trial. Especially since he would be tried as an adult. Facing a possible sentence of forty-one years to life, Brian agreed to take a plea deal—and a judge sentenced him to six years in prison. At first, Brian was filled with fear, rage, and anger as he reflected on the direction his life had turned and the unjust system that had imprisoned him. Brian was surrounded by darkness, until he had epiphany that would change his life forever. From that moment on, he made the choice to shed the bitterness and anger he felt, and focus only on the things he had the power to control. He approached his remaining years in prison with a newfound resolve, studying spirituality, improving his social and writing skills, and taking giant leaps on his journey toward enlightenment. When Brian emerged from prison with five years of parole still in front of him, he was determined to rebuild his life and finally prove his innocence. Three months before his parole was set to expire, armed with a shocking recantation from his accuser and the help of the California Innocence Project, the truth about his unjust incarceration came out and he was exonerated. Finally free, Brian sought to recapture a dream once stripped away: to play for the NFL. And at age twenty-eight, he made that dream come true. Perfect for fans of Just Mercy, I Beat the Odds, and Infinite Hope, this powerful memoir is a deep dive into the injustices of the American justice system, a soul-stirring celebration of the resilience of the human spirit, and an inspiring call to hold fast to our dreams.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-play-dead-how-the-truth-makes-you-unstoppable-by-tomi-lahren--65209188https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369350 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Play Dead: How the Truth Makes You Unstoppable Author: Tomi Lahren Narrator: Tomi Lahren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Fox Nation host, Fox News contributor, and social media master argues that it’s time to square your shoulders, stand your ground and speak the truth. The conventional wisdom is that we need more civility and fewer arguments. If you have a controversial option, keep it to yourself. Tomi Lahren could not disagree more. It’s a trick. The same people whining about tone will call you names and applaud those who threaten you. We don’t need safe spaces, and you shouldn’t be patient and wait out the bullying. In Never Play Dead, Lahren encourages all Americans, especially women, to find their voice and speak out. She skewers the hypocrisy of the self-esteem movement that has made people afraid to stand up for themselves. Wherever Lahren goes, the # 1 question she gets isn’t about politics. It’s about her confidence in herself, her beliefs and who she is. Never Play Dead not only answers this question but helps you learn how to stand your ground, discover how resilient you are and find your fearless side. In this book, she offers the antidote to all that: worry less about who might offend, and focus on who you might inspire. In the long-run, you will never regret being forceful when the truth is on your side. Lahren worked her way out of South Dakota to television fame in LA, surviving social isolation, a truly terrible boyfriend, awful workplaces, and getting fired in front of a million haters. Along the way, she was tempted to keep quiet, but she never did. Now she calls out the comment trolls, the political correctness police, the terminally jealous, and the ever-escalation victim culture that tells you all your failures are because of the system (and therefore there’s nothing you can do about it). Whether you’ve been told you’re not good enough by parents, lovers, frenemies, bad bosses, or social media, it’s time to take Lahren’s advice and fight back. It’s better to lose friends and followers than to lose yourself. The truth is, you may find more people who agree with you than you think. It’s time to shed your fear. With Never Play Dead she inspires you to stand up—and shows you how.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369350Tue, 02 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369350 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Play Dead: How the Truth Makes You Unstoppable Author: Tomi Lahren Narrator: Tomi Lahren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369350 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Play Dead: How the Truth Makes You Unstoppable Author: Tomi Lahren Narrator: Tomi Lahren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Fox Nation host, Fox News contributor, and social media master argues that it’s time to square your shoulders, stand your ground and speak the truth. The conventional wisdom is that we need more civility and fewer arguments. If you have a controversial option, keep it to yourself. Tomi Lahren could not disagree more. It’s a trick. The same people whining about tone will call you names and applaud those who threaten you. We don’t need safe spaces, and you shouldn’t be patient and wait out the bullying. In Never Play Dead, Lahren encourages all Americans, especially women, to find their voice and speak out. She skewers the hypocrisy of the self-esteem movement that has made people afraid to stand up for themselves. Wherever Lahren goes, the # 1 question she gets isn’t about politics. It’s about her confidence in herself, her beliefs and who she is. Never Play Dead not only answers this question but helps you learn how to stand your ground, discover how resilient you are and find your fearless side. In this book, she offers the antidote to all that: worry less about who might offend, and focus on who you might inspire. In the long-run, you will never regret being forceful when the truth is on your side. Lahren worked her way out of South Dakota to television fame in LA, surviving social isolation, a truly terrible boyfriend, awful workplaces, and getting fired in front of a million haters. Along the way, she was tempted to keep quiet, but she never did. Now she calls out the comment trolls, the political correctness police, the terminally jealous, and the ever-escalation victim culture that tells you all your failures are because of the system (and therefore there’s nothing you can do about it). Whether you’ve been told you’re not good enough by parents, lovers, frenemies, bad bosses, or social media, it’s time to take Lahren’s advice and fight back. It’s better to lose friends and followers than to lose yourself. The truth is, you may find more people who agree with you than you think. It’s time to shed your fear. With Never Play Dead she inspires you to stand up—and shows you how.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-selected-essays-of-gore-vidal-by-gore-vidal-jay-parini-editor--65209121https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Selected Essays of Gore Vidal Author: Gore Vidal, Jay Parini (editor) Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gore Vidal—novelist, playwright, critic, screenwriter, memoirist, indefatigable political commentator, and controversialist—is America’s premier man of letters. No other writer brings more sparkling wit, vast learning, indelible personality, and provocative mirth to the job of writing an essay. This long-needed volume comprises some twenty-four of his best-loved pieces of criticism, political commentary, memoir, portraiture, and, occasionally, unfettered score settling. It will stand as one of the most enjoyable and durable works from the hand and mind of this vastly accomplished and entertaining immortal of American literature.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374054Tue, 02 Jul 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Selected Essays of Gore Vidal Author: Gore Vidal, Jay Parini (editor) Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 58...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Selected Essays of Gore Vidal Author: Gore Vidal, Jay Parini (editor) Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gore Vidal—novelist, playwright, critic, screenwriter, memoirist, indefatigable political commentator, and controversialist—is America’s premier man of letters. No other writer brings more sparkling wit, vast learning, indelible personality, and provocative mirth to the job of writing an essay. This long-needed volume comprises some twenty-four of his best-loved pieces of criticism, political commentary, memoir, portraiture, and, occasionally, unfettered score settling. It will stand as one of the most enjoyable and durable works from the hand and mind of this vastly accomplished and entertaining immortal of American literature.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/counter-cola-a-multinational-history-of-the-global-corporation-by-amanda-ciafone--65209119https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counter-Cola: A Multinational History of the Global Corporation Author: Amanda Ciafone Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Counter-Cola charts the history of one of the world's most influential and widely known corporations, the Coca-Cola Company. It tells the story of how, over the past 130 years, the corporation has tried to make its products and brands physically and culturally a central part of global daily life in over 200 countries. Through this story of Coca-Cola, Amanda Ciafone reveals the pursuit of corporate power within the key economic transformations—liberal, developmentalist, neoliberal—of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. A story of global capitalism, it is not without contest. People throughout the world have redeployed the corporation, its commodities, and brand images to challenge the injustices of daily life under capitalism. As Ciafone shows, assertions of national economic interests, critiques of cultural homogenization, fights for workers' rights, movements for environmental justice, and debates over public health have obliged the corporation to justify itself in terms of the common good, demonstrating capitalism's imperative to assimilate critiques or reveal its limits.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375647Fri, 28 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counter-Cola: A Multinational History of the Global Corporation Author: Amanda Ciafone Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counter-Cola: A Multinational History of the Global Corporation Author: Amanda Ciafone Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Counter-Cola charts the history of one of the world's most influential and widely known corporations, the Coca-Cola Company. It tells the story of how, over the past 130 years, the corporation has tried to make its products and brands physically and culturally a central part of global daily life in over 200 countries. Through this story of Coca-Cola, Amanda Ciafone reveals the pursuit of corporate power within the key economic transformations—liberal, developmentalist, neoliberal—of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. A story of global capitalism, it is not without contest. People throughout the world have redeployed the corporation, its commodities, and brand images to challenge the injustices of daily life under capitalism. As Ciafone shows, assertions of national economic interests, critiques of cultural homogenization, fights for workers' rights, movements for environmental justice, and debates over public health have obliged the corporation to justify itself in terms of the common good, demonstrating capitalism's imperative to assimilate critiques or reveal its limits.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-gulag-archipelago-by-aleksandr-solzhenitsyn--65209244https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363248 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gulag Archipelago Author: Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn Narrator: Ignat Solzhenitsyn, Jordan B Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of The Gulag Archipelago by Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn, read by the author's son, Ignat Solzhenitsyn. With a new foreword written and read by Jordan B. Peterson, and an exclusive Q&A between Jordan B. Peterson and Ignat Solzhenitsyn. The officially approved abridgement of The Gulag Archipelago Volumes I, II & III. A vast canvas of camps, prisons, transit centres and secret police, of informers and spies and interrogators but also of everyday heroism, The Gulag Archipelago is Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn's grand masterwork. Based on the testimony of some 200 survivors, and on the recollection of Solzhenitsyn's own 11 years in labour camps and exile, it chronicles the story of those at the heart of the Soviet Union who opposed Stalin, and for whom the key to survival lay not in hope but in despair. A thoroughly researched document and a feat of literary and imaginative power, this edition of The Gulag Archipelago was abridged into one volume at the author's wish and with his full co-operation. © Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363248Thu, 27 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363248 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gulag Archipelago Author: Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn Narrator: Ignat Solzhenitsyn, Jordan B Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 29...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363248 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gulag Archipelago Author: Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn Narrator: Ignat Solzhenitsyn, Jordan B Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of The Gulag Archipelago by Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn, read by the author's son, Ignat Solzhenitsyn. With a new foreword written and read by Jordan B. Peterson, and an exclusive Q&A between Jordan B. Peterson and Ignat Solzhenitsyn. The officially approved abridgement of The Gulag Archipelago Volumes I, II & III. A vast canvas of camps, prisons, transit centres and secret police, of informers and spies and interrogators but also of everyday heroism, The Gulag Archipelago is Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn's grand masterwork. Based on the testimony of some 200 survivors, and on the recollection of Solzhenitsyn's own 11 years in labour camps and exile, it chronicles the story of those at the heart of the Soviet Union who opposed Stalin, and for whom the key to survival lay not in hope but in despair. A thoroughly researched document and a feat of literary and imaginative power, this edition of The Gulag Archipelago was abridged into one volume at the author's wish and with his full co-operation. © Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/empire-of-democracy-the-remaking-of-the-west-since-the-cold-war-1971-2017-by-simon-reid-henry--65209217https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire of Democracy: The Remaking of the West Since the Cold War, 1971–2017 Author: Simon Reid-Henry Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first panoramic history of the Western world from the 1970s to the present day—from the Cold War to the 2008 financial crisis and wars in the Middle East—Empire of Democracy is “a superbly informed and riveting historical analysis of our contemporary era” (Charles S. Maier, Harvard University). Half a century ago, at the height of the Cold War and amidst a world economic crisis, the Western democracies were forced to undergo a profound transformation. Against what some saw as a full-scale “crisis of democracy”—with race riots, anti-Vietnam marches and a wave of worker discontent sowing crisis from one nation to the next—a new political-economic order was devised and the postwar social contract was torn up and written anew. In this epic narrative of the events that have shaped our own times, Simon Reid-Henry shows how liberal democracy, and western history with it, was profoundly reimagined when the postwar Golden Age ended. As the institutions of liberal rule were reinvented, a new generation of politicians emerged: Thatcher, Reagan, Mitterrand, Kohl. The late twentieth century heyday they oversaw carried the Western democracies triumphantly to victory in the Cold War and into the economic boom of the 1990s. But equally it led them into the fiasco of Iraq, to the high drama of the financial crisis in 2007/8, and ultimately to the anti-liberal surge of our own times. The present crisis of liberalism is leading us toward as yet unscripted decades. The era we have all been living through is closing out, and democracy is turning on its axis once again. “Brilliantly, Reid-Henry calls for the salvation of democracy from the choices of its own leaders if it is to survive” (Samuel Moyn, Yale University).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369073Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire of Democracy: The Remaking of the West Since the Cold War, 1971–2017 Author: Simon Reid-Henry Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire of Democracy: The Remaking of the West Since the Cold War, 1971–2017 Author: Simon Reid-Henry Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first panoramic history of the Western world from the 1970s to the present day—from the Cold War to the 2008 financial crisis and wars in the Middle East—Empire of Democracy is “a superbly informed and riveting historical analysis of our contemporary era” (Charles S. Maier, Harvard University). Half a century ago, at the height of the Cold War and amidst a world economic crisis, the Western democracies were forced to undergo a profound transformation. Against what some saw as a full-scale “crisis of democracy”—with race riots, anti-Vietnam marches and a wave of worker discontent sowing crisis from one nation to the next—a new political-economic order was devised and the postwar social contract was torn up and written anew. In this epic narrative of the events that have shaped our own times, Simon Reid-Henry shows how liberal democracy, and western history with it, was profoundly reimagined when the postwar Golden Age ended. As the institutions of liberal rule were reinvented, a new generation of politicians emerged: Thatcher, Reagan, Mitterrand, Kohl. The late twentieth century heyday they oversaw carried the Western democracies triumphantly to victory in the Cold War and into the economic boom of the 1990s. But equally it led them into the fiasco of Iraq, to the high drama of the financial crisis in 2007/8, and ultimately to the anti-liberal surge of our own times. The present crisis of liberalism is leading us toward as yet unscripted decades. The era we have all been living through is closing out, and democracy is turning on its axis once again. “Brilliantly, Reid-Henry calls for the salvation of democracy from the choices of its own leaders if it is to survive” (Samuel Moyn, Yale University).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-enemy-of-the-people-a-dangerous-time-to-tell-the-truth-in-america-by-jim-acosta--65209266https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enemy of the People: A Dangerous Time to Tell the Truth in America Author: Jim Acosta Narrator: Jim Acosta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From CNN’s veteran Chief White House Correspondent Jim Acosta, an explosive, first-hand account of the dangers he faces reporting on the current White House while fighting on the front lines in President Trump’s war on truth.  In Mr. Trump’s campaign against what he calls “Fake News,” CNN Chief White House Correspondent, Jim Acosta, is public enemy number one. From the moment Mr. Trump announced his candidacy in 2015, he has attacked the media, calling journalists “the enemy of the people.” Acosta presents a damning examination of bureaucratic dysfunction, deception, and the unprecedented threat the rhetoric Mr. Trump is directing has on our democracy. When the leader of the free world incites hate and violence, Acosta doesn’t back down, and he urges his fellow citizens to do the same. At Mr. Trump’s most hated network, CNN, Acosta offers a never-before-reported account of what it’s like to be the President’s most hated correspondent. Acosta goes head-to-head with the White House, even after Trump supporters have threatened his life with words as well as physical violence. From the hazy denials and accusations meant to discredit the Mueller investigation, to the president’s scurrilous tweets, Jim Acosta is in the eye of the storm while reporting live to millions of people across the world. After spending hundreds of hours with the revolving door of White House personnel, Acosta paints portraits of the personalities of Sarah Huckabee Sanders, Stephen Miller, Steve Bannon, Sean Spicer, Hope Hicks, Jared Kushner and more. Acosta is tenacious and unyielding in his public battle to preserve the First Amendment and #RealNews.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364747Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enemy of the People: A Dangerous Time to Tell the Truth in America Author: Jim Acosta Narrator: Jim Acosta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enemy of the People: A Dangerous Time to Tell the Truth in America Author: Jim Acosta Narrator: Jim Acosta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From CNN’s veteran Chief White House Correspondent Jim Acosta, an explosive, first-hand account of the dangers he faces reporting on the current White House while fighting on the front lines in President Trump’s war on truth.  In Mr. Trump’s campaign against what he calls “Fake News,” CNN Chief White House Correspondent, Jim Acosta, is public enemy number one. From the moment Mr. Trump announced his candidacy in 2015, he has attacked the media, calling journalists “the enemy of the people.” Acosta presents a damning examination of bureaucratic dysfunction, deception, and the unprecedented threat the rhetoric Mr. Trump is directing has on our democracy. When the leader of the free world incites hate and violence, Acosta doesn’t back down, and he urges his fellow citizens to do the same. At Mr. Trump’s most hated network, CNN, Acosta offers a never-before-reported account of what it’s like to be the President’s most hated correspondent. Acosta goes head-to-head with the White House, even after Trump supporters have threatened his life with words as well as physical violence. From the hazy denials and accusations meant to discredit the Mueller investigation, to the president’s scurrilous tweets, Jim Acosta is in the eye of the storm while reporting live to millions of people across the world. After spending hundreds of hours with the revolving door of White House personnel, Acosta paints portraits of the personalities of Sarah Huckabee Sanders, Stephen Miller, Steve Bannon, Sean Spicer, Hope Hicks, Jared Kushner and more. Acosta is tenacious and unyielding in his public battle to preserve the First Amendment and #RealNews.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-crime-of-aggression-the-quest-for-justice-in-an-age-of-drones-cyberattacks-insurgents-and-autocrats-by-noah-weisbord--65209124https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crime of Aggression: The Quest for Justice in an Age of Drones, Cyberattacks, Insurgents, and Autocrats Author: Noah Weisbord Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On July 17, 2018, starting an unjust war became a prosecutable international crime alongside genocide, crimes against humanity, and war crimes. The Crime of Aggression is Noah Weisbord's riveting insider's account of the high-stakes legal fight to enact this historic legislation and hold politicians accountable for the wars they start. Weisbord, a key drafter of the law for the International Criminal Court, takes listeners behind the scenes of one of the most consequential legal dramas in modern international diplomacy. Drawing on in-depth interviews and his own invaluable insights, he sheds critical light on the motivations of the prosecutors, diplomats, and military strategists who championed the fledgling prohibition on unjust war—and those who tried to sink it. The power to try leaders for unjust war holds untold promise for the international order, but also great risk. In this incisive and vitally important book, Weisbord explains how judges in such cases can balance the imperatives of justice and peace, and how the fair prosecution of aggression can humanize modern statecraft.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376088Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crime of Aggression: The Quest for Justice in an Age of Drones, Cyberattacks, Insurgents, and Autocrats Author: Noah Weisbord Narrator: Jonathan...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crime of Aggression: The Quest for Justice in an Age of Drones, Cyberattacks, Insurgents, and Autocrats Author: Noah Weisbord Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On July 17, 2018, starting an unjust war became a prosecutable international crime alongside genocide, crimes against humanity, and war crimes. The Crime of Aggression is Noah Weisbord's riveting insider's account of the high-stakes legal fight to enact this historic legislation and hold politicians accountable for the wars they start. Weisbord, a key drafter of the law for the International Criminal Court, takes listeners behind the scenes of one of the most consequential legal dramas in modern international diplomacy. Drawing on in-depth interviews and his own invaluable insights, he sheds critical light on the motivations of the prosecutors, diplomats, and military strategists who championed the fledgling prohibition on unjust war—and those who tried to sink it. The power to try leaders for unjust war holds untold promise for the international order, but also great risk. In this incisive and vitally important book, Weisbord explains how judges in such cases can balance the imperatives of justice and peace, and how the fair prosecution of aggression can humanize modern statecraft.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-biggest-prison-on-earth-a-history-of-the-occupied-territories-by-ilan-pappe--65209113https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375949 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biggest Prison on Earth: A History of the Occupied Territories Author: Ilan Pappe Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the bestselling study of the 1948 War of Independence comes an incisive look at the Occupied Territories, picking up the story where The Ethnic Cleansing of Palestine left off. Publishing on the fiftieth anniversary of the Six-Day War that culminated in the Israeli occupation of the West Bank and Gaza Strip, Pappe offers a comprehensive exploration of one of the world's most prolonged and tragic conflicts. Using recently declassified archival material, Pappe analyses the motivations and strategies of the generals and politicians—and the decision-making process itself—that laid the foundation of the occupation. From a survey of the legal and bureaucratic infrastructures that were put in place to control the population of over one million Palestinians, to the security mechanisms that vigorously enforced that control, Pappe paints a picture of what is to all intents and purposes the world's largest 'open prison'.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375949Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375949 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biggest Prison on Earth: A History of the Occupied Territories Author: Ilan Pappe Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375949 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biggest Prison on Earth: A History of the Occupied Territories Author: Ilan Pappe Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the bestselling study of the 1948 War of Independence comes an incisive look at the Occupied Territories, picking up the story where The Ethnic Cleansing of Palestine left off. Publishing on the fiftieth anniversary of the Six-Day War that culminated in the Israeli occupation of the West Bank and Gaza Strip, Pappe offers a comprehensive exploration of one of the world's most prolonged and tragic conflicts. Using recently declassified archival material, Pappe analyses the motivations and strategies of the generals and politicians—and the decision-making process itself—that laid the foundation of the occupation. From a survey of the legal and bureaucratic infrastructures that were put in place to control the population of over one million Palestinians, to the security mechanisms that vigorously enforced that control, Pappe paints a picture of what is to all intents and purposes the world's largest 'open prison'.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/deep-conviction-true-stories-of-ordinary-americans-fighting-for-the-freedom-to-live-their-beliefs-by-steven-t-collis--65209094https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376523 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep Conviction: True Stories of Ordinary Americans Fighting for the Freedom to Live Their Beliefs Author: Steven T. Collis Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deep Conviction features four ordinary Americans who put their reputations and livelihoods at risk as they fought to protect their first amendment right to live their personal beliefs. Though these individuals couldn’t be more different, they share a similar conviction and determination, and the principles of religious freedom apply equally to all of them. In 1813, a Catholic priest in New York City faced prison after a grand jury subpoenaed him for refusing to divulge the identity of a jewelry thief who admitted to the crime during the sacrament of confession. In 1959, an atheist in Maryland was forced to choose between his job and his beliefs when the state required him, as part of the hiring process, to sign an oath that said he believed in God. The United States Supreme Court would decide his fate. In 1989, a Klamath Indian man walked into the highest court of our nation to fight for the right to practice the central sacrament of the Native American church after the state of Oregon had declared it illegal. And, finally, in 2017, a Christian baker and a gay couple took their case to the United States Supreme Court after the baker declined to create a custom wedding cake to celebrate the couple’s same-sex marriage, fearing it would violate his duty to God. Chosen for their universality and for the broad principles they represent, these true stories reflect the diversity of beliefs in the United States, the conflicts between religious freedom and other interests, the perils individuals face when their right to live their beliefs is threatened, and the genius of America’s promise of religious liberty for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376523Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376523 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep Conviction: True Stories of Ordinary Americans Fighting for the Freedom to Live Their Beliefs Author: Steven T. Collis Narrator: Richard Powers...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376523 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep Conviction: True Stories of Ordinary Americans Fighting for the Freedom to Live Their Beliefs Author: Steven T. Collis Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deep Conviction features four ordinary Americans who put their reputations and livelihoods at risk as they fought to protect their first amendment right to live their personal beliefs. Though these individuals couldn’t be more different, they share a similar conviction and determination, and the principles of religious freedom apply equally to all of them. In 1813, a Catholic priest in New York City faced prison after a grand jury subpoenaed him for refusing to divulge the identity of a jewelry thief who admitted to the crime during the sacrament of confession. In 1959, an atheist in Maryland was forced to choose between his job and his beliefs when the state required him, as part of the hiring process, to sign an oath that said he believed in God. The United States Supreme Court would decide his fate. In 1989, a Klamath Indian man walked into the highest court of our nation to fight for the right to practice the central sacrament of the Native American church after the state of Oregon had declared it illegal. And, finally, in 2017, a Christian baker and a gay couple took their case to the United States Supreme Court after the baker declined to create a custom wedding cake to celebrate the couple’s same-sex marriage, fearing it would violate his duty to God. Chosen for their universality and for the broad principles they represent, these true stories reflect the diversity of beliefs in the United States, the conflicts between religious freedom and other interests, the perils individuals face when their right to live their beliefs is threatened, and the genius of America’s promise of religious liberty for all.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-1941-the-year-germany-lost-the-war-by-andrew-nagorski--65209243https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 1941: The Year Germany Lost the War Author: Andrew Nagorski Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling historian Andrew Nagorski “brings keen psychological insights into the world leaders involved” (Booklist) during 1941, the critical year in World War II when Hitler’s miscalculations and policy of terror propelled Churchill, FDR, and Stalin into a powerful new alliance that defeated Nazi Germany. In early 1941, Hitler’s armies ruled most of Europe. Churchill’s Britain was an isolated holdout against the Nazi tide, but German bombers were attacking its cities and German U-boats were attacking its ships. Stalin was observing the terms of the Nazi-Soviet Pact, and Roosevelt was vowing to keep the United States out of the war. Hitler was confident that his aim of total victory was within reach. But by the end of 1941, all that changed. Hitler had repeatedly gambled on escalation and lost: by invading the Soviet Union and committing a series of disastrous military blunders; by making mass murder and terror his weapons of choice, and by rushing to declare war on the United States after Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbor. Britain emerged with two powerful new allies—Russia and the United States. By then, Germany was doomed to defeat. Nagorski illuminates the actions of the major characters of this pivotal year as never before. 1941: The Year Germany Lost the War is a stunning and “entertaining” (The Wall Street Journal) examination of unbridled megalomania versus determined leadership. It also reveals how 1941 set the Holocaust in motion, and presaged the postwar division of Europe, triggering the Cold War. 1941 was “the year that shaped not only the conflict of the hour but the course of our lives—even now” (New York Times bestselling author Jon Meacham).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361488Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 1941: The Year Germany Lost the War Author: Andrew Nagorski Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 1941: The Year Germany Lost the War Author: Andrew Nagorski Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling historian Andrew Nagorski “brings keen psychological insights into the world leaders involved” (Booklist) during 1941, the critical year in World War II when Hitler’s miscalculations and policy of terror propelled Churchill, FDR, and Stalin into a powerful new alliance that defeated Nazi Germany. In early 1941, Hitler’s armies ruled most of Europe. Churchill’s Britain was an isolated holdout against the Nazi tide, but German bombers were attacking its cities and German U-boats were attacking its ships. Stalin was observing the terms of the Nazi-Soviet Pact, and Roosevelt was vowing to keep the United States out of the war. Hitler was confident that his aim of total victory was within reach. But by the end of 1941, all that changed. Hitler had repeatedly gambled on escalation and lost: by invading the Soviet Union and committing a series of disastrous military blunders; by making mass murder and terror his weapons of choice, and by rushing to declare war on the United States after Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbor. Britain emerged with two powerful new allies—Russia and the United States. By then, Germany was doomed to defeat. Nagorski illuminates the actions of the major characters of this pivotal year as never before. 1941: The Year Germany Lost the War is a stunning and “entertaining” (The Wall Street Journal) examination of unbridled megalomania versus determined leadership. It also reveals how 1941 set the Holocaust in motion, and presaged the postwar division of Europe, triggering the Cold War. 1941 was “the year that shaped not only the conflict of the hour but the course of our lives—even now” (New York Times bestselling author Jon Meacham).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-become-a-federal-criminal-an-illustrated-handbook-for-the-aspiring-offender-by-mike-chase--65209240https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361487 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Become a Federal Criminal: An Illustrated Handbook for the Aspiring Offender Author: Mike Chase Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this “excellent book for people who like to start sentences with ‘Did you know that…’” (The New York Times), discover the most bizarre ways you might become a federal criminal in America—from mailing a mongoose to selling Swiss cheese without enough holes—written and illustrated by the creator of the wildly popular @CrimeADay Twitter account. Have you ever clogged a toilet in a national forest? That could get you six months in federal prison. Written a letter to a pirate? You might be looking at three years in the slammer. Leaving the country with too many nickels, drinking a beer on a bicycle in a national park, or importing a pregnant polar bear are all very real crimes, and this riotously funny, ridiculously entertaining, and fully illustrated book shows how just about anyone can become—or may already be—a federal criminal. Whether you’re a criminal defense lawyer or just a self-taught expert in outrageous offenses, How to Become a Federal Criminal is “an entertaining and humorous look at our criminal justice system” (Forbes).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361487Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361487 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Become a Federal Criminal: An Illustrated Handbook for the Aspiring Offender Author: Mike Chase Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361487 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Become a Federal Criminal: An Illustrated Handbook for the Aspiring Offender Author: Mike Chase Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this “excellent book for people who like to start sentences with ‘Did you know that…’” (The New York Times), discover the most bizarre ways you might become a federal criminal in America—from mailing a mongoose to selling Swiss cheese without enough holes—written and illustrated by the creator of the wildly popular @CrimeADay Twitter account. Have you ever clogged a toilet in a national forest? That could get you six months in federal prison. Written a letter to a pirate? You might be looking at three years in the slammer. Leaving the country with too many nickels, drinking a beer on a bicycle in a national park, or importing a pregnant polar bear are all very real crimes, and this riotously funny, ridiculously entertaining, and fully illustrated book shows how just about anyone can become—or may already be—a federal criminal. Whether you’re a criminal defense lawyer or just a self-taught expert in outrageous offenses, How to Become a Federal Criminal is “an entertaining and humorous look at our criminal justice system” (Forbes).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/speech-police-the-global-struggle-to-govern-the-internet-by-david-kaye--65209122https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speech Police: The Global Struggle to Govern the Internet Author: David Kaye Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Who polices speech online? Who is in charge? 'There is an epidemic sweeping the world,' the Nigerian Minister of Information, Lai Mohammed, said. 'It is the epidemic of fake news. Mixed with hate speech, it is a disaster waiting to happen.' Some argue that the disaster has already happened. But is the solution as simple as ridding social media of disinformation and hate speech? Who should decide whether content should be removed from platforms, or which users should be kicked off? Should governments set the rules and force the American behemoths--Facebook, YouTube and Twitter--to follow? Or should the companies be permitted to moderate their space as they see fit? David Kaye, one of the world's leading voices on human rights in the digital age, deals with these issues on a daily basis as the United Nations' Special Rapporteur on freedom of opinion and expression. Speech Police brings us behind the scenes, from Facebook's 'mini-legislative' meetings to the European Commission's closed-door negotiations, and introduces journalists, activists, and content moderators who take down a virtual flood of photos, videos and text every day. He tells the story of people around the world who are trying to get it right while facing an almost impossible task--with massive consequences for users and the public. Creative Commons cover icons (left to right) all courtesy of The Noun Project: Talk Bubble © diambergerak, ID; Ear Phones © Karen Tyler, GB; Microphone © John Caserta, US; Volume by Krishna; Ear © Scott Lewis, US]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speech Police: The Global Struggle to Govern the Internet Author: David Kaye Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speech Police: The Global Struggle to Govern the Internet Author: David Kaye Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Who polices speech online? Who is in charge? 'There is an epidemic sweeping the world,' the Nigerian Minister of Information, Lai Mohammed, said. 'It is the epidemic of fake news. Mixed with hate speech, it is a disaster waiting to happen.' Some argue that the disaster has already happened. But is the solution as simple as ridding social media of disinformation and hate speech? Who should decide whether content should be removed from platforms, or which users should be kicked off? Should governments set the rules and force the American behemoths--Facebook, YouTube and Twitter--to follow? Or should the companies be permitted to moderate their space as they see fit? David Kaye, one of the world's leading voices on human rights in the digital age, deals with these issues on a daily basis as the United Nations' Special Rapporteur on freedom of opinion and expression. Speech Police brings us behind the scenes, from Facebook's 'mini-legislative' meetings to the European Commission's closed-door negotiations, and introduces journalists, activists, and content moderators who take down a virtual flood of photos, videos and text every day. He tells the story of people around the world who are trying to get it right while facing an almost impossible task--with massive consequences for users and the public. Creative Commons cover icons (left to right) all courtesy of The Noun Project: Talk Bubble © diambergerak, ID; Ear Phones © Karen Tyler, GB; Microphone © John Caserta, US; Volume by Krishna; Ear © Scott Lewis, US]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-america-the-case-for-the-nation-by-jill-lepore--65209111https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374691 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This America: The Case for the Nation Author: Jill Lepore Narrator: Jill Lepore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of These Truths, a work that examines the dilemma of nationalism and the erosion of liberalism in the twenty-first century. At a time of much despair over the future of liberal democracy, Harvard historian Jill Lepore makes a stirring case for the nation in This America. Since the end of the Cold War, Lepore writes, American historians have largely retreated from the idea of 'the nation,' in part because postmodernism has corroded faith in grand narratives, and in part because the rise of political nationalism has rendered it suspect and unpalatable. Bucking this trend, however, Lepore argues forcefully that the nation demands scrutiny. Without an honest reckoning with America's collective past, we will be at the mercy of unscrupulous demagogues who spin their own version of the national story for their own purposes. 'When serious historians abandon the study of the nation,' Lepore tellingly writes, 'nationalism doesn't die. Instead, it eats liberalism.' A trenchant work of political philosophy as well as a reclamation of America's national history, This America asks us to look our nation's sovereign past square in the eye to reveal not only a history of contradictions, but a path of promise for the future. © 2019 Estate of Arcola Pettway / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374691Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374691 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This America: The Case for the Nation Author: Jill Lepore Narrator: Jill Lepore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374691 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This America: The Case for the Nation Author: Jill Lepore Narrator: Jill Lepore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of These Truths, a work that examines the dilemma of nationalism and the erosion of liberalism in the twenty-first century. At a time of much despair over the future of liberal democracy, Harvard historian Jill Lepore makes a stirring case for the nation in This America. Since the end of the Cold War, Lepore writes, American historians have largely retreated from the idea of 'the nation,' in part because postmodernism has corroded faith in grand narratives, and in part because the rise of political nationalism has rendered it suspect and unpalatable. Bucking this trend, however, Lepore argues forcefully that the nation demands scrutiny. Without an honest reckoning with America's collective past, we will be at the mercy of unscrupulous demagogues who spin their own version of the national story for their own purposes. 'When serious historians abandon the study of the nation,' Lepore tellingly writes, 'nationalism doesn't die. Instead, it eats liberalism.' A trenchant work of political philosophy as well as a reclamation of America's national history, This America asks us to look our nation's sovereign past square in the eye to reveal not only a history of contradictions, but a path of promise for the future. © 2019 Estate of Arcola Pettway / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/putin-v-the-people-the-perilous-politics-of-a-divided-russia-by-samuel-a-greene-graeme-b-robertson--65209110https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375999 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin v. the People: The Perilous Politics of a Divided Russia Author: Samuel A. Greene, Graeme B. Robertson Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fascinating, bottom-up exploration of contemporary Russian politics that sheds new light on why Putin's grip on power is more fragile then we think What do ordinary Russians think of Putin? Who are his supporters? And why might their support now be faltering? Alive with the voices and experiences of ordinary Russians and elites alike, Sam Greene and Graeme Robertson craft a compellingly original account of contemporary Russian politics. Telling the story of Putin’s rule through pivotal episodes such as the aftermath of the 'For Fair Elections' protests, the annexation of Crimea, and the War in Eastern Ukraine, Greene and Robertson draw on interviews, surveys, social media data, and leaked documents to reveal how hard Putin has to work to maintain broad popular support, while exposing the changing tactics that the Kremlin has used to bolster his popularity. Unearthing the ambitions, emotions, and divisions that fuel Russian politics, this book illuminates the crossroads to which Putin has led his country and shows why his rule is more fragile than it appears.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375999Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375999 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin v. the People: The Perilous Politics of a Divided Russia Author: Samuel A. Greene, Graeme B. Robertson Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375999 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin v. the People: The Perilous Politics of a Divided Russia Author: Samuel A. Greene, Graeme B. Robertson Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fascinating, bottom-up exploration of contemporary Russian politics that sheds new light on why Putin's grip on power is more fragile then we think What do ordinary Russians think of Putin? Who are his supporters? And why might their support now be faltering? Alive with the voices and experiences of ordinary Russians and elites alike, Sam Greene and Graeme Robertson craft a compellingly original account of contemporary Russian politics. Telling the story of Putin’s rule through pivotal episodes such as the aftermath of the 'For Fair Elections' protests, the annexation of Crimea, and the War in Eastern Ukraine, Greene and Robertson draw on interviews, surveys, social media data, and leaked documents to reveal how hard Putin has to work to maintain broad popular support, while exposing the changing tactics that the Kremlin has used to bolster his popularity. Unearthing the ambitions, emotions, and divisions that fuel Russian politics, this book illuminates the crossroads to which Putin has led his country and shows why his rule is more fragile than it appears.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-dreamt-land-chasing-water-and-dust-across-california-by-mark-arax--65209214https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreamt Land: Chasing Water and Dust Across California Author: Mark Arax Narrator: Mark Arax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vivid, searching journey into California's capture of water and soil—the epic story of a people's defiance of nature and the wonders, and ruin, it has wrought Mark Arax is from a family of Central Valley farmers, a writer with deep ties to the land who has watched the battles over water intensify even as California lurches from drought to flood and back again. In The Dreamt Land, he travels the state to explore the one-of-a-kind distribution system, built in the 1940s, '50s and '60s, that is straining to keep up with California's relentless growth. The Dreamt Land weaves reportage, history and memoir to confront the 'Golden State' myth in riveting fashion. No other chronicler of the West has so deeply delved into the empires of agriculture that drink so much of the water. The nation's biggest farmers—the nut king, grape king and citrus queen—tell their story here for the first time. Arax, the native son, is persistent and tough as he treks from desert to delta, mountain to valley. What he finds is hard earned, awe-inspiring, tragic and revelatory. In the end, his compassion for the land becomes an elegy to the dream that created California and now threatens to undo it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781Tue, 21 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreamt Land: Chasing Water and Dust Across California Author: Mark Arax Narrator: Mark Arax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 32...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreamt Land: Chasing Water and Dust Across California Author: Mark Arax Narrator: Mark Arax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vivid, searching journey into California's capture of water and soil—the epic story of a people's defiance of nature and the wonders, and ruin, it has wrought Mark Arax is from a family of Central Valley farmers, a writer with deep ties to the land who has watched the battles over water intensify even as California lurches from drought to flood and back again. In The Dreamt Land, he travels the state to explore the one-of-a-kind distribution system, built in the 1940s, '50s and '60s, that is straining to keep up with California's relentless growth. The Dreamt Land weaves reportage, history and memoir to confront the 'Golden State' myth in riveting fashion. No other chronicler of the West has so deeply delved into the empires of agriculture that drink so much of the water. The nation's biggest farmers—the nut king, grape king and citrus queen—tell their story here for the first time. Arax, the native son, is persistent and tough as he treks from desert to delta, mountain to valley. What he finds is hard earned, awe-inspiring, tragic and revelatory. In the end, his compassion for the land becomes an elegy to the dream that created California and now threatens to undo it.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/theodore-roosevelt-for-the-defense-the-courtroom-battle-to-save-his-legacy-by-david-fisher-dan-abrams--65209185https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368546 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Theodore Roosevelt for the Defense: The Courtroom Battle to Save His Legacy Author: David Fisher, Dan Abrams Narrator: Dan Abrams Dan Abrams, Roger Wayne, Dan Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A Mental Floss Book to Read in Summer 2019 “Gripping.… Theodore Roosevelt for the Defense is a must-read.” —NPR A President on Trial. A Reputation at Stake. ABC News legal correspondent and host of LIVE PD Dan Abrams reveals the story of Teddy Roosevelt’s last stand—an epic courtroom battle against corruption—in this thrilling follow-up to the New York Times bestseller Lincoln’s Last Trial. “No more dramatic courtroom scene has ever been enacted,” reported the Syracuse Herald on May 22, 1915 as it covered “the greatest libel suit in history,” a battle fought between former President Theodore Roosevelt and the leader of the Republican party. Roosevelt , the boisterous and mostly beloved legendary American hero, had accused his former friend and ally, now turned rival, William Barnes of political corruption. The furious Barnes responded by suing Roosevelt for an enormous sum that could have financially devastated him. The spectacle of Roosevelt defending himself in a lawsuit captured the imagination of the nation, and more than fifty newspapers sent reporters to cover the trial. Accounts from inside and outside the courtroom combined with excerpts from the trial transcript give us Roosevelt in his own words and serve as the heart of Theodore Roosevelt for the Defense. This was Roosevelt’s final fight to defend his political legacy, and perhaps regain his fading stature. He spent more than a week on the witness stand, revealing hidden secrets of the American political system, and then endured a merciless cross-examination. Witnesses including a young Franklin D. Roosevelt and a host of well-known political leaders were questioned by two of the most brilliant attorneys in the country. Following the case through court transcripts, news reports, and other primary sources, Dan Abrams and David Fisher present a high-definition picture of the American legal system in a nation standing on the precipice of the Great War, with its former president fighting for the ideals he held dear.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368546Tue, 21 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368546 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Theodore Roosevelt for the Defense: The Courtroom Battle to Save His Legacy Author: David Fisher, Dan Abrams Narrator: Dan Abrams Dan Abrams, Roger...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368546 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Theodore Roosevelt for the Defense: The Courtroom Battle to Save His Legacy Author: David Fisher, Dan Abrams Narrator: Dan Abrams Dan Abrams, Roger Wayne, Dan Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A Mental Floss Book to Read in Summer 2019 “Gripping.… Theodore Roosevelt for the Defense is a must-read.” —NPR A President on Trial. A Reputation at Stake. ABC News legal correspondent and host of LIVE PD Dan Abrams reveals the story of Teddy Roosevelt’s last stand—an epic courtroom battle against corruption—in this thrilling follow-up to the New York Times bestseller Lincoln’s Last Trial. “No more dramatic courtroom scene has ever been enacted,” reported the Syracuse Herald on May 22, 1915 as it covered “the greatest libel suit in history,” a battle fought between former President Theodore Roosevelt and the leader of the Republican party. Roosevelt , the boisterous and mostly beloved legendary American hero, had accused his former friend and ally, now turned rival, William Barnes of political corruption. The furious Barnes responded by suing Roosevelt for an enormous sum that could have financially devastated him. The spectacle of Roosevelt defending himself in a lawsuit captured the imagination of the nation, and more than fifty newspapers sent reporters to cover the trial. Accounts from inside and outside the courtroom combined with excerpts from the trial transcript give us Roosevelt in his own words and serve as the heart of Theodore Roosevelt for the Defense. This was Roosevelt’s final fight to defend his political legacy, and perhaps regain his fading stature. He spent more than a week on the witness stand, revealing hidden secrets of the American political system, and then endured a merciless cross-examination. Witnesses including a young Franklin D. Roosevelt and a host of well-known political leaders were questioned by two of the most brilliant attorneys in the country. Following the case through court transcripts, news reports, and other primary sources, Dan Abrams and David Fisher present a high-definition picture of the American legal system in a nation standing on the precipice of the Great War, with its former president fighting for the ideals he held dear.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/teardown-rebuilding-democracy-from-the-ground-up-by-dave-meslin--65209198https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368030 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teardown: Rebuilding Democracy from the Ground Up Author: Dave Meslin Narrator: Dave Meslin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As seen on TVO’s adaptation Unrigged A handbook of democratic solutions in troubled times, from the activist the media call a 'wizard,' a 'mastermind,' 'the ultimate ideas guy,' a 'mad scientist,' a 'start-up genius.' Our democracy is a trainwreck. Our elections feel hollow and our legislatures have become toxic. Fierce partisanship, centralized power, distorted election results and rigged systems all contribute to our growing cynicism. Voters are increasingly turning towards the angriest candidates, or simply tuning out completely and staying at home. But as Dave Meslin's career has shown, we can fix things. We can turn elite power structures upside down. We can give a voice to ordinary people. But it means fixing things from the bottom up, and starting locally. It's hard to change the world if you can't change a municipal by-law. Teardown shows readers how to do both. And it will show us that these two challenges are not fundamentally different. From environmental activism to public space advocacy to the ongoing campaign for electoral reform, Dave Meslin has been both out on the street in marches and in the back rooms drawing up policy. With Teardown he reminds us that the future of our species doesn't need to look like a trainwreck. That we're capable of so much more. It's time to raise our expectations: of the system, of each other and of ourselves. Only then can we re-imagine a new democracy, unrecognizable from today's political mess. This book is a recipe for change. A cure for cynicism. A war on apathy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368030Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368030 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teardown: Rebuilding Democracy from the Ground Up Author: Dave Meslin Narrator: Dave Meslin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368030 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teardown: Rebuilding Democracy from the Ground Up Author: Dave Meslin Narrator: Dave Meslin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As seen on TVO’s adaptation Unrigged A handbook of democratic solutions in troubled times, from the activist the media call a 'wizard,' a 'mastermind,' 'the ultimate ideas guy,' a 'mad scientist,' a 'start-up genius.' Our democracy is a trainwreck. Our elections feel hollow and our legislatures have become toxic. Fierce partisanship, centralized power, distorted election results and rigged systems all contribute to our growing cynicism. Voters are increasingly turning towards the angriest candidates, or simply tuning out completely and staying at home. But as Dave Meslin's career has shown, we can fix things. We can turn elite power structures upside down. We can give a voice to ordinary people. But it means fixing things from the bottom up, and starting locally. It's hard to change the world if you can't change a municipal by-law. Teardown shows readers how to do both. And it will show us that these two challenges are not fundamentally different. From environmental activism to public space advocacy to the ongoing campaign for electoral reform, Dave Meslin has been both out on the street in marches and in the back rooms drawing up policy. With Teardown he reminds us that the future of our species doesn't need to look like a trainwreck. That we're capable of so much more. It's time to raise our expectations: of the system, of each other and of ourselves. Only then can we re-imagine a new democracy, unrecognizable from today's political mess. This book is a recipe for change. A cure for cynicism. A war on apathy.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-to-maybe-how-the-world-is-changed-by-michael-patton-brenda-zimmerman-frances-westley--65209155https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Maybe: How the World Is Changed Author: Michael Patton, Brenda Zimmerman, Frances Westley Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A practical, inspirational, revolutionary guide to social innovation Many of us have a deep desire to make the world around us a better place. But often our good intentions are undermined by the fear that we are so insignificant in the big scheme of things that nothing we can do will actually help feed the world’s hungry, fix the damage of a Hurricane Katrina or even get a healthy lunch program up and running in the local school. We tend to think that great social change is the province of heroes – an intimidating view of reality that keeps ordinary people on the couch. But extraordinary leaders such as Gandhi and even unlikely social activists such as Bob Geldof most often see themselves as harnessing the forces around them, rather than singlehandedly setting those forces in motion. The trick in any great social project – from the global fight against AIDS to working to eradicate poverty in a single Canadian city – is to stop looking at the discrete elements and start trying to understand the complex relationships between them. By studying fascinating real-life examples of social change through this systems-and-relationships lens, the authors of Getting to Maybe tease out the rules of engagement between volunteers, leaders, organizations and circumstance – between individuals and what Shakespeare called “the tide in the affairs of men.” Getting to Maybe applies the insights of complexity theory and harvests the experiences of a wide range of people and organizations – including the ministers behind the Boston Miracle (and its aftermath); the Grameen Bank, in which one man’s dream of micro-credit sparked a financial revolution for the world’s poor; the efforts of a Canadian clothing designer to help transform the lives of Indigenous women and children; and many more – to lay out a brand new way of thinking about making change in communities, in business, and in the world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Maybe: How the World Is Changed Author: Michael Patton, Brenda Zimmerman, Frances Westley Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Maybe: How the World Is Changed Author: Michael Patton, Brenda Zimmerman, Frances Westley Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A practical, inspirational, revolutionary guide to social innovation Many of us have a deep desire to make the world around us a better place. But often our good intentions are undermined by the fear that we are so insignificant in the big scheme of things that nothing we can do will actually help feed the world’s hungry, fix the damage of a Hurricane Katrina or even get a healthy lunch program up and running in the local school. We tend to think that great social change is the province of heroes – an intimidating view of reality that keeps ordinary people on the couch. But extraordinary leaders such as Gandhi and even unlikely social activists such as Bob Geldof most often see themselves as harnessing the forces around them, rather than singlehandedly setting those forces in motion. The trick in any great social project – from the global fight against AIDS to working to eradicate poverty in a single Canadian city – is to stop looking at the discrete elements and start trying to understand the complex relationships between them. By studying fascinating real-life examples of social change through this systems-and-relationships lens, the authors of Getting to Maybe tease out the rules of engagement between volunteers, leaders, organizations and circumstance – between individuals and what Shakespeare called “the tide in the affairs of men.” Getting to Maybe applies the insights of complexity theory and harvests the experiences of a wide range of people and organizations – including the ministers behind the Boston Miracle (and its aftermath); the Grameen Bank, in which one man’s dream of micro-credit sparked a financial revolution for the world’s poor; the efforts of a Canadian clothing designer to help transform the lives of Indigenous women and children; and many more – to lay out a brand new way of thinking about making change in communities, in business, and in the world.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/future-histories-what-ada-lovelace-tom-paine-and-the-paris-commune-can-teach-us-about-digital-technology-by-lizzie-o-shea--65209136https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375629 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Histories: What Ada Lovelace, Tom Paine, and the Paris Commune Can Teach Us About Digital Technology Author: Lizzie O'shea Narrator: Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When we talk about technology we always talk about tomorrow and the future—which makes it hard to figure out how to even get there. In Future Histories, public interest lawyer and digital specialist Lizzie O'Shea argues that we need to stop looking forward and start looking backwards. Weaving together histories of computing and progressive social movements with modern theories of the mind, society, and self, O'Shea constructs a 'usable past' that can help us determine our digital future. What, she asks, can the Paris Commune tell us about earlier experiments in sharing resources—like the Internet—in common? How can Frantz Fanon's theories of anti colonial self-determination help us build digital world in which everyone can participate equally? Can debates over equal digital access be helped by American revolutionary Tom Paine's theories of democratic, economic redistribution? What can indigenous land struggles teach us about stewarding our digital climate? And, how is Elon Musk not a future visionary but a steampunk throwback to Victorian-era technological utopians? In engaging, sparkling prose, O'Shea shows us how very human our understanding of technology is, and how when we draw on the resources of the past, we can see the potential for struggle, for liberation, for art and poetry in our technological present.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375629Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375629 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Histories: What Ada Lovelace, Tom Paine, and the Paris Commune Can Teach Us About Digital Technology Author: Lizzie O'shea Narrator: Cat Gould...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375629 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Histories: What Ada Lovelace, Tom Paine, and the Paris Commune Can Teach Us About Digital Technology Author: Lizzie O'shea Narrator: Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When we talk about technology we always talk about tomorrow and the future—which makes it hard to figure out how to even get there. In Future Histories, public interest lawyer and digital specialist Lizzie O'Shea argues that we need to stop looking forward and start looking backwards. Weaving together histories of computing and progressive social movements with modern theories of the mind, society, and self, O'Shea constructs a 'usable past' that can help us determine our digital future. What, she asks, can the Paris Commune tell us about earlier experiments in sharing resources—like the Internet—in common? How can Frantz Fanon's theories of anti colonial self-determination help us build digital world in which everyone can participate equally? Can debates over equal digital access be helped by American revolutionary Tom Paine's theories of democratic, economic redistribution? What can indigenous land struggles teach us about stewarding our digital climate? And, how is Elon Musk not a future visionary but a steampunk throwback to Victorian-era technological utopians? In engaging, sparkling prose, O'Shea shows us how very human our understanding of technology is, and how when we draw on the resources of the past, we can see the potential for struggle, for liberation, for art and poetry in our technological present.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-democracy-by-e-b-white--65209263https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360570 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Democracy Author: E. B. White Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I am a member of a party of one, and I live in an age of fear.” These words were written by E. B. White in 1947. Decades before our current political turmoil, White crafted eloquent yet practical political statements that continue to resonate. “There’s only one kind of press that’s any good—” he proclaimed, “a press free from any taint of the government.” He condemned the trend of defamation, arguing that “in doubtful, doubting days, national morality tends to slip and slide toward a condition in which the test of a man’s honor is his zeal for discovering dishonor in others.” And on the spread of fascism he lamented, “fascism enjoys at the moment an almost perfect climate for growth—a world of fear and hunger.” Anchored by an introduction by Pulitzer Prize-winning historian Jon Meacham, this concise collection of essays, letters, and poems from one of this country’s most eminent literary voices offers much-needed historical context for our current state of the nation—and hope for the future of our society. Speaking to Americans at a time of uncertainty, when democracy itself has come under threat, he reminds us, “As long as there is one upright man, as long as there is one compassionate woman . . . the scene is not desolate.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360570Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360570 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Democracy Author: E. B. White Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360570 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Democracy Author: E. B. White Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “I am a member of a party of one, and I live in an age of fear.” These words were written by E. B. White in 1947. Decades before our current political turmoil, White crafted eloquent yet practical political statements that continue to resonate. “There’s only one kind of press that’s any good—” he proclaimed, “a press free from any taint of the government.” He condemned the trend of defamation, arguing that “in doubtful, doubting days, national morality tends to slip and slide toward a condition in which the test of a man’s honor is his zeal for discovering dishonor in others.” And on the spread of fascism he lamented, “fascism enjoys at the moment an almost perfect climate for growth—a world of fear and hunger.” Anchored by an introduction by Pulitzer Prize-winning historian Jon Meacham, this concise collection of essays, letters, and poems from one of this country’s most eminent literary voices offers much-needed historical context for our current state of the nation—and hope for the future of our society. Speaking to Americans at a time of uncertainty, when democracy itself has come under threat, he reminds us, “As long as there is one upright man, as long as there is one compassionate woman . . . the scene is not desolate.”]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-words-of-my-father-love-and-pain-in-palestine-by-yousef-bashir--65209252https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Words of My Father: Love and Pain in Palestine Author: Yousef Bashir Narrator: Yousef Bashir Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Palestinian-American activist recalls his adolescence in Gaza during the Second Intifada, and how he made a strong commitment to peace in the face of devastating brutality in this moving, candid, and transformative memoir that reminds us of the importance of looking beyond prejudice, anger, and fear. Yousef Bashir’s story begins in Gaza, on a verdant ten-acre farm beside an Israeli settlement and military base. When the soccer-mad Yousef was eleven, the Second Intifada exploded. First came the shooting, then the occupation. Ordered to leave their family home, Yousef’s father refused, even when the Israeli soldiers moved in, seizing the top two floors. For five long years, three generations of the Bashir family were virtual prisoners in their own home. Despite this, Yousef’s father—a respected Palestinian schoolteacher whose belief in coexisting peacefully with his Israeli neighbors was unshakeable—treated the soldiers as honored guests. His commitment to peace was absolute. Though Yousef’s family attracted international media attention, and received letters of support from around the world, Yousef witnessed the destruction of his home, his neighborhood, and the happy life he had known with growing frustration and confusion. For the first time he wondered if his father’s belief in peace was justified and whether he was strong enough—or even wanted—to follow his example. At fifteen, that doubt was tested. Standing in his front yard with his father and three United Nations observers, he was shot in the spine by an Israeli soldier, leaving him in a wheelchair, paralyzed from the waist down, for a year. While an Israeli soldier shot him, it was Israeli doctors who saved Yousef and helped him eventually learn to walk again. In the wake of that experience, Yousef was forced to reckon with the words of his father. And like the generous, empathetic man who raised him, he too became an outspoken activist for peace. Amid the tragedy of the ongoing Middle Eastern conflict, The Words of My Father is a powerful tale of moral awakening and a fraught, ferocious, and profound relationship between a son and his father. Bashir's story and the ideals of peace and empathy it upholds are a soothing balm for these dangerous and troubled times, and a reminder that love and compassion are a gift—and a choice. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360581Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Words of My Father: Love and Pain in Palestine Author: Yousef Bashir Narrator: Yousef Bashir Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Words of My Father: Love and Pain in Palestine Author: Yousef Bashir Narrator: Yousef Bashir Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Palestinian-American activist recalls his adolescence in Gaza during the Second Intifada, and how he made a strong commitment to peace in the face of devastating brutality in this moving, candid, and transformative memoir that reminds us of the importance of looking beyond prejudice, anger, and fear. Yousef Bashir’s story begins in Gaza, on a verdant ten-acre farm beside an Israeli settlement and military base. When the soccer-mad Yousef was eleven, the Second Intifada exploded. First came the shooting, then the occupation. Ordered to leave their family home, Yousef’s father refused, even when the Israeli soldiers moved in, seizing the top two floors. For five long years, three generations of the Bashir family were virtual prisoners in their own home. Despite this, Yousef’s father—a respected Palestinian schoolteacher whose belief in coexisting peacefully with his Israeli neighbors was unshakeable—treated the soldiers as honored guests. His commitment to peace was absolute. Though Yousef’s family attracted international media attention, and received letters of support from around the world, Yousef witnessed the destruction of his home, his neighborhood, and the happy life he had known with growing frustration and confusion. For the first time he wondered if his father’s belief in peace was justified and whether he was strong enough—or even wanted—to follow his example. At fifteen, that doubt was tested. Standing in his front yard with his father and three United Nations observers, he was shot in the spine by an Israeli soldier, leaving him in a wheelchair, paralyzed from the waist down, for a year. While an Israeli soldier shot him, it was Israeli doctors who saved Yousef and helped him eventually learn to walk again. In the wake of that experience, Yousef was forced to reckon with the words of his father. And like the generous, empathetic man who raised him, he too became an outspoken activist for peace. Amid the tragedy of the ongoing Middle Eastern conflict, The Words of My Father is a powerful tale of moral awakening and a fraught, ferocious, and profound relationship between a son and his father. Bashir's story and the ideals of peace and empathy it upholds are a soothing balm for these dangerous and troubled times, and a reminder that love and compassion are a gift—and a choice. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bullets-and-opium-real-life-stories-of-china-after-the-tiananmen-square-massacre-by-liao-yiwu--65209239https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367326 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullets and Opium: Real-Life Stories of China After the Tiananmen Square Massacre Author: Liao Yiwu Narrator: Edward Chen, Francois Chau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A “memorable series of portraits of the working class people who defended Tiananmen Square” (The New York Review of Books) during the protests from the award-winning poet, dissident, and “one of the most original and remarkable Chinese writers of our time” (Philip Gourevitch). Much has been written about the Tiananmen Square protests, but very little exists in the words of those who were actually there. For over seven years, Liao Yiwu—a master of contemporary Chinese literature, imprisoned and persecuted as a counter-revolutionary until he fled the country in 2011—secretly interviewed survivors of the devastating 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre. Tortured, imprisoned, and forced into silence and the margins of Chinese society for thirty years, their harrowing and unforgettable stories are now finally revealed in this “indispensable historical document” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367326Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367326 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullets and Opium: Real-Life Stories of China After the Tiananmen Square Massacre Author: Liao Yiwu Narrator: Edward Chen, Francois Chau Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367326 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullets and Opium: Real-Life Stories of China After the Tiananmen Square Massacre Author: Liao Yiwu Narrator: Edward Chen, Francois Chau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A “memorable series of portraits of the working class people who defended Tiananmen Square” (The New York Review of Books) during the protests from the award-winning poet, dissident, and “one of the most original and remarkable Chinese writers of our time” (Philip Gourevitch). Much has been written about the Tiananmen Square protests, but very little exists in the words of those who were actually there. For over seven years, Liao Yiwu—a master of contemporary Chinese literature, imprisoned and persecuted as a counter-revolutionary until he fled the country in 2011—secretly interviewed survivors of the devastating 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre. Tortured, imprisoned, and forced into silence and the margins of Chinese society for thirty years, their harrowing and unforgettable stories are now finally revealed in this “indispensable historical document” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/complex-battlespaces-the-law-of-armed-conflict-and-the-dynamics-of-modern-warfare-by-christopher-m-ford-winston-s-williams--65209141https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375618 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Complex Battlespaces: The Law of Armed Conflict and the Dynamics of Modern Warfare Author: Christopher M. Ford, Winston S. Williams Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The conduct of warfare is constantly shaped by new forces that create complexities in the battlespace for military operations. As the nature of how and where wars are fought changes, new challenges to the application of the extant body of international law that regulates armed conflicts arise.This inaugural volume of the Lieber Studies series seeks to address several issues in the confluence of law and armed conflict, with the primary goal of providing the listener with both academic and practitioner perspectives. Featuring chapters from world class scholars, policymakers and other government officials; military and civilian legal practitioners; and other thought leaders, together they examine the role of the law of armed conflict in current and future armed conflicts around the world. Complex Battlespaces also explores several examples of battlespace dynamics through four 'lenses of complexity': complexity in legal regimes, governance, technology, and the urbanization of the battlefield.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375618Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375618 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Complex Battlespaces: The Law of Armed Conflict and the Dynamics of Modern Warfare Author: Christopher M. Ford, Winston S. Williams Narrator: Timothy...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375618 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Complex Battlespaces: The Law of Armed Conflict and the Dynamics of Modern Warfare Author: Christopher M. Ford, Winston S. Williams Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The conduct of warfare is constantly shaped by new forces that create complexities in the battlespace for military operations. As the nature of how and where wars are fought changes, new challenges to the application of the extant body of international law that regulates armed conflicts arise.This inaugural volume of the Lieber Studies series seeks to address several issues in the confluence of law and armed conflict, with the primary goal of providing the listener with both academic and practitioner perspectives. Featuring chapters from world class scholars, policymakers and other government officials; military and civilian legal practitioners; and other thought leaders, together they examine the role of the law of armed conflict in current and future armed conflicts around the world. Complex Battlespaces also explores several examples of battlespace dynamics through four 'lenses of complexity': complexity in legal regimes, governance, technology, and the urbanization of the battlefield.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spy-watching-intelligence-accountability-in-the-united-states-by-loch-k-johnson--65209125https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spy Watching: Intelligence Accountability in the United States Author: Loch K. Johnson Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All democracies have had to contend with the challenge of tolerating hidden spy services within otherwise relatively transparent governments. Democracies pride themselves on privacy and liberty, but intelligence organizations have secret budgets, gather information surreptitiously around the world, and plan covert action against foreign regimes. Sometimes, they have even targeted the very citizens they were established to protect, as with the COINTELPRO operations in the 1960's and 1970's, carried out by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) against civil rights and antiwar activists. In this sense, democracy and intelligence have always been a poor match. Yet Americans live in an uncertain and threatening world filled with nuclear warheads, chemical and biological weapons, and terrorists intent on destruction. Without an intelligence apparatus scanning the globe to alert the United States to these threats, the planet would be an even more perilous place. In Spy Watching, Loch K. Johnson explores the United States' travails in its efforts to maintain effective accountability over its spy services. Johnson explores the work of the famous Church Committee, a Senate panel that investigated America's espionage organizations in 1975 and established new protocol for supervising the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and the nation's other sixteen secret services. Johnson explores why partisanship has crept into once-neutral intelligence operations, the effect of the 9/11 attacks on the expansion of spying, and the controversies related to CIA rendition and torture programs. He also discusses both the Edward Snowden case and the ongoing investigations into the Russian hack of the 2016 U.S. election. Above all, Spy Watching seeks to find a sensible balance between the twin imperatives in a democracy of liberty and security. Johnson draws on scores of interviews with Directors of Central Intelligence and others in America's secret agencies, making this a uniquely authoritative account.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375453Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spy Watching: Intelligence Accountability in the United States Author: Loch K. Johnson Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spy Watching: Intelligence Accountability in the United States Author: Loch K. Johnson Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All democracies have had to contend with the challenge of tolerating hidden spy services within otherwise relatively transparent governments. Democracies pride themselves on privacy and liberty, but intelligence organizations have secret budgets, gather information surreptitiously around the world, and plan covert action against foreign regimes. Sometimes, they have even targeted the very citizens they were established to protect, as with the COINTELPRO operations in the 1960's and 1970's, carried out by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) against civil rights and antiwar activists. In this sense, democracy and intelligence have always been a poor match. Yet Americans live in an uncertain and threatening world filled with nuclear warheads, chemical and biological weapons, and terrorists intent on destruction. Without an intelligence apparatus scanning the globe to alert the United States to these threats, the planet would be an even more perilous place. In Spy Watching, Loch K. Johnson explores the United States' travails in its efforts to maintain effective accountability over its spy services. Johnson explores the work of the famous Church Committee, a Senate panel that investigated America's espionage organizations in 1975 and established new protocol for supervising the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and the nation's other sixteen secret services. Johnson explores why partisanship has crept into once-neutral intelligence operations, the effect of the 9/11 attacks on the expansion of spying, and the controversies related to CIA rendition and torture programs. He also discusses both the Edward Snowden case and the ongoing investigations into the Russian hack of the 2016 U.S. election. Above all, Spy Watching seeks to find a sensible balance between the twin imperatives in a democracy of liberty and security. Johnson draws on scores of interviews with Directors of Central Intelligence and others in America's secret agencies, making this a uniquely authoritative account.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/clear-bright-future-a-radical-defence-of-the-human-being-by-paul-mason--65209143https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369710 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clear Bright Future: A Radical Defence of the Human Being Author: Paul Mason Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Clear Bright Future by Paul Mason, read by Finlay Robertson. Our world order is under pressure as never before. From new authoritarian regimes in the US, Turkey and Russia, to the imminent break-up of the European Union and a social media awash with intolerance, things look set to fall apart just as abruptly as the Soviet Union did some thirty years ago. How did we get here, and what do we do now? In this searching new exploration of our crisis, Paul Mason argues that at its heart lies an attack on the idea of humanity itself. As the free-market system reduced us to two-dimensional consumers, genetics has stripped us of our belief in humans as agents of change. And now the dystopian forces of the authoritarian right are pushing the world towards a pre-modern understanding of the human being: one that aims to destroy the very concept of universal human rights, and create a new world in which we are biologically destined to form hierarchies based on ethnicity and gender, and to obey the demands of religious conformity. If these forces are not stopped, Mason warns, we will relive something even worse than the 1930s. In response, he demands a radical defence of the human being: a reinvention of humanism; a re-assertion of the universality of human rights; and a struggle for a society where biologically determined hierarchies are abolished. We have the power to imagine and design a better system. We must, Mason concludes, reach deep into the history and experience of resistance in order to be our own saviours.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369710Thu, 02 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369710 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clear Bright Future: A Radical Defence of the Human Being Author: Paul Mason Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369710 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clear Bright Future: A Radical Defence of the Human Being Author: Paul Mason Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Clear Bright Future by Paul Mason, read by Finlay Robertson. Our world order is under pressure as never before. From new authoritarian regimes in the US, Turkey and Russia, to the imminent break-up of the European Union and a social media awash with intolerance, things look set to fall apart just as abruptly as the Soviet Union did some thirty years ago. How did we get here, and what do we do now? In this searching new exploration of our crisis, Paul Mason argues that at its heart lies an attack on the idea of humanity itself. As the free-market system reduced us to two-dimensional consumers, genetics has stripped us of our belief in humans as agents of change. And now the dystopian forces of the authoritarian right are pushing the world towards a pre-modern understanding of the human being: one that aims to destroy the very concept of universal human rights, and create a new world in which we are biologically destined to form hierarchies based on ethnicity and gender, and to obey the demands of religious conformity. If these forces are not stopped, Mason warns, we will relive something even worse than the 1930s. In response, he demands a radical defence of the human being: a reinvention of humanism; a re-assertion of the universality of human rights; and a struggle for a society where biologically determined hierarchies are abolished. We have the power to imagine and design a better system. We must, Mason concludes, reach deep into the history and experience of resistance in order to be our own saviours.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rise-and-fall-of-peace-on-earth-by-michael-mandelbaum--65209130https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375631 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise and Fall of Peace on Earth Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the twenty-five years after 1989, the world enjoyed the deepest peace in history. In The Rise and Fall of Peace on Earth, the eminent foreign policy scholar Michael Mandelbaum examines that remarkable quarter century, describing how and why the peace was established and then fell apart. To be sure, wars took place in this era, but less frequently and on a far smaller scale than in previous periods. Mandelbaum argues that the widespread peace ended because three major countries—Vladimir Putin's Russia in Europe, Xi Jinping's China in East Asia, and the Shia clerics' Iran in the Middle East—put an end to it with aggressive nationalist policies aimed at overturning the prevailing political arrangements in their respective regions. The three had a common motive: their need to survive in a democratic age with their countries' prospects for economic growth uncertain. Mandelbaum further argues that the key to the return of peace lies in the advent of genuine democracy, including free elections and the protection of religious, economic, and political liberty. Yet, since recent history has shown that democracy cannot be imposed from the outside, The Rise and Fall of Peace on Earth has a dual message: while the world has a formula for peace, there is no way to ensure that all countries will embrace it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375631Wed, 01 May 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375631 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise and Fall of Peace on Earth Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375631 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise and Fall of Peace on Earth Author: Michael Mandelbaum Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the twenty-five years after 1989, the world enjoyed the deepest peace in history. In The Rise and Fall of Peace on Earth, the eminent foreign policy scholar Michael Mandelbaum examines that remarkable quarter century, describing how and why the peace was established and then fell apart. To be sure, wars took place in this era, but less frequently and on a far smaller scale than in previous periods. Mandelbaum argues that the widespread peace ended because three major countries—Vladimir Putin's Russia in Europe, Xi Jinping's China in East Asia, and the Shia clerics' Iran in the Middle East—put an end to it with aggressive nationalist policies aimed at overturning the prevailing political arrangements in their respective regions. The three had a common motive: their need to survive in a democratic age with their countries' prospects for economic growth uncertain. Mandelbaum further argues that the key to the return of peace lies in the advent of genuine democracy, including free elections and the protection of religious, economic, and political liberty. Yet, since recent history has shown that democracy cannot be imposed from the outside, The Rise and Fall of Peace on Earth has a dual message: while the world has a formula for peace, there is no way to ensure that all countries will embrace it.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-man-without-a-face-the-unlikely-rise-of-vladimir-putin-by-masha-gessen--65209245https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367187 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Without a Face: The Unlikely Rise of Vladimir Putin Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Masha Gessen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National Book Award winner Masha Gessen's biography of a ruthless man's ascent to near-absolute power. “In a country where journalists critical of the government have a way of meeting untimely deaths, Gessen has shown remarkable courage in researching and writing this unflinching indictment of the most powerful man in Russia.” —The Wall Street Journal “Thanks to fearless reporting and acute psychological insights, Masha Gessen has done the impossible in writing a highly readable, compelling life of Russia's mysterious president-for-life.” –Tina Brown, The Daily Beast The Man Without a Face is the chilling account of how a low-level, small-minded KGB operative ascended to the Russian presidency and, in an astonishingly short time, destroyed years of progress and made his country once more a threat to his own people and to the world.   Handpicked as a successor by the 'family' surrounding an ailing and increasingly unpopular Boris Yeltsin, Vladimir Putin seemed like a perfect choice for the oligarchy to shape according to its own designs. Suddenly the boy who had stood in the shadows, dreaming of ruling the world, was a public figure, and his popularity soared. Russia and an infatuated West were determined to see the progressive leader of their dreams, even as he seized control of media, sent political rivals and critics into exile or to the grave, and smashed the country's fragile electoral system, concentrating power in the hands of his cronies. As a journalist living in Moscow, Masha Gessen experienced this history firsthand, and for The Man Without a Face has drawn on information and sources no other writer has tapped. This account of how a 'faceless' man maneuvered his way into absolute—and absolutely corrupt—power is the definitive biography of Vladimir Putin.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367187Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367187 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Without a Face: The Unlikely Rise of Vladimir Putin Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Masha Gessen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367187 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Without a Face: The Unlikely Rise of Vladimir Putin Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Masha Gessen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National Book Award winner Masha Gessen's biography of a ruthless man's ascent to near-absolute power. “In a country where journalists critical of the government have a way of meeting untimely deaths, Gessen has shown remarkable courage in researching and writing this unflinching indictment of the most powerful man in Russia.” —The Wall Street Journal “Thanks to fearless reporting and acute psychological insights, Masha Gessen has done the impossible in writing a highly readable, compelling life of Russia's mysterious president-for-life.” –Tina Brown, The Daily Beast The Man Without a Face is the chilling account of how a low-level, small-minded KGB operative ascended to the Russian presidency and, in an astonishingly short time, destroyed years of progress and made his country once more a threat to his own people and to the world.   Handpicked as a successor by the 'family' surrounding an ailing and increasingly unpopular Boris Yeltsin, Vladimir Putin seemed like a perfect choice for the oligarchy to shape according to its own designs. Suddenly the boy who had stood in the shadows, dreaming of ruling the world, was a public figure, and his popularity soared. Russia and an infatuated West were determined to see the progressive leader of their dreams, even as he seized control of media, sent political rivals and critics into exile or to the grave, and smashed the country's fragile electoral system, concentrating power in the hands of his cronies. As a journalist living in Moscow, Masha Gessen experienced this history firsthand, and for The Man Without a Face has drawn on information and sources no other writer has tapped. This account of how a 'faceless' man maneuvered his way into absolute—and absolutely corrupt—power is the definitive biography of Vladimir Putin.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-diplomacy-strengthening-the-canada-u-s-relationship-in-times-of-uncertainty-by-vicki-heyman-bruce-heyman--65209176https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369069 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Diplomacy: Strengthening the Canada-U.S. Relationship in Times of Uncertainty Author: Vicki Heyman, Bruce Heyman Narrator: Amanda Carlin, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A personal and insightful call to action and a much-needed book about one of the most important bilateral relationships in the world—the relationship between Canada and the US—and why diplomacy matters now more than ever before. All over the world, diplomacy is under threat. Diplomats used to handle sensitive international negotiations, but increasingly, incendiary Tweets and bombastic public statements are posing a threat to foreign relations. In The Art of Diplomacy, the former US ambassador to Canada, Bruce Heyman, and his partner, Vicki Heyman, spell out why diplomacy and diplomats matter, especially in today’s turbulent times. This dynamic power couple arrived in Canada intent on representing American interests, but they quickly learned that to do so meant representing the shared interests of all citizens—no matter what side of the 49th parallel they happened to live on. Bruce and Vicki narrate their three years in Canada spent journeying across the country and meeting Canadians from all walks of life—including Supreme Court justices, prime ministers, fisherman, farmers, artists, and entrepreneurs. They tell the behind-the-scenes stories of how their team helped bring Obama to Canada and Trudeau to the US. They also reveal the importance of creating cultural and artistic exchange between Canada and the US, of promoting economic and trade interests, and overall, of making a lasting positive impact on one of the most important relationships in the free world today. This politically poignant and heart-felt memoir is a call to action, a reminder that only by working together to protect our shared values—the environment, social justice and human rights—can nations build a better world for all. As their long-time friend and colleague President Obama once said, “The world needs more Canada.” At this key moment in history, when opposing nationalist and populist agendas threaten to divide us, The Art of Diplomacy reminds us to keep calm, to work together and to carry on.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369069Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369069 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Diplomacy: Strengthening the Canada-U.S. Relationship in Times of Uncertainty Author: Vicki Heyman, Bruce Heyman Narrator: Amanda Carlin,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369069 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Diplomacy: Strengthening the Canada-U.S. Relationship in Times of Uncertainty Author: Vicki Heyman, Bruce Heyman Narrator: Amanda Carlin, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A personal and insightful call to action and a much-needed book about one of the most important bilateral relationships in the world—the relationship between Canada and the US—and why diplomacy matters now more than ever before. All over the world, diplomacy is under threat. Diplomats used to handle sensitive international negotiations, but increasingly, incendiary Tweets and bombastic public statements are posing a threat to foreign relations. In The Art of Diplomacy, the former US ambassador to Canada, Bruce Heyman, and his partner, Vicki Heyman, spell out why diplomacy and diplomats matter, especially in today’s turbulent times. This dynamic power couple arrived in Canada intent on representing American interests, but they quickly learned that to do so meant representing the shared interests of all citizens—no matter what side of the 49th parallel they happened to live on. Bruce and Vicki narrate their three years in Canada spent journeying across the country and meeting Canadians from all walks of life—including Supreme Court justices, prime ministers, fisherman, farmers, artists, and entrepreneurs. They tell the behind-the-scenes stories of how their team helped bring Obama to Canada and Trudeau to the US. They also reveal the importance of creating cultural and artistic exchange between Canada and the US, of promoting economic and trade interests, and overall, of making a lasting positive impact on one of the most important relationships in the free world today. This politically poignant and heart-felt memoir is a call to action, a reminder that only by working together to protect our shared values—the environment, social justice and human rights—can nations build a better world for all. As their long-time friend and colleague President Obama once said, “The world needs more Canada.” At this key moment in history, when opposing nationalist and populist agendas threaten to divide us, The Art of Diplomacy reminds us to keep calm, to work together and to carry on.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-history-is-the-future-standing-rock-versus-the-dakota-access-pipeline-and-the-long-tradition-of-indigenous-resistance-by-nick-estes--65209106https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our History Is the Future: Standing Rock Versus the Dakota Access Pipeline, and the Long Tradition of Indigenous Resistance Author: Nick Estes Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How two centuries of Indigenous resistance created the movement proclaiming 'Water is life' In 2016, a small protest encampment at the Standing Rock Reservation in North Dakota, initially established to block construction of the Dakota Access oil pipeline, grew to be the largest Indigenous protest movement in the twenty-first century. Water Protectors knew this battle for native sovereignty had already been fought many times before, and that, even after the encampment was gone, their anticolonial struggle would continue. In Our History Is the Future, Nick Estes traces traditions of Indigenous resistance that led to the #NoDAPL movement. Our History Is the Future is at once a work of history, a manifesto, and an intergenerational story of resistance.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376047Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our History Is the Future: Standing Rock Versus the Dakota Access Pipeline, and the Long Tradition of Indigenous Resistance Author: Nick Estes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our History Is the Future: Standing Rock Versus the Dakota Access Pipeline, and the Long Tradition of Indigenous Resistance Author: Nick Estes Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How two centuries of Indigenous resistance created the movement proclaiming 'Water is life' In 2016, a small protest encampment at the Standing Rock Reservation in North Dakota, initially established to block construction of the Dakota Access oil pipeline, grew to be the largest Indigenous protest movement in the twenty-first century. Water Protectors knew this battle for native sovereignty had already been fought many times before, and that, even after the encampment was gone, their anticolonial struggle would continue. In Our History Is the Future, Nick Estes traces traditions of Indigenous resistance that led to the #NoDAPL movement. Our History Is the Future is at once a work of history, a manifesto, and an intergenerational story of resistance.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-socialist-manifesto-the-case-for-radical-politics-in-an-era-of-extreme-inequality-by-bhaskar-sunkara--65209102https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374945 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Manifesto: The Case for Radical Politics in an Era of Extreme Inequality Author: Bhaskar Sunkara Narrator: Benjamin Isaac Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A 'razor-sharp' introduction to this political and economic ideology makes a galvanizing argument for modern socialism (Naomi Klein) -- and explains how its core tenets could effect positive change in America and worldwide. In The Socialist Manifesto, Bhaskar Sunkara explores socialism's history since the mid-1800s and presents a realistic vision for its future. With the stunning popularity of Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, Americans are embracing the class politics of socialism. But what, exactly, is socialism? And what would a socialist system in America look like? The editor of Jacobin magazine, Sunkara shows that socialism, though often seen primarily as an economic system, in fact offers the means to fight all forms of oppression, including racism and sexism. The ultimate goal is not Soviet-style planning, but to win rights to healthcare, education, and housing, and to create new democratic institutions in workplaces and communities. A primer on socialism for the 21st century, this is a book for anyone seeking an end to the vast inequities of our age.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374945Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374945 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Manifesto: The Case for Radical Politics in an Era of Extreme Inequality Author: Bhaskar Sunkara Narrator: Benjamin Isaac Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374945 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Manifesto: The Case for Radical Politics in an Era of Extreme Inequality Author: Bhaskar Sunkara Narrator: Benjamin Isaac Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A 'razor-sharp' introduction to this political and economic ideology makes a galvanizing argument for modern socialism (Naomi Klein) -- and explains how its core tenets could effect positive change in America and worldwide. In The Socialist Manifesto, Bhaskar Sunkara explores socialism's history since the mid-1800s and presents a realistic vision for its future. With the stunning popularity of Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, Americans are embracing the class politics of socialism. But what, exactly, is socialism? And what would a socialist system in America look like? The editor of Jacobin magazine, Sunkara shows that socialism, though often seen primarily as an economic system, in fact offers the means to fight all forms of oppression, including racism and sexism. The ultimate goal is not Soviet-style planning, but to win rights to healthcare, education, and housing, and to create new democratic institutions in workplaces and communities. A primer on socialism for the 21st century, this is a book for anyone seeking an end to the vast inequities of our age.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russell-kirk-s-concise-guide-to-conservatism-by-russell-kirk--65209152https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375423 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russell Kirk's Concise Guide to Conservatism Author: Russell Kirk Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The modern conservative intellectual movement began in 1953 with Russell Kirk's groundbreaking book The Conservative Mind. Four years later, he published a pithy, wry, philosophical summary of what conservatism really means. Originally titled The Intelligent Woman's Guide to Conservatism, this little book was essentially a popular version of The Conservative Mind. Now, a century after its author's birth, this neglected gem has been recovered. It remains what Kirk intended it to be: an accessible introduction to conservative ideas, especially for the young. With a new title and an introduction by the eminent intellectual historian Wilfred M. McClay, Russell Kirk's Concise Guide to Conservatism arrives with uncanny timing. The movement that Kirk defined in 1953 is today so contested and fragmented that no one seems able to say with confidence what conservatism means. This book, as fresh and prophetic as the day it was published sixty years ago, is a reminder that no one can match Russell Kirk in engaging people's minds and imaginations—an indispensable task in reviving our civilization.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375423Tue, 23 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375423 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russell Kirk's Concise Guide to Conservatism Author: Russell Kirk Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375423 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russell Kirk's Concise Guide to Conservatism Author: Russell Kirk Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The modern conservative intellectual movement began in 1953 with Russell Kirk's groundbreaking book The Conservative Mind. Four years later, he published a pithy, wry, philosophical summary of what conservatism really means. Originally titled The Intelligent Woman's Guide to Conservatism, this little book was essentially a popular version of The Conservative Mind. Now, a century after its author's birth, this neglected gem has been recovered. It remains what Kirk intended it to be: an accessible introduction to conservative ideas, especially for the young. With a new title and an introduction by the eminent intellectual historian Wilfred M. McClay, Russell Kirk's Concise Guide to Conservatism arrives with uncanny timing. The movement that Kirk defined in 1953 is today so contested and fragmented that no one seems able to say with confidence what conservatism means. This book, as fresh and prophetic as the day it was published sixty years ago, is a reminder that no one can match Russell Kirk in engaging people's minds and imaginations—an indispensable task in reviving our civilization.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-mueller-report-by-the-washington-post--65209163https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mueller Report Author: The Washington Post Narrator: Marc Fisher, Rosalind S. Helderman, Cynthia Farrell, Jayme Mattler, Vikas Adam, Gibson Frazier, Samantha Desz, Matt Zapotosky, Jackie Sanders, Sari Horwitz, Robin Miles, Dennis Boutsikaris, Fred Sanders, Cassandra Campbell, Joy Osmanski, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 3.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF TIME’S 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR The Crucial #1 New York Times Bestseller “The Mueller report is that rare Washington tell-all that surpasses its pre-publication hype…the best book by far on the workings of the Trump presidency.” —Carlos Lozada, The Washington Post The only book with exclusive analysis by the Pulitzer Prize–winning staff of The Washington Post, and the most complete and authoritative available. Read the findings of the Special Counsel’s investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election, complete with accompanying analysis by the Post reporters who’ve covered the story from the beginning. This edition from The Washington Post/Scribner contains: —The long-awaited Report On The Investigation Into Russian Interference In The 2016 Presidential Election —An introduction by The Washington Post titled “A President, a Prosecutor, and the Protection of American Democracy” —A timeline of the major events of the Special Counsel’s investigation from May 2017, when Robert Mueller was appointed, to the report's delivery —A guide to individuals involved, including in the Special Counsel’s Office, the Department of Justice, the FBI, the Trump Campaign, the White House, the Trump legal defense team, and the Russians —Key documents in the Special Counsel’s investigation, including filings pertaining to General Michael T. Flynn, Paul Manafort, Michael Cohen, Roger Stone, and the Russian internet operation in St. Petersburg. Each document is introduced and explained by Washington Post reporters. One of the most urgent and important investigations ever conducted, the Mueller inquiry focuses on Donald Trump, his presidential campaign, and Russian interference in the 2016 election, and draws on the testimony of dozens of witnesses and the work of some of the country’s most seasoned prosecutors. The special counsel’s investigation looms as a turning point in American history. The Mueller Report is essential reading for all citizens concerned about the fate of the presidency and the future of our democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374165Sat, 20 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mueller Report Author: The Washington Post Narrator: Marc Fisher, Rosalind S. Helderman, Cynthia Farrell, Jayme Mattler, Vikas Adam, Gibson...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mueller Report Author: The Washington Post Narrator: Marc Fisher, Rosalind S. Helderman, Cynthia Farrell, Jayme Mattler, Vikas Adam, Gibson Frazier, Samantha Desz, Matt Zapotosky, Jackie Sanders, Sari Horwitz, Robin Miles, Dennis Boutsikaris, Fred Sanders, Cassandra Campbell, Joy Osmanski, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 3.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF TIME’S 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR The Crucial #1 New York Times Bestseller “The Mueller report is that rare Washington tell-all that surpasses its pre-publication hype…the best book by far on the workings of the Trump presidency.” —Carlos Lozada, The Washington Post The only book with exclusive analysis by the Pulitzer Prize–winning staff of The Washington Post, and the most complete and authoritative available. Read the findings of the Special Counsel’s investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election, complete with accompanying analysis by the Post reporters who’ve covered the story from the beginning. This edition from The Washington Post/Scribner contains: —The long-awaited Report On The Investigation Into Russian Interference In The 2016 Presidential Election —An introduction by The Washington Post titled “A President, a Prosecutor, and the Protection of American Democracy” —A timeline of the major events of the Special Counsel’s investigation from May 2017, when Robert Mueller was appointed, to the report's delivery —A guide to individuals involved, including in the Special Counsel’s Office, the Department of Justice, the FBI, the Trump Campaign, the White House, the Trump legal defense team, and the Russians —Key documents in the Special Counsel’s investigation, including filings pertaining to General Michael T. Flynn, Paul Manafort, Michael Cohen, Roger Stone, and the Russian internet operation in St. Petersburg. Each document is introduced and explained by Washington Post reporters. One of the most urgent and important investigations ever conducted, the Mueller inquiry focuses on Donald Trump, his presidential campaign, and Russian interference in the 2016 election, and draws on the testimony of dozens of witnesses and the work of some of the country’s most seasoned prosecutors. The special counsel’s investigation looms as a turning point in American history. The Mueller Report is essential reading for all citizens concerned about the fate of the presidency and the future of our democracy.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/firefighting-the-financial-crisis-and-its-lessons-by-henry-m-paulson-timothy-f-geithner-ben-s-bernanke--65209274https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360925 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Firefighting: The Financial Crisis and Its Lessons Author: Henry M. Paulson, Timothy F. Geithner, Ben S. Bernanke Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Should be required reading for all policy makers.” —Warren Buffett From the three primary architects of the American policy response to the worst economic catastrophe since the Great Depression, a magnificent big-picture synthesis--from why it happened to where we are now. In 2018, Ben Bernanke, Tim Geithner, and Hank Paulson came together to reflect on the lessons of the 2008 financial crisis ten years on. Recognizing that, as Ben put it, 'the enemy is forgetting,' they examine the causes of the crisis, why it was so damaging, and what it ultimately took to prevent a second Great Depression. And they provide to their successors in the United States and the finance ministers and central bank governors of other countries a valuable playbook for reducing the damage from future financial crises. Firefighting provides a candid and powerful account of the choices they and their teams made during the crisis, working under two presidents and with the leaders of Congress.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360925Tue, 16 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360925 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Firefighting: The Financial Crisis and Its Lessons Author: Henry M. Paulson, Timothy F. Geithner, Ben S. Bernanke Narrator: Mark Deakins Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360925 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Firefighting: The Financial Crisis and Its Lessons Author: Henry M. Paulson, Timothy F. Geithner, Ben S. Bernanke Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Should be required reading for all policy makers.” —Warren Buffett From the three primary architects of the American policy response to the worst economic catastrophe since the Great Depression, a magnificent big-picture synthesis--from why it happened to where we are now. In 2018, Ben Bernanke, Tim Geithner, and Hank Paulson came together to reflect on the lessons of the 2008 financial crisis ten years on. Recognizing that, as Ben put it, 'the enemy is forgetting,' they examine the causes of the crisis, why it was so damaging, and what it ultimately took to prevent a second Great Depression. And they provide to their successors in the United States and the finance ministers and central bank governors of other countries a valuable playbook for reducing the damage from future financial crises. Firefighting provides a candid and powerful account of the choices they and their teams made during the crisis, working under two presidents and with the leaders of Congress.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/life-will-be-the-death-of-me-and-you-too-by-chelsea-handler--65209187https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369309 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Will Be the Death of Me: . . . and you too! Author: Chelsea Handler Narrator: Chelsea Handler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 329 Ratings of Narrator: 4.51 of Total 68 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “This will be one of your favorite books of all time. Through her intensely vulnerable, honest, and hilarious reflections, Chelsea shows us more than just her insides. She shows us ourselves.”—Amy Schumer   Don’t miss Chelsea Handler’s new Netflix stand-up special, Revolution, now streaming!   In the wake of President Donald Trump’s election, feeling that her country—her life—has become unrecognizable, Chelsea Handler has an awakening. Fed up with the privileged bubble she’s lived in, she decides it’s time to make some changes.   She embarks on a year of self-sufficiency and goes into therapy, prepared to do the heavy lifting required to make sense of a childhood that ended abruptly with the death of her brother. She meets her match in an earnest, nerdy shrink who dissects her anger and gets her to confront her fear of intimacy. Out in the world, she channels her outrage into social action and finds her voice as an advocate for change. With the love and support of an eccentric cast of friends, assistants, family members (alive and dead), and a pair of emotionally withholding rescue dogs, Chelsea digs deep into the trauma that shaped her inimitable worldview and unearths some glittering truths that light up the road ahead.    Thrillingly honest and insightful, Chelsea Handler’s darkly comic memoir is also a clever and sly work of inspiration that gets us to ask ourselves what really matters in our own lives.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369309Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369309 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Will Be the Death of Me: . . . and you too! Author: Chelsea Handler Narrator: Chelsea Handler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369309 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Will Be the Death of Me: . . . and you too! Author: Chelsea Handler Narrator: Chelsea Handler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 329 Ratings of Narrator: 4.51 of Total 68 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “This will be one of your favorite books of all time. Through her intensely vulnerable, honest, and hilarious reflections, Chelsea shows us more than just her insides. She shows us ourselves.”—Amy Schumer   Don’t miss Chelsea Handler’s new Netflix stand-up special, Revolution, now streaming!   In the wake of President Donald Trump’s election, feeling that her country—her life—has become unrecognizable, Chelsea Handler has an awakening. Fed up with the privileged bubble she’s lived in, she decides it’s time to make some changes.   She embarks on a year of self-sufficiency and goes into therapy, prepared to do the heavy lifting required to make sense of a childhood that ended abruptly with the death of her brother. She meets her match in an earnest, nerdy shrink who dissects her anger and gets her to confront her fear of intimacy. Out in the world, she channels her outrage into social action and finds her voice as an advocate for change. With the love and support of an eccentric cast of friends, assistants, family members (alive and dead), and a pair of emotionally withholding rescue dogs, Chelsea digs deep into the trauma that shaped her inimitable worldview and unearths some glittering truths that light up the road ahead.    Thrillingly honest and insightful, Chelsea Handler’s darkly comic memoir is also a clever and sly work of inspiration that gets us to ask ourselves what really matters in our own lives.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-end-of-policing-by-alex-s-vitale--65209100https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Policing Author: Alex S. Vitale Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Recent years have seen an explosion of protest against police brutality and repression. Among activists, journalists, and politicians, the conversation about how to respond and improve policing has focused on accountability, diversity, training, and community relations. Unfortunately, these reforms will not produce results, either alone or in combination. The core of the problem must be addressed: the nature of modern policing itself. This book attempts to spark public discussion by revealing the tainted origins of modern policing as a tool of social control. It shows how the expansion of police authority is inconsistent with community empowerment, social justice—even public safety. Drawing on groundbreaking research from across the world, and covering virtually every area in the increasingly broad range of police work, Alex Vitale demonstrates how law enforcement has come to exacerbate the very problems it is supposed to solve. In contrast, there are places where the robust implementation of policing alternatives—such as legalization, restorative justice, and harm reduction—has led to a decrease in crime, spending, and injustice. The best solution to bad policing may be an end to policing.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376089Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Policing Author: Alex S. Vitale Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Policing Author: Alex S. Vitale Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Recent years have seen an explosion of protest against police brutality and repression. Among activists, journalists, and politicians, the conversation about how to respond and improve policing has focused on accountability, diversity, training, and community relations. Unfortunately, these reforms will not produce results, either alone or in combination. The core of the problem must be addressed: the nature of modern policing itself. This book attempts to spark public discussion by revealing the tainted origins of modern policing as a tool of social control. It shows how the expansion of police authority is inconsistent with community empowerment, social justice—even public safety. Drawing on groundbreaking research from across the world, and covering virtually every area in the increasingly broad range of police work, Alex Vitale demonstrates how law enforcement has come to exacerbate the very problems it is supposed to solve. In contrast, there are places where the robust implementation of policing alternatives—such as legalization, restorative justice, and harm reduction—has led to a decrease in crime, spending, and injustice. The best solution to bad policing may be an end to policing.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/enemy-of-the-people-trump-s-war-on-the-press-the-new-mccarthyism-and-the-threat-to-american-democracy-by-marvin-kalb--65209089https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemy of the People: Trump's War on the Press, the New McCarthyism, and the Threat to American Democracy Author: Marvin Kalb Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shortly after assuming office in January 2017, President Donald Trump accused the press of being an 'enemy of the American people.' Attacks on the media had been a hallmark of Trump's presidential campaign, but this charge marked a dramatic turning point: language like this ventured into dangerous territory. Twentieth-century dictators—notably, Stalin, Hitler, and Mao—had all denounced their critics, especially the press, as 'enemies of the people.' Their goal was to delegitimize the work of the press as 'fake news' and create confusion in the public mind about what's real and what isn't; what can be trusted and what can't be. That, it seems, is also Trump's goal. In Enemy of the People, Marvin Kalb, an award-winning American journalist with more than six decades of experience both as a journalist and media observer, writes with passion about why we should fear for the future of American democracy because of the unrelenting attacks by the Trump administration on the press. As his new book shows, the press has been a bulwark in the defense of democracy. Kalb writes about Edward R. Murrow's courageous reporting on Senator Joseph McCarthy's 'red scare' theatrics in the early 1950's, which led to McCarthy's demise.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375913Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemy of the People: Trump's War on the Press, the New McCarthyism, and the Threat to American Democracy Author: Marvin Kalb Narrator: Christopher...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemy of the People: Trump's War on the Press, the New McCarthyism, and the Threat to American Democracy Author: Marvin Kalb Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shortly after assuming office in January 2017, President Donald Trump accused the press of being an 'enemy of the American people.' Attacks on the media had been a hallmark of Trump's presidential campaign, but this charge marked a dramatic turning point: language like this ventured into dangerous territory. Twentieth-century dictators—notably, Stalin, Hitler, and Mao—had all denounced their critics, especially the press, as 'enemies of the people.' Their goal was to delegitimize the work of the press as 'fake news' and create confusion in the public mind about what's real and what isn't; what can be trusted and what can't be. That, it seems, is also Trump's goal. In Enemy of the People, Marvin Kalb, an award-winning American journalist with more than six decades of experience both as a journalist and media observer, writes with passion about why we should fear for the future of American democracy because of the unrelenting attacks by the Trump administration on the press. As his new book shows, the press has been a bulwark in the defense of democracy. Kalb writes about Edward R. Murrow's courageous reporting on Senator Joseph McCarthy's 'red scare' theatrics in the early 1950's, which led to McCarthy's demise.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/vote-for-us-how-to-take-back-our-elections-and-change-the-future-of-voting-by-joshua-a-douglas--65209088https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376545 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote for US: How to Take Back Our Elections and Change the Future of Voting Author: Joshua A. Douglas Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In contrast to the anxiety surrounding our voting system, with stories about voter suppression and manipulation, there are actually quite a few positive initiatives toward voting rights reform. Professor Joshua A. Douglas, an expert on our electoral system, examines these encouraging developments in this inspiring book about how regular Americans are working to take back their democracy, one community at a time. Told through the narratives of those working on positive voting rights reforms, Douglas includes chapters on expanding voter eligibility, easing voter registration rules, making voting more convenient, enhancing accessibility at the polls, providing voters with more choices, finding ways to comply with voter ID rules, giving redistricting back to the voters, pushing back on big money through local and state efforts, using journalism to make the system more accountable, and improving civics education. Unusually accessible for a lay audience and thoroughly researched, this book gives anyone fed up with our current political environment the ideas and tools necessary to affect change in their own communities.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376545Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376545 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote for US: How to Take Back Our Elections and Change the Future of Voting Author: Joshua A. Douglas Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376545 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote for US: How to Take Back Our Elections and Change the Future of Voting Author: Joshua A. Douglas Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In contrast to the anxiety surrounding our voting system, with stories about voter suppression and manipulation, there are actually quite a few positive initiatives toward voting rights reform. Professor Joshua A. Douglas, an expert on our electoral system, examines these encouraging developments in this inspiring book about how regular Americans are working to take back their democracy, one community at a time. Told through the narratives of those working on positive voting rights reforms, Douglas includes chapters on expanding voter eligibility, easing voter registration rules, making voting more convenient, enhancing accessibility at the polls, providing voters with more choices, finding ways to comply with voter ID rules, giving redistricting back to the voters, pushing back on big money through local and state efforts, using journalism to make the system more accountable, and improving civics education. Unusually accessible for a lay audience and thoroughly researched, this book gives anyone fed up with our current political environment the ideas and tools necessary to affect change in their own communities.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-patient-assassin-a-true-tale-of-massacre-revenge-and-the-raj-by-anita-anand--65209199https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Patient Assassin: A True Tale of Massacre, Revenge and the Raj Author: Anita Anand Narrator: Anita Anand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE PEN HESSELL-TILTMAN PRIZE 2020 'Reads like a thriller…colourful, detailed and meticulously researched' Sunday Times ‘Gripping from start to finish' Peter Frankopan, bestselling author of The Silk Roads Anita Anand tells the remarkable story of one Indian's twenty-year quest for revenge, taking him around the world in search of those he held responsible for the Amritsar massacre of 1919, which cost the lives of hundreds. When Sir Michael O'Dwyer, the Lieutenant Governor of Punjab, ordered Brigadier General Reginald Dyer to Amritsar, he wanted him to bring the troublesome city to heel. What happened next shocked the world. An unauthorised political gathering in the Jallianwala Bagh in Amritsar in April 1919 became the focal point for Sir Michael's law enforcers. Dyer marched his soldiers into the walled garden, filled with thousands of unarmed men, women and children, blocking the only exit. Then, without issuing any order to disperse, he instructed his men to open fire, stopping only when 1650 bullets had been fired. Not a single shot was fired in retaliation. According to legend, a young, low-caste orphan, Udham Singh, was injured in the attack, and remained in the Bagh, surrounded by the dead and dying until he was able to move the next morning. Then, he supposedly picked up a handful of blood-soaked earth, smeared it across his forehead and vowed to kill the men responsible, no matter how long it took. The truth, as the author has discovered, is more complex but no less dramatic. She traced Singh's journey through Africa, the United States and across Europe before, in March 1940, he finally arrived in front of O'Dwyer in a London hall ready to shoot him down.  The Patient Assassin shines a devastating light on one of the Raj's most horrific event, and reveals some astonishing new insights into what really happened.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369646Thu, 04 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Patient Assassin: A True Tale of Massacre, Revenge and the Raj Author: Anita Anand Narrator: Anita Anand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Patient Assassin: A True Tale of Massacre, Revenge and the Raj Author: Anita Anand Narrator: Anita Anand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE PEN HESSELL-TILTMAN PRIZE 2020 'Reads like a thriller…colourful, detailed and meticulously researched' Sunday Times ‘Gripping from start to finish' Peter Frankopan, bestselling author of The Silk Roads Anita Anand tells the remarkable story of one Indian's twenty-year quest for revenge, taking him around the world in search of those he held responsible for the Amritsar massacre of 1919, which cost the lives of hundreds. When Sir Michael O'Dwyer, the Lieutenant Governor of Punjab, ordered Brigadier General Reginald Dyer to Amritsar, he wanted him to bring the troublesome city to heel. What happened next shocked the world. An unauthorised political gathering in the Jallianwala Bagh in Amritsar in April 1919 became the focal point for Sir Michael's law enforcers. Dyer marched his soldiers into the walled garden, filled with thousands of unarmed men, women and children, blocking the only exit. Then, without issuing any order to disperse, he instructed his men to open fire, stopping only when 1650 bullets had been fired. Not a single shot was fired in retaliation. According to legend, a young, low-caste orphan, Udham Singh, was injured in the attack, and remained in the Bagh, surrounded by the dead and dying until he was able to move the next morning. Then, he supposedly picked up a handful of blood-soaked earth, smeared it across his forehead and vowed to kill the men responsible, no matter how long it took. The truth, as the author has discovered, is more complex but no less dramatic. She traced Singh's journey through Africa, the United States and across Europe before, in March 1940, he finally arrived in front of O'Dwyer in a London hall ready to shoot him down.  The Patient Assassin shines a devastating light on one of the Raj's most horrific event, and reveals some astonishing new insights into what really happened.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-truths-we-hold-an-american-journey-by-kamala-harris--65209128https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374837 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truths We Hold: An American Journey Author: Kamala Harris Narrator: Kamala Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Discover Vice President-elect Kamala Harris's New York Times bestselling book about the core truths that unite us and the shared values that will see us into the future. 'A life story that genuinely entrances' Los Angeles Times The daughter of immigrants and civil rights activists, Vice President-elect Kamala Harris was raised in a California community that cared deeply about social justice. As she rose to prominence as a political leader, her experiences would become her guiding light as she grappled with an array of complex issues and learned to bring a voice to the voiceless. Now, in The Truths We Hold, Harris reckons with the big challenges we face together. Drawing on the hard-won wisdom and insight from her own career and the work of those who have most inspired her, she communicates a vision of shared struggle, shared purpose, and shared values as we confront the great work of our day. 'Personal integrity shines through every page' Observer © Kamala Harris 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374837Thu, 04 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374837 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truths We Hold: An American Journey Author: Kamala Harris Narrator: Kamala Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374837 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truths We Hold: An American Journey Author: Kamala Harris Narrator: Kamala Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Discover Vice President-elect Kamala Harris's New York Times bestselling book about the core truths that unite us and the shared values that will see us into the future. 'A life story that genuinely entrances' Los Angeles Times The daughter of immigrants and civil rights activists, Vice President-elect Kamala Harris was raised in a California community that cared deeply about social justice. As she rose to prominence as a political leader, her experiences would become her guiding light as she grappled with an array of complex issues and learned to bring a voice to the voiceless. Now, in The Truths We Hold, Harris reckons with the big challenges we face together. Drawing on the hard-won wisdom and insight from her own career and the work of those who have most inspired her, she communicates a vision of shared struggle, shared purpose, and shared values as we confront the great work of our day. 'Personal integrity shines through every page' Observer © Kamala Harris 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-crisis-wasted-barack-obama-s-defining-decisions-by-reed-hundt--65209275https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360690 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Crisis Wasted: Barack Obama's Defining Decisions Author: Reed Hundt Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book is the compelling story of President Obama’s domestic policy decisions made between September 2008 and his inauguration on January 20, 2009. Unlike all other presidents except Abraham Lincoln—who decided not to allow slavery to expand westward before he was sworn in—Barack Obama determined the fate of his presidency before he took office. The results of these fateful decisions led to Donald Trump, the worst person Obama could have imagined, taking his place eight years later. This book describes how and why these decisions were made, and discusses whether the outcomes could have been different. Based on dozens of interviews with actors in the Obama transition, as well as the author’s personal observations, this book provides unique commentary on those defining decisions of winter 2008–2009. A decade later, the ramifications of the Great Recession and the role of government in addressing the crisis are the reasons behind the ideological battle between progressivism and neoliberalism in the Democratic Party and the continuing struggle for direction in the Republican Party. As many seek the presidency in the November 2020 election, all candidates and of course the eventual winner will face decisions that may be as critical and difficult as those confronted by Barack Obama. This book aims to provide them guidance from history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360690Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360690 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Crisis Wasted: Barack Obama's Defining Decisions Author: Reed Hundt Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360690 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Crisis Wasted: Barack Obama's Defining Decisions Author: Reed Hundt Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book is the compelling story of President Obama’s domestic policy decisions made between September 2008 and his inauguration on January 20, 2009. Unlike all other presidents except Abraham Lincoln—who decided not to allow slavery to expand westward before he was sworn in—Barack Obama determined the fate of his presidency before he took office. The results of these fateful decisions led to Donald Trump, the worst person Obama could have imagined, taking his place eight years later. This book describes how and why these decisions were made, and discusses whether the outcomes could have been different. Based on dozens of interviews with actors in the Obama transition, as well as the author’s personal observations, this book provides unique commentary on those defining decisions of winter 2008–2009. A decade later, the ramifications of the Great Recession and the role of government in addressing the crisis are the reasons behind the ideological battle between progressivism and neoliberalism in the Democratic Party and the continuing struggle for direction in the Republican Party. As many seek the presidency in the November 2020 election, all candidates and of course the eventual winner will face decisions that may be as critical and difficult as those confronted by Barack Obama. This book aims to provide them guidance from history.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-exceptionalism-and-american-innocence-a-people-s-history-of-fake-news-from-the-revolutionary-war-to-the-war-on-terror-by-danny-ha--65209260https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360849 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Exceptionalism and American Innocence: A People's History of Fake News--From The Revolutionary War to The War on Terror Author: Danny Haiphong, Roberto Sirvent Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Did the U.S. really “save the world” in World War II? Should black athletes stop protesting and show more gratitude for what America has done for them? Are wars fought to spread freedom and democracy? Or is this all fake news? American Exceptionalism and American Innocence examines the stories we’re told that lead us to think that the U.S. is a force for good in the world, regardless of slavery, the genocide of indigenous people, and the more than a century’s worth of imperialist war that the U.S. has wrought on the planet. Sirvent and Haiphong detail just what Captain America’s shield tells us about the pretensions of U.S. foreign policy, how Angelina Jolie and Bill Gates engage in humanitarian imperialism, and why the Broadway musical Hamilton is a monument to white supremacy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360849Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360849 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Exceptionalism and American Innocence: A People's History of Fake News--From The Revolutionary War to The War on Terror Author: Danny...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360849 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Exceptionalism and American Innocence: A People's History of Fake News--From The Revolutionary War to The War on Terror Author: Danny Haiphong, Roberto Sirvent Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Did the U.S. really “save the world” in World War II? Should black athletes stop protesting and show more gratitude for what America has done for them? Are wars fought to spread freedom and democracy? Or is this all fake news? American Exceptionalism and American Innocence examines the stories we’re told that lead us to think that the U.S. is a force for good in the world, regardless of slavery, the genocide of indigenous people, and the more than a century’s worth of imperialist war that the U.S. has wrought on the planet. Sirvent and Haiphong detail just what Captain America’s shield tells us about the pretensions of U.S. foreign policy, how Angelina Jolie and Bill Gates engage in humanitarian imperialism, and why the Broadway musical Hamilton is a monument to white supremacy.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/across-that-bridge-a-vision-for-change-and-the-future-of-america-by-john-lewis--65209192https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Across That Bridge: A Vision for Change and the Future of America Author: John Lewis Narrator: Keith David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From celebrated Congressman John Lewis comes an eyewitness account of history from a key member of the Civil Rights Movement and confidant to Martin Luther King Jr. In turbulent times Americans look to the Civil Rights Movement as the apotheosis of political expression. As we confront a startling rise in racism and hate speech and remain a culture scarred by social inequality, there's no better time to revisit the lessons of the '60s and no better leader to learn from than the late Representative John Lewis.   In the final book published before his passing, Across That Bridge, Congressman John Lewis draws from his experience as a prominent leader of the Civil Rights Movement to offer timeless wisdom, poignant recollections, and powerful principles for anyone interested in challenging injustices and inspiring real change toward a freer, more peaceful society. The Civil Rights Movement gave rise to the protest culture we know today, and the experiences of leaders like Congressman Lewis, a close confidant to Martin Luther King, Jr., have never been more relevant. Despite more than forty arrests, physical attacks, and serious injuries, John Lewis remained a devoted advocate of the discipline and philosophy of nonviolence. Now, in an era in which the protest culture he helped forge has resurfaced as a force for change, Lewis' insights have never been more relevant. In this heartfelt book, Lewis explores the contributions that each generation must make to achieve change.   Now featuring an updated introduction from the author addressing the Trump administration, Across that Bridge offers a strong and moral voice to guide our nation through an era of great uncertainty. Winner of the NAACP Image Award for Outstanding Literary Work/Biography.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374314Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Across That Bridge: A Vision for Change and the Future of America Author: John Lewis Narrator: Keith David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Across That Bridge: A Vision for Change and the Future of America Author: John Lewis Narrator: Keith David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From celebrated Congressman John Lewis comes an eyewitness account of history from a key member of the Civil Rights Movement and confidant to Martin Luther King Jr. In turbulent times Americans look to the Civil Rights Movement as the apotheosis of political expression. As we confront a startling rise in racism and hate speech and remain a culture scarred by social inequality, there's no better time to revisit the lessons of the '60s and no better leader to learn from than the late Representative John Lewis.   In the final book published before his passing, Across That Bridge, Congressman John Lewis draws from his experience as a prominent leader of the Civil Rights Movement to offer timeless wisdom, poignant recollections, and powerful principles for anyone interested in challenging injustices and inspiring real change toward a freer, more peaceful society. The Civil Rights Movement gave rise to the protest culture we know today, and the experiences of leaders like Congressman Lewis, a close confidant to Martin Luther King, Jr., have never been more relevant. Despite more than forty arrests, physical attacks, and serious injuries, John Lewis remained a devoted advocate of the discipline and philosophy of nonviolence. Now, in an era in which the protest culture he helped forge has resurfaced as a force for change, Lewis' insights have never been more relevant. In this heartfelt book, Lewis explores the contributions that each generation must make to achieve change.   Now featuring an updated introduction from the author addressing the Trump administration, Across that Bridge offers a strong and moral voice to guide our nation through an era of great uncertainty. Winner of the NAACP Image Award for Outstanding Literary Work/Biography.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/of-privacy-and-power-the-transatlantic-struggle-over-freedom-and-security-by-henry-farrell-abraham-l-newman--65209112https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375997 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Privacy and Power: The Transatlantic Struggle over Freedom and Security Author: Henry Farrell, Abraham L. Newman Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We live in an interconnected world, where security problems like terrorism are spilling across borders, and globalized data networks and e-commerce platforms are reshaping the world economy. This means that states' jurisdictions and rule systems clash. How have they negotiated their differences over freedom and security? Of Privacy and Power investigates how the European Union and United States, the two major regulatory systems in world politics, have regulated privacy and security, and how their agreements and disputes have reshaped the transatlantic relationship. The transatlantic struggle over freedom and security has usually been depicted as a clash between a peace-loving European Union and a belligerent United States. Henry Farrell and Abraham Newman demonstrate how this misses the point. The real dispute was between two transnational coalitions—one favoring security, the other liberty—whose struggles have reshaped the politics of surveillance, e-commerce, and privacy rights. Looking at three large security debates in the period since 9/11, the authors examine how the powers of border-spanning coalitions have waxed and waned. Globalization has enabled new strategies of action, which security agencies, interior ministries, privacy NGOs, bureaucrats, and other actors exploit as circumstances dictate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375997Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375997 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Privacy and Power: The Transatlantic Struggle over Freedom and Security Author: Henry Farrell, Abraham L. Newman Narrator: Christopher Grove Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375997 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Privacy and Power: The Transatlantic Struggle over Freedom and Security Author: Henry Farrell, Abraham L. Newman Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We live in an interconnected world, where security problems like terrorism are spilling across borders, and globalized data networks and e-commerce platforms are reshaping the world economy. This means that states' jurisdictions and rule systems clash. How have they negotiated their differences over freedom and security? Of Privacy and Power investigates how the European Union and United States, the two major regulatory systems in world politics, have regulated privacy and security, and how their agreements and disputes have reshaped the transatlantic relationship. The transatlantic struggle over freedom and security has usually been depicted as a clash between a peace-loving European Union and a belligerent United States. Henry Farrell and Abraham Newman demonstrate how this misses the point. The real dispute was between two transnational coalitions—one favoring security, the other liberty—whose struggles have reshaped the politics of surveillance, e-commerce, and privacy rights. Looking at three large security debates in the period since 9/11, the authors examine how the powers of border-spanning coalitions have waxed and waned. Globalization has enabled new strategies of action, which security agencies, interior ministries, privacy NGOs, bureaucrats, and other actors exploit as circumstances dictate.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-case-against-the-democratic-house-impeaching-trump-by-alan-dershowitz--65209126https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the Democratic House Impeaching Trump Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the 2018 New York Times bestseller The Case Against Impeaching Trump, Alan Dershowitz lamented how American political discourse has devolved into hypocrisy and the criminalization of political differences in the rush to impeach President Donald Trump. Arguments to impeach Trump failed Dershowitz’s “shoe on the other foot test,” or his political golden rule: Democrats must do unto Republicans what they would have Republicans do unto them, and vice versa. Since then, we’ve only become more divided?and the impeachment power wielded by the new Democratic majority in the House of Representative threatens to further polarize the country. The Case Against the Democratic House Impeaching Trump includes and expands upon Dershowitz’s 2018 book. It puts recent political events?including the hyper-partisan Kavanaugh hearings, the unrestrained power of the Mueller investigation, and the generally intolerant current political discourse?into context. American democracy, Dershowitz argues, is suffering from political hypocrisy. And two years of impeachment proceedings brought by the House?and the media circus that would undoubtedly surround them?is clearly not the answer. This book is Dershowitz’s plea for honest dialogue?for arguments that would be made even if the shoe was on the other foot.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375073Mon, 01 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the Democratic House Impeaching Trump Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the Democratic House Impeaching Trump Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the 2018 New York Times bestseller The Case Against Impeaching Trump, Alan Dershowitz lamented how American political discourse has devolved into hypocrisy and the criminalization of political differences in the rush to impeach President Donald Trump. Arguments to impeach Trump failed Dershowitz’s “shoe on the other foot test,” or his political golden rule: Democrats must do unto Republicans what they would have Republicans do unto them, and vice versa. Since then, we’ve only become more divided?and the impeachment power wielded by the new Democratic majority in the House of Representative threatens to further polarize the country. The Case Against the Democratic House Impeaching Trump includes and expands upon Dershowitz’s 2018 book. It puts recent political events?including the hyper-partisan Kavanaugh hearings, the unrestrained power of the Mueller investigation, and the generally intolerant current political discourse?into context. American democracy, Dershowitz argues, is suffering from political hypocrisy. And two years of impeachment proceedings brought by the House?and the media circus that would undoubtedly surround them?is clearly not the answer. This book is Dershowitz’s plea for honest dialogue?for arguments that would be made even if the shoe was on the other foot.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/know-me-now-by-cj-carver--65209097https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376520 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know Me Now Series: #3 of The Dan Forrester series Author: CJ Carver Narrator: Peter Silverleaf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping suspense thriller from CWA Debut Dagger winner CJ Carver. A SUICIDE. A MURDER. A CONSPIRACY. DIGGING UP THE PAST CAN BE DEADLY . . . A thirteen-year-old boy commits suicide. A sixty-five-year old man dies of a heart attack. Dan Forrester, ex-MI5 officer, is connected to them both. And when he discovers that his godson and his father have been murdered, he teams up with his old friend, DC Lucy Davies, to find answers. But as the pair investigate, they unravel a dark and violent mystery stretching decades into the past and uncover a terrible secret. A secret someone will do anything to keep buried . . . A gripping suspense thriller for fans of Angela Marsons, MJ Arlidge and Peter May, from CWA Debut Dagger winner CJ Carver For fans of Angela Marsons, MJ Arlidge and Peter May. Narrated by Peter Silverleaf.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376520Mon, 01 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376520 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know Me Now Series: #3 of The Dan Forrester series Author: CJ Carver Narrator: Peter Silverleaf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376520 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know Me Now Series: #3 of The Dan Forrester series Author: CJ Carver Narrator: Peter Silverleaf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping suspense thriller from CWA Debut Dagger winner CJ Carver. A SUICIDE. A MURDER. A CONSPIRACY. DIGGING UP THE PAST CAN BE DEADLY . . . A thirteen-year-old boy commits suicide. A sixty-five-year old man dies of a heart attack. Dan Forrester, ex-MI5 officer, is connected to them both. And when he discovers that his godson and his father have been murdered, he teams up with his old friend, DC Lucy Davies, to find answers. But as the pair investigate, they unravel a dark and violent mystery stretching decades into the past and uncover a terrible secret. A secret someone will do anything to keep buried . . . A gripping suspense thriller for fans of Angela Marsons, MJ Arlidge and Peter May, from CWA Debut Dagger winner CJ Carver For fans of Angela Marsons, MJ Arlidge and Peter May. Narrated by Peter Silverleaf.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ideas-that-made-america-a-brief-history-by-jennifer-ratner-rosenhagen--65209090https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History Author: Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Long before the United States was a nation, it was a set of ideas, projected onto the New World by European explorers with centuries of belief and thought in tow. From this foundation of expectation and experience, America and American thought grew in turn, enriched by the bounties of the Enlightenment, the philosophies of liberty and individuality, the tenets of religion, and the doctrines of republicanism and democracy. Crucial to this development were the thinkers who nurtured it, from Thomas Jefferson to Ralph Waldo Emerson, W. E. B. DuBois to Jane Addams, and Betty Friedan to Richard Rorty. The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History traces how Americans have addressed the issues and events of their time and place, whether the Civil War, the Great Depression, or the culture wars of today. Spanning a variety of disciplines, from religion, philosophy, and political thought, to cultural criticism, social theory, and the arts, Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen shows how ideas have been major forces in American history, driving movements such as transcendentalism, Social Darwinism, conservatism, and postmodernism. In engaging and accessible prose, this introduction to American thought considers how notions about freedom and belonging, the market and morality—and even truth—have commanded generations of Americans and been the cause of fierce debate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630Mon, 01 Apr 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History Author: Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History Author: Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Long before the United States was a nation, it was a set of ideas, projected onto the New World by European explorers with centuries of belief and thought in tow. From this foundation of expectation and experience, America and American thought grew in turn, enriched by the bounties of the Enlightenment, the philosophies of liberty and individuality, the tenets of religion, and the doctrines of republicanism and democracy. Crucial to this development were the thinkers who nurtured it, from Thomas Jefferson to Ralph Waldo Emerson, W. E. B. DuBois to Jane Addams, and Betty Friedan to Richard Rorty. The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History traces how Americans have addressed the issues and events of their time and place, whether the Civil War, the Great Depression, or the culture wars of today. Spanning a variety of disciplines, from religion, philosophy, and political thought, to cultural criticism, social theory, and the arts, Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen shows how ideas have been major forces in American history, driving movements such as transcendentalism, Social Darwinism, conservatism, and postmodernism. In engaging and accessible prose, this introduction to American thought considers how notions about freedom and belonging, the market and morality—and even truth—have commanded generations of Americans and been the cause of fierce debate.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/under-the-trestle-the-1980-disappearance-of-gina-renee-hall-virginia-s-first-no-body-murder-trial-by-ron-peterson-jr--65209091https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375962 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Trestle: The 1980 Disappearance of Gina Renee Hall & Virginia’s First “No Body” Murder Trial. Author: Ron Peterson Jr. Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Under the Trestle is the true story of the most compelling murder case in Virginia history. In 1980, beautiful Gina Renee Hall, a Radford University freshman, went to a Virginia Tech nightclub on a Saturday night. She was never seen again. Her abandoned car was found parked beneath a railroad trestle bridging the New River, with blood in the trunk. The investigation led police to a secluded cabin on Claytor Lake, where there was evidence of a violent attack. Former Virginia Tech football player Stephen Epperly was charged with murder, despite the fact that Gina's body was never found. In Virginia's 'trial of the century,' prosecutor Everett Shockley presented an entirely circumstantial case. Key witnesses against Epperly included his best friend, his mother, and a tracking dog handler later believed by many to be a fraud. Three former Virginia Tech football players testified, including a Hokies quarterback once featured on the cover of Sports Illustrated. Would Epperly become the first person in Virginia history convicted of murder without the victim's body, an eyewitness, or a confession? And would authorities ever find the body of Gina Renee Hall?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375962Fri, 29 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375962 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Trestle: The 1980 Disappearance of Gina Renee Hall & Virginia’s First “No Body” Murder Trial. Author: Ron Peterson Jr. Narrator: Kyle...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375962 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Trestle: The 1980 Disappearance of Gina Renee Hall & Virginia’s First “No Body” Murder Trial. Author: Ron Peterson Jr. Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Under the Trestle is the true story of the most compelling murder case in Virginia history. In 1980, beautiful Gina Renee Hall, a Radford University freshman, went to a Virginia Tech nightclub on a Saturday night. She was never seen again. Her abandoned car was found parked beneath a railroad trestle bridging the New River, with blood in the trunk. The investigation led police to a secluded cabin on Claytor Lake, where there was evidence of a violent attack. Former Virginia Tech football player Stephen Epperly was charged with murder, despite the fact that Gina's body was never found. In Virginia's 'trial of the century,' prosecutor Everett Shockley presented an entirely circumstantial case. Key witnesses against Epperly included his best friend, his mother, and a tracking dog handler later believed by many to be a fraud. Three former Virginia Tech football players testified, including a Hokies quarterback once featured on the cover of Sports Illustrated. Would Epperly become the first person in Virginia history convicted of murder without the victim's body, an eyewitness, or a confession? And would authorities ever find the body of Gina Renee Hall?]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-shadow-party-how-george-soros-hillary-clinton-and-sixties-radicals-seized-control-of-the-democratic-party-by-richard-poe-david-horow--65209210https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Party: How George Soros, Hillary Clinton, And Sixties Radicals Seized Control of the Democratic Party Author: Richard Poe, David Horowitz Narrator: Gregg Rizzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is under attack. Its institutions and values are under daily assault. But the principal culprits are not foreign terrorists. They are influential and powerful Americans secretly stirring up disunion and disloyalty in the shifting shadows of the Democratic Party. Radical infiltrators have been quietly transforming America's societal, cultural, and political institutions for more than a generation. Now, backed by George Soros, they are ready to make their move. These progressive extremists have gained control over a once-respectable but now desperate and dangerous political party. From their perches in the Democratic hierarchy, they seek to undermine the war on terror, destabilize the nation, and effect radical regime change in America. With startling new evidence, New York Times bestselling authors David Horowitz and Richard Poe shine the light on the Shadow Party, exposing its methods, tactics, and ultimate agenda.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370646Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Party: How George Soros, Hillary Clinton, And Sixties Radicals Seized Control of the Democratic Party Author: Richard Poe, David Horowitz...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Party: How George Soros, Hillary Clinton, And Sixties Radicals Seized Control of the Democratic Party Author: Richard Poe, David Horowitz Narrator: Gregg Rizzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is under attack. Its institutions and values are under daily assault. But the principal culprits are not foreign terrorists. They are influential and powerful Americans secretly stirring up disunion and disloyalty in the shifting shadows of the Democratic Party. Radical infiltrators have been quietly transforming America's societal, cultural, and political institutions for more than a generation. Now, backed by George Soros, they are ready to make their move. These progressive extremists have gained control over a once-respectable but now desperate and dangerous political party. From their perches in the Democratic hierarchy, they seek to undermine the war on terror, destabilize the nation, and effect radical regime change in America. With startling new evidence, New York Times bestselling authors David Horowitz and Richard Poe shine the light on the Shadow Party, exposing its methods, tactics, and ultimate agenda.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-safe-are-we-homeland-security-since-9-11-by-janet-napolitano--65209204https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374315 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Safe Are We?: Homeland Security Since 9/11 Author: Janet Napolitano Narrator: Janet Napolitano, Caitlin Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano offers an insightful analysis of American security at home and a prescription for the future. Created in the wake of the greatest tragedy to occur on U.S. soil, the Department of Homeland Security was handed a sweeping mandate: make America safer. It would encompass intelligence and law enforcement agencies, oversee natural disasters, commercial aviation, border security and ICE, cybersecurity, and terrorism, among others. From 2009-2013, Janet Napolitano ran DHS and oversaw 22 federal agencies with 230,000 employees. In How Safe Are We?, Napolitano pulls no punches, reckoning with the critics who call it Frankenstein's Monster of government run amok, and taking a hard look at the challenges we'll be facing in the future. But ultimately, she argues that the huge, multifaceted department is vital to our nation's security. An agency that's part terrorism prevention, part intelligence agency, part law enforcement, public safety, disaster recovery make for an odd combination the protocol-driven, tradition-bound Washington D.C. culture. But, she says, it has made us more safe, secure, and resilient. Napolitano not only answers the titular question, but grapples with how these security efforts have changed our country and society. Where are the failures that leave us vulnerable and what has our 1 trillion dollar investment yielded over the last 15 years? And why haven't we had another massive terrorist attack in the U.S. since September 11th, 2001? In our current political climate, where Donald Trump has politicized nearly every aspect of the department, Napolitano's clarifying, bold vision is needed now more than ever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374315Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374315 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Safe Are We?: Homeland Security Since 9/11 Author: Janet Napolitano Narrator: Janet Napolitano, Caitlin Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374315 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Safe Are We?: Homeland Security Since 9/11 Author: Janet Napolitano Narrator: Janet Napolitano, Caitlin Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano offers an insightful analysis of American security at home and a prescription for the future. Created in the wake of the greatest tragedy to occur on U.S. soil, the Department of Homeland Security was handed a sweeping mandate: make America safer. It would encompass intelligence and law enforcement agencies, oversee natural disasters, commercial aviation, border security and ICE, cybersecurity, and terrorism, among others. From 2009-2013, Janet Napolitano ran DHS and oversaw 22 federal agencies with 230,000 employees. In How Safe Are We?, Napolitano pulls no punches, reckoning with the critics who call it Frankenstein's Monster of government run amok, and taking a hard look at the challenges we'll be facing in the future. But ultimately, she argues that the huge, multifaceted department is vital to our nation's security. An agency that's part terrorism prevention, part intelligence agency, part law enforcement, public safety, disaster recovery make for an odd combination the protocol-driven, tradition-bound Washington D.C. culture. But, she says, it has made us more safe, secure, and resilient. Napolitano not only answers the titular question, but grapples with how these security efforts have changed our country and society. Where are the failures that leave us vulnerable and what has our 1 trillion dollar investment yielded over the last 15 years? And why haven't we had another massive terrorist attack in the U.S. since September 11th, 2001? In our current political climate, where Donald Trump has politicized nearly every aspect of the department, Napolitano's clarifying, bold vision is needed now more than ever.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-chief-the-life-and-turbulent-times-of-chief-justice-john-roberts-by-joan-biskupic--65209137https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370710 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chief: The Life and Turbulent Times of Chief Justice John Roberts Author: Joan Biskupic Narrator: Jennywren Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An incisive biography of the Supreme Court's enigmatic Chief Justice, taking us inside the momentous legal decisions of his tenure so far. John Roberts was named to the Supreme Court in 2005 claiming he would act as a neutral umpire in deciding cases. His critics argue he has been anything but, pointing to his conservative victories on voting rights and campaign finance. Yet he broke from orthodoxy in his decision to preserve Obamacare. How are we to understand the motives of the most powerful judge in the land? In The Chief, award-winning journalist Joan Biskupic contends that Roberts is torn between two, often divergent, priorities: to carry out a conservative agenda, and to protect the Court's image and his place in history. Biskupic shows how Roberts's dual commitments have fostered distrust among his colleagues, with major consequences for the law. Trenchant and authoritative, The Chief reveals the making of a justice and the drama on this nation's highest court.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370710Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370710 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chief: The Life and Turbulent Times of Chief Justice John Roberts Author: Joan Biskupic Narrator: Jennywren Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370710 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chief: The Life and Turbulent Times of Chief Justice John Roberts Author: Joan Biskupic Narrator: Jennywren Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An incisive biography of the Supreme Court's enigmatic Chief Justice, taking us inside the momentous legal decisions of his tenure so far. John Roberts was named to the Supreme Court in 2005 claiming he would act as a neutral umpire in deciding cases. His critics argue he has been anything but, pointing to his conservative victories on voting rights and campaign finance. Yet he broke from orthodoxy in his decision to preserve Obamacare. How are we to understand the motives of the most powerful judge in the land? In The Chief, award-winning journalist Joan Biskupic contends that Roberts is torn between two, often divergent, priorities: to carry out a conservative agenda, and to protect the Court's image and his place in history. Biskupic shows how Roberts's dual commitments have fostered distrust among his colleagues, with major consequences for the law. Trenchant and authoritative, The Chief reveals the making of a justice and the drama on this nation's highest court.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/women-and-leadership-by-deborah-l-rhode--65209133https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375166 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women and Leadership Author: Deborah L. Rhode Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Women and Leadership, the eminent legal scholar Deborah L. Rhode focuses on women's underrepresentation in leadership roles and asks why it persists and what we can do about it. Although organizations generally stand to gain from increasing gender equity in leadership, women's underrepresentation is persistent and pervasive. Rhode explores the reasons, including women's family roles, unconscious gender bias, and exclusion from professional development networks. She stresses that we cannot address the problem at the individual level; instead, she argues that we need broad-based strategies that address the deep-seated structural and cultural conditions facing women. She surveys a range of professions in politics, management, law, and academia and draws from a survey of prominent women to develop solutions that can successfully chip away at the imbalance. These include developing robust women-to-women networks, enacting laws and policies that address work/life imbalances, and training programs that start at an earlier age. Rhode's clear exploration of the leadership gap and her compelling policy prescriptions will make this an essential book for anyone interested in leveling the playing field for women leaders in America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375166Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375166 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women and Leadership Author: Deborah L. Rhode Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 26,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375166 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women and Leadership Author: Deborah L. Rhode Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Women and Leadership, the eminent legal scholar Deborah L. Rhode focuses on women's underrepresentation in leadership roles and asks why it persists and what we can do about it. Although organizations generally stand to gain from increasing gender equity in leadership, women's underrepresentation is persistent and pervasive. Rhode explores the reasons, including women's family roles, unconscious gender bias, and exclusion from professional development networks. She stresses that we cannot address the problem at the individual level; instead, she argues that we need broad-based strategies that address the deep-seated structural and cultural conditions facing women. She surveys a range of professions in politics, management, law, and academia and draws from a survey of prominent women to develop solutions that can successfully chip away at the imbalance. These include developing robust women-to-women networks, enacting laws and policies that address work/life imbalances, and training programs that start at an earlier age. Rhode's clear exploration of the leadership gap and her compelling policy prescriptions will make this an essential book for anyone interested in leveling the playing field for women leaders in America.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dying-of-whiteness-how-the-politics-of-racial-resentment-is-killing-america-s-heartland-by-jonathan-m-metzl--65209108https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dying of Whiteness: How the Politics of Racial Resentment Is Killing America's Heartland Author: Jonathan M. Metzl Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A physician reveals how right-wing backlash policies have mortal consequences -- even for the white voters they promise to help Named one of the most anticipated books of 2019 by Esquire and the Boston Globe In the era of Donald Trump, many lower- and middle-class white Americans are drawn to politicians who pledge to make their lives great again. But as Dying of Whiteness shows, the policies that result actually place white Americans at ever-greater risk of sickness and death. Physician Jonathan M. Metzl's quest to understand the health implications of 'backlash governance' leads him across America's heartland.Interviewing a range of everyday Americans, he examines how racial resentment has fueled progun laws in Missouri, resistance to the Affordable Care Act in Tennessee, and cuts to schools and social services in Kansas. And he shows these policies' costs: increasing deaths by gun suicide, falling life expectancies, and rising dropout rates. White Americans, Metzl argues, must reject the racial hierarchies that promise to aid them but in fact lead our nation to demise.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374922Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dying of Whiteness: How the Politics of Racial Resentment Is Killing America's Heartland Author: Jonathan M. Metzl Narrator: Jamie Renell Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dying of Whiteness: How the Politics of Racial Resentment Is Killing America's Heartland Author: Jonathan M. Metzl Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A physician reveals how right-wing backlash policies have mortal consequences -- even for the white voters they promise to help Named one of the most anticipated books of 2019 by Esquire and the Boston Globe In the era of Donald Trump, many lower- and middle-class white Americans are drawn to politicians who pledge to make their lives great again. But as Dying of Whiteness shows, the policies that result actually place white Americans at ever-greater risk of sickness and death. Physician Jonathan M. Metzl's quest to understand the health implications of 'backlash governance' leads him across America's heartland.Interviewing a range of everyday Americans, he examines how racial resentment has fueled progun laws in Missouri, resistance to the Affordable Care Act in Tennessee, and cuts to schools and social services in Kansas. And he shows these policies' costs: increasing deaths by gun suicide, falling life expectancies, and rising dropout rates. White Americans, Metzl argues, must reject the racial hierarchies that promise to aid them but in fact lead our nation to demise.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/carbon-capture-by-howard-j-herzog--65209099https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carbon Capture Author: Howard J. Herzog Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The burning of fossil fuels releases carbon dioxide (CO2), and these CO2 emissions are a major driver of climate change. Carbon capture offers a path to climate change mitigation that has received relatively little attention. In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Howard Herzog offers a concise guide to carbon capture, covering basic information as well as the larger context of climate technology and policy. Carbon capture, or carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS), refers to a suite of technologies that reduce CO2 emissions by 'capturing' CO2 before it is released into the atmosphere and then transporting it to where it will be stored or used. It is the only climate change mitigation technique that deals directly with fossil fuels rather than providing alternatives to them. Herzog, a pioneer in carbon capture research, begins by discussing the fundamentals of climate change and how carbon capture can be one of the solutions. He explains capture and storage technologies, including chemical scrubbing and the injection of CO2 deep underground. He reports on current efforts to deploy CCS at factories and power plants and attempts to capture CO2 from the air itself. Finally, he explores the policies and politics in play around CCS and argues for elevating carbon capture in the policy agenda.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carbon Capture Author: Howard J. Herzog Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375178 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carbon Capture Author: Howard J. Herzog Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The burning of fossil fuels releases carbon dioxide (CO2), and these CO2 emissions are a major driver of climate change. Carbon capture offers a path to climate change mitigation that has received relatively little attention. In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Howard Herzog offers a concise guide to carbon capture, covering basic information as well as the larger context of climate technology and policy. Carbon capture, or carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS), refers to a suite of technologies that reduce CO2 emissions by 'capturing' CO2 before it is released into the atmosphere and then transporting it to where it will be stored or used. It is the only climate change mitigation technique that deals directly with fossil fuels rather than providing alternatives to them. Herzog, a pioneer in carbon capture research, begins by discussing the fundamentals of climate change and how carbon capture can be one of the solutions. He explains capture and storage technologies, including chemical scrubbing and the injection of CO2 deep underground. He reports on current efforts to deploy CCS at factories and power plants and attempts to capture CO2 from the air itself. Finally, he explores the policies and politics in play around CCS and argues for elevating carbon capture in the policy agenda.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/doing-justice-a-prosecutor-s-thoughts-on-crime-punishment-and-the-rule-of-law-by-preet-bharara--65209229https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364741 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doing Justice: A Prosecutor's Thoughts on Crime, Punishment, and the Rule of Law Author: Preet Bharara Narrator: Preet Bharara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *A New York Times Bestseller* An important overview of the way our justice system works, and why the rule of law is essential to our survival as a society—from the one-time federal prosecutor for the Southern District of New York, and host of the Doing Justice podcast. Preet Bharara has spent much of his life examining our legal system, pushing to make it better, and prosecuting those looking to subvert it. Bharara believes in our system and knows it must be protected, but to do so, he argues, we must also acknowledge and allow for flaws both in our justice system and in human nature. Bharara uses the many illustrative anecdotes and case histories from his storied, formidable career—the successes as well as the failures—to shed light on the realities of the legal system and the consequences of taking action. Inspiring and inspiringly written, Doing Justice gives us hope that rational and objective fact-based thinking, combined with compassion, can help us achieve truth and justice in our daily lives. Sometimes poignant and sometimes controversial, Bharara's expose is a thought-provoking, entertaining book about the need to find the humanity in our legal system as well as in our society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364741Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364741 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doing Justice: A Prosecutor's Thoughts on Crime, Punishment, and the Rule of Law Author: Preet Bharara Narrator: Preet Bharara Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364741 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doing Justice: A Prosecutor's Thoughts on Crime, Punishment, and the Rule of Law Author: Preet Bharara Narrator: Preet Bharara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *A New York Times Bestseller* An important overview of the way our justice system works, and why the rule of law is essential to our survival as a society—from the one-time federal prosecutor for the Southern District of New York, and host of the Doing Justice podcast. Preet Bharara has spent much of his life examining our legal system, pushing to make it better, and prosecuting those looking to subvert it. Bharara believes in our system and knows it must be protected, but to do so, he argues, we must also acknowledge and allow for flaws both in our justice system and in human nature. Bharara uses the many illustrative anecdotes and case histories from his storied, formidable career—the successes as well as the failures—to shed light on the realities of the legal system and the consequences of taking action. Inspiring and inspiringly written, Doing Justice gives us hope that rational and objective fact-based thinking, combined with compassion, can help us achieve truth and justice in our daily lives. Sometimes poignant and sometimes controversial, Bharara's expose is a thought-provoking, entertaining book about the need to find the humanity in our legal system as well as in our society.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-fortunes-of-africa-a-5000-year-history-of-wealth-greed-and-endeavor-by-martin-meredith--65209129https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fortunes of Africa: A 5000-Year History of Wealth, Greed, and Endeavor Author: Martin Meredith Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A sweeping history the fortune seekers, adventurers, despots, and thieves who have ruthlessly endeavored to extract gold, diamonds, and other treasures from Africa and its people. Africa has been coveted for its rich natural resources ever since the era of the Pharaohs. In past centuries, it was the lure of gold, ivory, and slaves that drew merchant-adventurers and conquerors from afar. In modern times, the focus of attention is on oil, diamonds, and other rare earth minerals. In this vast and vivid panorama of history, Martin Meredith follows the fortunes of Africa over a period of 5,000 years. With compelling narrative, he traces the rise and fall of ancient kingdoms and empires; the spread of Christianity and Islam; the enduring quest for gold and other riches; the exploits of explorers and missionaries; and the impact of European colonization. He examines, too, the fate of modern African states and concludes with a glimpse of their future. His cast of characters includes religious leaders, mining magnates, warlords, dictators, and many other legendary figures-among them Mansa Musa, ruler of the medieval Mali empire, said to be the richest man the world has ever known.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374074Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fortunes of Africa: A 5000-Year History of Wealth, Greed, and Endeavor Author: Martin Meredith Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fortunes of Africa: A 5000-Year History of Wealth, Greed, and Endeavor Author: Martin Meredith Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A sweeping history the fortune seekers, adventurers, despots, and thieves who have ruthlessly endeavored to extract gold, diamonds, and other treasures from Africa and its people. Africa has been coveted for its rich natural resources ever since the era of the Pharaohs. In past centuries, it was the lure of gold, ivory, and slaves that drew merchant-adventurers and conquerors from afar. In modern times, the focus of attention is on oil, diamonds, and other rare earth minerals. In this vast and vivid panorama of history, Martin Meredith follows the fortunes of Africa over a period of 5,000 years. With compelling narrative, he traces the rise and fall of ancient kingdoms and empires; the spread of Christianity and Islam; the enduring quest for gold and other riches; the exploits of explorers and missionaries; and the impact of European colonization. He examines, too, the fate of modern African states and concludes with a glimpse of their future. His cast of characters includes religious leaders, mining magnates, warlords, dictators, and many other legendary figures-among them Mansa Musa, ruler of the medieval Mali empire, said to be the richest man the world has ever known.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/heroic-failure-brexit-and-the-politics-of-pain-by-fintan-o-toole--65209171https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373813 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroic Failure: Brexit and the Politics of Pain Author: Fintan O'toole Narrator: Sam Devereaux Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: March 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fierce, mordantly funny and perceptive book, from the author of Ship of Fools, about the act of national self-harm known as Brexit. In exploring the answers to the question: 'why did Britain vote leave?', Fintan O'Toole finds himself discovering how trivial journalistic lies became far from trivial national obsessions; how the pose of indifference to truth and historical fact has come to define the style of an entire political elite; how a country that once had colonies is redefining itself as an oppressed nation requiring liberation; the strange gastronomic and political significance of prawn-flavoured crisps, and their role in the rise of Boris Johnson; the dreams of revolutionary deregulation and privatisation that drive Arron Banks, Nigel Farage and Jacob Rees-Mogg; and the silent rise of English nationalism, the force that dare not speak its name. 'There will not be much political writing in this or any other year that is carried off with such style' THE TIMES.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373813Thu, 14 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373813 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroic Failure: Brexit and the Politics of Pain Author: Fintan O'toole Narrator: Sam Devereaux Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373813 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroic Failure: Brexit and the Politics of Pain Author: Fintan O'toole Narrator: Sam Devereaux Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: March 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fierce, mordantly funny and perceptive book, from the author of Ship of Fools, about the act of national self-harm known as Brexit. In exploring the answers to the question: 'why did Britain vote leave?', Fintan O'Toole finds himself discovering how trivial journalistic lies became far from trivial national obsessions; how the pose of indifference to truth and historical fact has come to define the style of an entire political elite; how a country that once had colonies is redefining itself as an oppressed nation requiring liberation; the strange gastronomic and political significance of prawn-flavoured crisps, and their role in the rise of Boris Johnson; the dreams of revolutionary deregulation and privatisation that drive Arron Banks, Nigel Farage and Jacob Rees-Mogg; and the silent rise of English nationalism, the force that dare not speak its name. 'There will not be much political writing in this or any other year that is carried off with such style' THE TIMES.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/outsiders-why-difference-is-the-future-of-civil-rights-by-zachary-kramer--65209154https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374236 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsiders: Why Difference is the Future of Civil Rights Author: Zachary Kramer Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Contemporary discrimination has changed in important ways from the forms it took in the 1960s, the era in which our civil rights law system originated. Previously, the primary targets of discrimination were groups: African Americans, women, and Latinos, among others. The goal of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 was to integrate marginalized groups into civic life, shatter ceilings, and break down barriers. The law sought to make us better people and America a more equal nation. And it has. Discrimination against groups still occurs, but affected groups can marshal the rights regime to target and eliminate discriminatory policies. The challenge today, however, is to protect the individual, and our civil rights laws struggle with this. The people most likely to face discrimination today are those who do not or cannot conform to the whims of society. They are the freaks, geeks, weirdos, and oddballs among us. They do and wear strange things, have strange opinions, and need strange accommodations. Outsiders is filled with stories that demand attention, stories of people whose search for identity has cast them to the margins. Their stories reveal that we have entered a new phase of civil rights and need to refresh our vision.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374236Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374236 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsiders: Why Difference is the Future of Civil Rights Author: Zachary Kramer Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374236 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsiders: Why Difference is the Future of Civil Rights Author: Zachary Kramer Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Contemporary discrimination has changed in important ways from the forms it took in the 1960s, the era in which our civil rights law system originated. Previously, the primary targets of discrimination were groups: African Americans, women, and Latinos, among others. The goal of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 was to integrate marginalized groups into civic life, shatter ceilings, and break down barriers. The law sought to make us better people and America a more equal nation. And it has. Discrimination against groups still occurs, but affected groups can marshal the rights regime to target and eliminate discriminatory policies. The challenge today, however, is to protect the individual, and our civil rights laws struggle with this. The people most likely to face discrimination today are those who do not or cannot conform to the whims of society. They are the freaks, geeks, weirdos, and oddballs among us. They do and wear strange things, have strange opinions, and need strange accommodations. Outsiders is filled with stories that demand attention, stories of people whose search for identity has cast them to the margins. Their stories reveal that we have entered a new phase of civil rights and need to refresh our vision.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/u-s-constitution-for-dummies-2nd-edition-by-dr-michael-arnheim--65209101https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376130 to listen full audiobooks. Title: U.S. Constitution for Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Dr. Michael Arnheim Narrator: Dr. Michael Arnheim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Your complete guide to understanding the U.S. Constitution. Want to make sense of the U.S. Constitution? This new edition walks you through this revered document, explaining how the articles and amendments came to be and how they have guided legislators, judges, and presidents—and sparked ongoing debates along the way. You'll get the lowdown on all the big issues—from separation of church and state to impeachment to civil rights—that continue to affect Americans' daily lives. Plus, you'll find out about U.S. Constitution concepts and their origins, the different approaches to interpretation, and how the document has changed over the past 200+ years. In this book, you'll find fresh examples of Supreme Court Rulings such as same sex marriage and Healthcare Acts such as Obamacare. Explore hot topics like what it takes to be elected Commander in Chief, the functions of the House and Senate, how Supreme Court justices are appointed, and so much more. Constitutional issues are dominating the news—and now you can join the discussion with the help of U.S. Constitution for Dummies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376130Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376130 to listen full audiobooks. Title: U.S. Constitution for Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Dr. Michael Arnheim Narrator: Dr. Michael Arnheim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 43...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376130 to listen full audiobooks. Title: U.S. Constitution for Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Dr. Michael Arnheim Narrator: Dr. Michael Arnheim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Your complete guide to understanding the U.S. Constitution. Want to make sense of the U.S. Constitution? This new edition walks you through this revered document, explaining how the articles and amendments came to be and how they have guided legislators, judges, and presidents—and sparked ongoing debates along the way. You'll get the lowdown on all the big issues—from separation of church and state to impeachment to civil rights—that continue to affect Americans' daily lives. Plus, you'll find out about U.S. Constitution concepts and their origins, the different approaches to interpretation, and how the document has changed over the past 200+ years. In this book, you'll find fresh examples of Supreme Court Rulings such as same sex marriage and Healthcare Acts such as Obamacare. Explore hot topics like what it takes to be elected Commander in Chief, the functions of the House and Senate, how Supreme Court justices are appointed, and so much more. Constitutional issues are dominating the news—and now you can join the discussion with the help of U.S. Constitution for Dummies.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-history-of-america-in-ten-strikes-by-erik-loomis--65209221https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of America in Ten Strikes Author: Erik Loomis Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Kirkus Reviews Best Book of 2018 Named one of the “5 Books About Famous Strikes That Demonstrated the Historical Importance of Civil Disobedience” by Bustle “Loomis refuses to romanticize this period or the labor movement it produced. . . . What Loomis’s book perhaps does best is remind us that the promise of the labor movement, despite its many failures and compromises, has always been to make everyday life more democratic.” —The New Republic A thrilling and timely account of ten moments in history when labor challenged the very nature of power in America, by the author called “a brilliant historian” by The Progressive magazine Powerful and accessible, A History of America in Ten Strikes challenges all of our contemporary assumptions around labor, unions, and American workers. In this brilliant book, labor historian Erik Loomis recounts ten critical workers’ strikes in American labor history that everyone needs to know about (and then provides an annotated list of the 150 most important moments in American labor history in the appendix). From the Lowell Mill Girls strike in the 1830s to Justice for Janitors in 1990, these labor uprisings do not just reflect the times in which they occurred, but speak directly to the present moment. For example, we often think that Lincoln ended slavery by proclaiming the slaves emancipated, but Loomis shows that they freed themselves during the Civil War by simply withdrawing their labor. He shows how the hopes and aspirations of a generation were made into demands at a GM plant in Lordstown in 1972. And he takes us to the forests of the Pacific Northwest in the early nineteenth century where the radical organizers known as the Wobblies made their biggest inroads against the power of bosses. But there were also moments when the movement was crushed by corporations and the government; Loomis helps us understand the present perilous condition of American workers and draws lessons from both the victories and defeats of the past. In crystalline narratives, labor historian Erik Loomis lifts the curtain on workers’ struggles, giving us a fresh perspective on American history from the boots up. Strikes include: Lowell Mill Girls Strike (Massachusetts, 1830–40) Slaves on Strike (The Confederacy, 1861–65) The Eight-Hour Day Strikes (Chicago, 1886) The Anthracite Strike (Pennsylvania, 1902) The Bread and Roses Strike (Massachusetts, 1912) The Flint Sit-Down Strike (Michigan, 1937) The Oakland General Strike (California, 1946) Lordstown (Ohio, 1972) Air Traffic Controllers (1981) Justice for Janitors (Los Angeles, 1990)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366285Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of America in Ten Strikes Author: Erik Loomis Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of America in Ten Strikes Author: Erik Loomis Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Kirkus Reviews Best Book of 2018 Named one of the “5 Books About Famous Strikes That Demonstrated the Historical Importance of Civil Disobedience” by Bustle “Loomis refuses to romanticize this period or the labor movement it produced. . . . What Loomis’s book perhaps does best is remind us that the promise of the labor movement, despite its many failures and compromises, has always been to make everyday life more democratic.” —The New Republic A thrilling and timely account of ten moments in history when labor challenged the very nature of power in America, by the author called “a brilliant historian” by The Progressive magazine Powerful and accessible, A History of America in Ten Strikes challenges all of our contemporary assumptions around labor, unions, and American workers. In this brilliant book, labor historian Erik Loomis recounts ten critical workers’ strikes in American labor history that everyone needs to know about (and then provides an annotated list of the 150 most important moments in American labor history in the appendix). From the Lowell Mill Girls strike in the 1830s to Justice for Janitors in 1990, these labor uprisings do not just reflect the times in which they occurred, but speak directly to the present moment. For example, we often think that Lincoln ended slavery by proclaiming the slaves emancipated, but Loomis shows that they freed themselves during the Civil War by simply withdrawing their labor. He shows how the hopes and aspirations of a generation were made into demands at a GM plant in Lordstown in 1972. And he takes us to the forests of the Pacific Northwest in the early nineteenth century where the radical organizers known as the Wobblies made their biggest inroads against the power of bosses. But there were also moments when the movement was crushed by corporations and the government; Loomis helps us understand the present perilous condition of American workers and draws lessons from both the victories and defeats of the past. In crystalline narratives, labor historian Erik Loomis lifts the curtain on workers’ struggles, giving us a fresh perspective on American history from the boots up. Strikes include: Lowell Mill Girls Strike (Massachusetts, 1830–40) Slaves on Strike (The Confederacy, 1861–65) The Eight-Hour Day Strikes (Chicago, 1886) The Anthracite Strike (Pennsylvania, 1902) The Bread and Roses Strike (Massachusetts, 1912) The Flint Sit-Down Strike (Michigan, 1937) The Oakland General Strike (California, 1946) Lordstown (Ohio, 1972) Air Traffic Controllers (1981) Justice for Janitors (Los Angeles, 1990)]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-case-for-trump-by-victor-davis-hanson--65209194https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Trump Author: Victor Davis Hanson Narrator: David Lertham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestselling Trump biography from a major American intellectual explains how a renegade businessman became one of the most successful -- and necessary -- presidents of all time.   In The Case for Trump, award-winning historian and political commentator Victor Davis Hanson explains how a celebrity businessman with no political or military experience triumphed over sixteen well-qualified Republican rivals, a Democrat with a quarter-billion-dollar war chest, and a hostile media and Washington establishment to become president of the United States -- and an extremely successful president.   Trump alone saw a political opportunity in defending the working people of America's interior whom the coastal elite of both parties had come to scorn, Hanson argues. And Trump alone had the instincts and energy to pursue this opening to victory, dismantle a corrupt old order, and bring long-overdue policy changes at home and abroad. We could not survive a series of presidencies as volatile as Trump's. But after decades of drift, America needs the outsider Trump to do what normal politicians would not and could not do.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367381Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Trump Author: Victor Davis Hanson Narrator: David Lertham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 5,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Trump Author: Victor Davis Hanson Narrator: David Lertham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestselling Trump biography from a major American intellectual explains how a renegade businessman became one of the most successful -- and necessary -- presidents of all time.   In The Case for Trump, award-winning historian and political commentator Victor Davis Hanson explains how a celebrity businessman with no political or military experience triumphed over sixteen well-qualified Republican rivals, a Democrat with a quarter-billion-dollar war chest, and a hostile media and Washington establishment to become president of the United States -- and an extremely successful president.   Trump alone saw a political opportunity in defending the working people of America's interior whom the coastal elite of both parties had come to scorn, Hanson argues. And Trump alone had the instincts and energy to pursue this opening to victory, dismantle a corrupt old order, and bring long-overdue policy changes at home and abroad. We could not survive a series of presidencies as volatile as Trump's. But after decades of drift, America needs the outsider Trump to do what normal politicians would not and could not do.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/food-routes-growing-bananas-in-iceland-and-other-tales-from-the-logistics-of-eating-by-robyn-s-metcalfe--65209160https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Routes: Growing Bananas in Iceland and Other Tales from the Logistics of Eating Author: Robyn S. Metcalfe Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Food Routes, Robyn Metcalfe explores an often-overlooked aspect of the global food system: how food moves from producer to consumer. She finds that the food supply chain is adapting to our increasingly complex demands for both personalization and convenience—but, she says, it won't be an easy ride. Networked, digital tools will improve the food system but will also challenge our relationship to food in anxiety-provoking ways. It might not be easy to transfer our affections from verdant fields of organic tomatoes to high-rise greenhouses tended by robots. And yet, argues Metcalfe—a cautious technology optimist—technological advances offer opportunities for innovations that can get better food to more people in an increasingly urbanized world. Metcalfe follows a slice of New York pizza and a club sandwich through the food supply chain; considers local foods, global foods, and food deserts; investigates the processing, packaging, and storage of food; explores the transportation networks that connect farm to plate; and explains how food can be tracked using sensors and the Internet of Things. Future food may be engineered, networked, and nearly independent of crops grown in fields. New technologies can make the food system more efficient—but at what cost to our traditionally close relationship with food?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373782Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Routes: Growing Bananas in Iceland and Other Tales from the Logistics of Eating Author: Robyn S. Metcalfe Narrator: Donna Postel Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Routes: Growing Bananas in Iceland and Other Tales from the Logistics of Eating Author: Robyn S. Metcalfe Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Food Routes, Robyn Metcalfe explores an often-overlooked aspect of the global food system: how food moves from producer to consumer. She finds that the food supply chain is adapting to our increasingly complex demands for both personalization and convenience—but, she says, it won't be an easy ride. Networked, digital tools will improve the food system but will also challenge our relationship to food in anxiety-provoking ways. It might not be easy to transfer our affections from verdant fields of organic tomatoes to high-rise greenhouses tended by robots. And yet, argues Metcalfe—a cautious technology optimist—technological advances offer opportunities for innovations that can get better food to more people in an increasingly urbanized world. Metcalfe follows a slice of New York pizza and a club sandwich through the food supply chain; considers local foods, global foods, and food deserts; investigates the processing, packaging, and storage of food; explores the transportation networks that connect farm to plate; and explains how food can be tracked using sensors and the Internet of Things. Future food may be engineered, networked, and nearly independent of crops grown in fields. New technologies can make the food system more efficient—but at what cost to our traditionally close relationship with food?]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dark-agenda-the-war-to-destroy-christian-america-by-david-horowitz--65209150https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368072 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Agenda: The War to Destroy Christian America Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author David Horwitz exposes not only the progressive war against Christianity but also a war against America and its founding principles—which are Christian in their origin. Dark Agenda is about an embattled religion, but, most of all, it is about our imperiled nation. Tackling a broad range of issues from prayer in the schools to the globalist mindset, Horowitz traces the anti-Christian movement to its roots in communism. When the communist empire fell, progressives did not want to give up their utopian anti-God illusions, so instead they merely changed the name of their dream. Instead of “communism,” progressives have re-branded their movement as “social justice.” Dark Agenda shows how progressives are prepared to use any means necessary to stifle their opponents who support the concepts of religious liberty that America was founded on and how the battle to destroy Christianity is really the battle to destroy America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368072Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368072 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Agenda: The War to Destroy Christian America Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368072 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Agenda: The War to Destroy Christian America Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author David Horwitz exposes not only the progressive war against Christianity but also a war against America and its founding principles—which are Christian in their origin. Dark Agenda is about an embattled religion, but, most of all, it is about our imperiled nation. Tackling a broad range of issues from prayer in the schools to the globalist mindset, Horowitz traces the anti-Christian movement to its roots in communism. When the communist empire fell, progressives did not want to give up their utopian anti-God illusions, so instead they merely changed the name of their dream. Instead of “communism,” progressives have re-branded their movement as “social justice.” Dark Agenda shows how progressives are prepared to use any means necessary to stifle their opponents who support the concepts of religious liberty that America was founded on and how the battle to destroy Christianity is really the battle to destroy America.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/extremism-by-j-m-berger--65209146https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373796 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extremism Author: J.M. Berger Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A rising tide of extremist movements threaten to destabilize civil societies around the globe. It has never been more important to understand extremism, yet the dictionary definition—a logical starting point in a search for understanding—tells us only that extremism is 'the quality or state of being extreme.' In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, J. M. Berger offers a nuanced introduction to extremist movements, explaining what extremism is, how extremist ideologies are constructed, and why extremism can escalate into violence. Berger, an expert on extremist movements and terrorism, explains that extremism arises from a perception of 'us versus them,' intensified by the conviction that the success of 'us' is inseparable from hostile acts against 'them.' Extremism differs from ordinary unpleasantness—run-of-the-mill hatred and racism—by its sweeping rationalization of an insistence on violence. Berger illustrates his argument with case studies and examples from around the world and throughout history, from the destruction of Carthage by the Romans—often called 'the first genocide'—to the apocalyptic jihadism of Al Qaeda, America's new 'alt-right,' and the anti-Semitic conspiracy tract The Protocols of the Elders of Zion.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373796Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373796 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extremism Author: J.M. Berger Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373796 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extremism Author: J.M. Berger Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A rising tide of extremist movements threaten to destabilize civil societies around the globe. It has never been more important to understand extremism, yet the dictionary definition—a logical starting point in a search for understanding—tells us only that extremism is 'the quality or state of being extreme.' In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, J. M. Berger offers a nuanced introduction to extremist movements, explaining what extremism is, how extremist ideologies are constructed, and why extremism can escalate into violence. Berger, an expert on extremist movements and terrorism, explains that extremism arises from a perception of 'us versus them,' intensified by the conviction that the success of 'us' is inseparable from hostile acts against 'them.' Extremism differs from ordinary unpleasantness—run-of-the-mill hatred and racism—by its sweeping rationalization of an insistence on violence. Berger illustrates his argument with case studies and examples from around the world and throughout history, from the destruction of Carthage by the Romans—often called 'the first genocide'—to the apocalyptic jihadism of Al Qaeda, America's new 'alt-right,' and the anti-Semitic conspiracy tract The Protocols of the Elders of Zion.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/generation-citizen-the-power-of-youth-in-our-politics-by-scott-warren--65209131https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373805 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Citizen: The Power of Youth in Our Politics Author: Scott Warren Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is at a crossroads. We are alienated from civic engagement, and our democracy is in doubt. Yet there is a new energy in the air. Young people are again taking up the role they've often held: as leaders of change, demanding a better future, wielding their votes to uphold democracy and lead the country forward. Enter Generation Citizen, an organization dedicated to empowering youth through revitalizing civics education across America. Since its beginnings in 2009 during CEO and cofounder Scott Warren's senior year at Brown, Generation Citizen has grown to become one of the preeminent civics education organizations in the country. Generation Citizen: The Power of Youth in Our Politics details Warren's political awakening alongside stories of how young people have always been the instruments of political change. Generation Citizen is also a practical guide, providing concrete steps to jumpstart an engagement with politics and rekindle our love of democracy. Through interviews with students and historical portraits of young people who have enacted great political change—from the civil rights movement to the election of Ronald Reagan to #BlackLivesMatter and the Parkland students' standing up to gun violence—Generation Citizen shows that time and again, it is the young people who lead the way to change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373805Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373805 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Citizen: The Power of Youth in Our Politics Author: Scott Warren Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373805 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Citizen: The Power of Youth in Our Politics Author: Scott Warren Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is at a crossroads. We are alienated from civic engagement, and our democracy is in doubt. Yet there is a new energy in the air. Young people are again taking up the role they've often held: as leaders of change, demanding a better future, wielding their votes to uphold democracy and lead the country forward. Enter Generation Citizen, an organization dedicated to empowering youth through revitalizing civics education across America. Since its beginnings in 2009 during CEO and cofounder Scott Warren's senior year at Brown, Generation Citizen has grown to become one of the preeminent civics education organizations in the country. Generation Citizen: The Power of Youth in Our Politics details Warren's political awakening alongside stories of how young people have always been the instruments of political change. Generation Citizen is also a practical guide, providing concrete steps to jumpstart an engagement with politics and rekindle our love of democracy. Through interviews with students and historical portraits of young people who have enacted great political change—from the civil rights movement to the election of Ronald Reagan to #BlackLivesMatter and the Parkland students' standing up to gun violence—Generation Citizen shows that time and again, it is the young people who lead the way to change.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/parting-the-waters-america-in-the-king-years-1954-63-by-taylor-branch--65209259https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360555 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parting the Waters: America in the King Years 1954-63 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Janina Edwards, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 45 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Parting the Waters, the first volume of his essential America in the King Years series, Pulitzer Prize winner Taylor Branch gives a “compelling…masterfully told” (The Wall Street Journal) account of Martin Luther King’s early years and rise to greatness. Hailed as the most masterful story ever told of the American civil rights movement, Parting the Waters is destined to endure for generations. Moving from the fiery political baptism of Martin Luther King, Jr., to the corridors of Camelot where the Kennedy brothers weighed demands for justice against the deceptions of J. Edgar Hoover, here is a vivid tapestry of America, torn and finally transformed by a revolutionary struggle unequaled since the Civil War. Taylor Branch provides an unsurpassed portrait of King's rise to greatness and illuminates the stunning courage and private conflict, the deals, maneuvers, betrayals, and rivalries that determined history behind closed doors, at boycotts and sit-ins, on bloody freedom rides, and through siege and murder. Epic in scope and impact, Branch's chronicle definitively captures one of the nation's most crucial passages.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360555Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360555 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parting the Waters: America in the King Years 1954-63 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Janina Edwards, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360555 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parting the Waters: America in the King Years 1954-63 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Janina Edwards, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 45 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Parting the Waters, the first volume of his essential America in the King Years series, Pulitzer Prize winner Taylor Branch gives a “compelling…masterfully told” (The Wall Street Journal) account of Martin Luther King’s early years and rise to greatness. Hailed as the most masterful story ever told of the American civil rights movement, Parting the Waters is destined to endure for generations. Moving from the fiery political baptism of Martin Luther King, Jr., to the corridors of Camelot where the Kennedy brothers weighed demands for justice against the deceptions of J. Edgar Hoover, here is a vivid tapestry of America, torn and finally transformed by a revolutionary struggle unequaled since the Civil War. Taylor Branch provides an unsurpassed portrait of King's rise to greatness and illuminates the stunning courage and private conflict, the deals, maneuvers, betrayals, and rivalries that determined history behind closed doors, at boycotts and sit-ins, on bloody freedom rides, and through siege and murder. Epic in scope and impact, Branch's chronicle definitively captures one of the nation's most crucial passages.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hate-crime-hoax-how-the-left-is-selling-a-fake-race-war-by-wilfred-reilly--65209256https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365822 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hate Crime Hoax: How the Left Is Selling a Fake Race War Author: Wilfred Reilly Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you believe the news, today’s America is plagued by an epidemic of violent hate crimes. But is that really true? In Hate Crime Hoax, Professor Wilfred Reilly examines over one hundred widely publicized incidents of so-called hate crimes that never actually happened. With a critical eye and attention to detail, Reilly debunks these fabricated incidents—many of them alleged to have happened on college campuses—and explores why so many Americans are driven to fake hate crimes. We’re not experiencing an epidemic of hate crimes, Reilly concludes—but we might be experiencing an unprecedented epidemic of hate crime hoaxes.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365822Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365822 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hate Crime Hoax: How the Left Is Selling a Fake Race War Author: Wilfred Reilly Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365822 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hate Crime Hoax: How the Left Is Selling a Fake Race War Author: Wilfred Reilly Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you believe the news, today’s America is plagued by an epidemic of violent hate crimes. But is that really true? In Hate Crime Hoax, Professor Wilfred Reilly examines over one hundred widely publicized incidents of so-called hate crimes that never actually happened. With a critical eye and attention to detail, Reilly debunks these fabricated incidents—many of them alleged to have happened on college campuses—and explores why so many Americans are driven to fake hate crimes. We’re not experiencing an epidemic of hate crimes, Reilly concludes—but we might be experiencing an unprecedented epidemic of hate crime hoaxes.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/putin-s-world-russia-against-the-west-and-with-the-rest-by-angela-stent--65209207https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's World: Russia Against the West and with the Rest Author: Angela Stent Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this revised version that includes an exclusive new chapter on the Russia-Ukraine war, renowned foreign policy expert Angela Stent examines how Putin created a paranoid and polarized world—and increased Russia's status on the global stage.   How did Russia manage to emerge resurgent on the world stage and play a weak hand so effectively? Is it because Putin is a brilliant strategist? Or has Russia stepped into a vacuum created by the West's distraction with its own domestic problems and US ambivalence about whether it still wants to act as a superpower? Putin's World examines the country's turbulent past, how it has influenced Putin, the Russians' understanding of their position on the global stage and their future ambitions -- and their conviction that the West has tried to deny them a seat at the table of great powers since the USSR collapsed.   This book looks at Russia's key relationships -- its downward spiral with the United States, Europe, and NATO; its ties to China, Japan, the Middle East; and with its neighbors, particularly the fraught relationship with Ukraine. Putin's World will help Americans understand how and why the post-Cold War era has given way to a new, more dangerous world, one in which Russia poses a challenge to the United States in every corner of the globe -- and one in which Russia has become a toxic and divisive subject in US politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367969Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's World: Russia Against the West and with the Rest Author: Angela Stent Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's World: Russia Against the West and with the Rest Author: Angela Stent Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this revised version that includes an exclusive new chapter on the Russia-Ukraine war, renowned foreign policy expert Angela Stent examines how Putin created a paranoid and polarized world—and increased Russia's status on the global stage.   How did Russia manage to emerge resurgent on the world stage and play a weak hand so effectively? Is it because Putin is a brilliant strategist? Or has Russia stepped into a vacuum created by the West's distraction with its own domestic problems and US ambivalence about whether it still wants to act as a superpower? Putin's World examines the country's turbulent past, how it has influenced Putin, the Russians' understanding of their position on the global stage and their future ambitions -- and their conviction that the West has tried to deny them a seat at the table of great powers since the USSR collapsed.   This book looks at Russia's key relationships -- its downward spiral with the United States, Europe, and NATO; its ties to China, Japan, the Middle East; and with its neighbors, particularly the fraught relationship with Ukraine. Putin's World will help Americans understand how and why the post-Cold War era has given way to a new, more dangerous world, one in which Russia poses a challenge to the United States in every corner of the globe -- and one in which Russia has become a toxic and divisive subject in US politics.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-people-s-history-of-the-supreme-court-the-men-and-women-whose-cases-and-decisions-have-shaped-our-constitution-by-peter-irons--65209201https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A People's History of the Supreme Court: The Men and Women Whose Cases and Decisions Have Shaped Our Constitution Author: Peter Irons Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive history of the people and cases that have changed history, this is the definitive account of the nation's highest court Recent changes in the Supreme Court have placed the venerable institution at the forefront of current affairs, making this comprehensive and engaging work as timely as ever. In the tradition of Howard Zinn's classic A People's History of the United States, Peter Irons chronicles the decisions that have influenced virtually every aspect of our society, from the debates over judicial power to controversial rulings in the past regarding slavery, racial segregation, and abortion, as well as more current cases about school prayer, the Bush/Gore election results, and 'enemy combatants.' To understand key issues facing the supreme court and the current battle for the court's ideological makeup, there is no better guide than Peter Irons. This revised and updated edition includes a foreword by Howard Zinn.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370463Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A People's History of the Supreme Court: The Men and Women Whose Cases and Decisions Have Shaped Our Constitution Author: Peter Irons Narrator: David...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A People's History of the Supreme Court: The Men and Women Whose Cases and Decisions Have Shaped Our Constitution Author: Peter Irons Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive history of the people and cases that have changed history, this is the definitive account of the nation's highest court Recent changes in the Supreme Court have placed the venerable institution at the forefront of current affairs, making this comprehensive and engaging work as timely as ever. In the tradition of Howard Zinn's classic A People's History of the United States, Peter Irons chronicles the decisions that have influenced virtually every aspect of our society, from the debates over judicial power to controversial rulings in the past regarding slavery, racial segregation, and abortion, as well as more current cases about school prayer, the Bush/Gore election results, and 'enemy combatants.' To understand key issues facing the supreme court and the current battle for the court's ideological makeup, there is no better guide than Peter Irons. This revised and updated edition includes a foreword by Howard Zinn.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/compassionate-counterterrorism-the-power-of-inclusion-in-fighting-fundamentalism-by-leena-al-olaimy--65209189https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368948 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Compassionate Counterterrorism: The Power of Inclusion In Fighting Fundamentalism Author: Leena Al Olaimy Narrator: Ana Clements Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Islamist terrorism is not about religion, says Leena Al Olaimy, an Arab Muslim, Dalai Lama Fellow, and social entrepreneur. She identifies the economic, social, and political factors that are its true driving forces and offers innovative strategies to address them that have proven far more effective than military interventions alone. Sixteen years ago during Ramadan, Leena Al Olaimy was a senior at New York University volunteering at Ground Zero. Ironically, she, a practicing Muslim, was assigned to distribute food to the rescue workers. Angered by what her religion had come to represent, and at those brandishing their perverted version of it, she embarked on lifelong research into the root of extremism. While terrorism experts are unlikely to reach a consensus on the instigators, nor discover an algorithm explaining violent extremism; there is one common thread present through the narratives of terrorists. In some shape or form, they have all suffered from social, economic, or political exclusion. Most critically, this creates an inner turmoil, resulting in the delusion that martyrdom can bring glory. Yet throughout history, many marginalized peoples have not retaliated with such senseless violence, so what inner and outer enabling conditions drive individuals who have radicalized in the name of Islam? And more importantly, what solutions lie in our personal power to address them? This book examines these questions through a spiritual lens, reflecting on absolutism, moral humility, and the potential 'fundamentalist' in all of us, including the perils of justifying a 'noble pursuit' using immoral means; and the parallels between interpretations of scripture to justify violence, with interpretations of scripture to vilify religion. Current counter-terrorism measures are counterproductive. This book offers creative, evidence-based solutions to remedy the consequences of counter-terrorism policies that exacerbate exclusion. Al Olaimy argues there is a way to better invest in peace as individuals, entrepreneurs, policy-makers, and civil society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368948Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368948 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Compassionate Counterterrorism: The Power of Inclusion In Fighting Fundamentalism Author: Leena Al Olaimy Narrator: Ana Clements Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368948 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Compassionate Counterterrorism: The Power of Inclusion In Fighting Fundamentalism Author: Leena Al Olaimy Narrator: Ana Clements Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Islamist terrorism is not about religion, says Leena Al Olaimy, an Arab Muslim, Dalai Lama Fellow, and social entrepreneur. She identifies the economic, social, and political factors that are its true driving forces and offers innovative strategies to address them that have proven far more effective than military interventions alone. Sixteen years ago during Ramadan, Leena Al Olaimy was a senior at New York University volunteering at Ground Zero. Ironically, she, a practicing Muslim, was assigned to distribute food to the rescue workers. Angered by what her religion had come to represent, and at those brandishing their perverted version of it, she embarked on lifelong research into the root of extremism. While terrorism experts are unlikely to reach a consensus on the instigators, nor discover an algorithm explaining violent extremism; there is one common thread present through the narratives of terrorists. In some shape or form, they have all suffered from social, economic, or political exclusion. Most critically, this creates an inner turmoil, resulting in the delusion that martyrdom can bring glory. Yet throughout history, many marginalized peoples have not retaliated with such senseless violence, so what inner and outer enabling conditions drive individuals who have radicalized in the name of Islam? And more importantly, what solutions lie in our personal power to address them? This book examines these questions through a spiritual lens, reflecting on absolutism, moral humility, and the potential 'fundamentalist' in all of us, including the perils of justifying a 'noble pursuit' using immoral means; and the parallels between interpretations of scripture to justify violence, with interpretations of scripture to vilify religion. Current counter-terrorism measures are counterproductive. This book offers creative, evidence-based solutions to remedy the consequences of counter-terrorism policies that exacerbate exclusion. Al Olaimy argues there is a way to better invest in peace as individuals, entrepreneurs, policy-makers, and civil society.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/impossible-subjects-illegal-aliens-and-the-making-of-modern-america-by-mae-m-ngai--65209186https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370467 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impossible Subjects: Illegal Aliens and the Making of Modern America Author: Mae M. Ngai Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book traces the origins of the 'illegal alien' in American law and society, explaining why and how illegal migration became the central problem in U.S. immigration policy—a process that profoundly shaped ideas and practices about citizenship, race, and state authority in the twentieth century. Mae Ngai offers a close reading of the legal regime of restriction that commenced in the 1920s—its statutory architecture, judicial genealogies, administrative enforcement, differential treatment of European and non-European migrants, and long-term effects. In well-drawn historical portraits, Ngai peoples her study with the Filipinos, Mexicans, Japanese, and Chinese who comprised, variously, illegal aliens, alien citizens, colonial subjects, and imported contract workers. She shows that immigration restriction, particularly national-origin and numerical quotas, re-mapped the nation both by creating new categories of racial difference and by emphasizing as never before the nation's contiguous land borders and their patrol. This yielded the 'illegal alien,' a new legal and political subject whose inclusion in the nation was a social reality but a legal impossibility—a subject without rights and excluded from citizenship. Questions of fundamental legal status created new challenges for liberal democratic society and have directly informed the politics of multiculturalism and national belonging in our time. Ngai's analysis is based on extensive archival research, including previously unstudied records of the U.S. Border Patrol and Immigration and Naturalization Service. Contributing to American history, legal history, and ethnic studies, Impossible Subjects is a major reconsideration of U.S. immigration in the twentieth century.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370467Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370467 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impossible Subjects: Illegal Aliens and the Making of Modern America Author: Mae M. Ngai Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370467 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impossible Subjects: Illegal Aliens and the Making of Modern America Author: Mae M. Ngai Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book traces the origins of the 'illegal alien' in American law and society, explaining why and how illegal migration became the central problem in U.S. immigration policy—a process that profoundly shaped ideas and practices about citizenship, race, and state authority in the twentieth century. Mae Ngai offers a close reading of the legal regime of restriction that commenced in the 1920s—its statutory architecture, judicial genealogies, administrative enforcement, differential treatment of European and non-European migrants, and long-term effects. In well-drawn historical portraits, Ngai peoples her study with the Filipinos, Mexicans, Japanese, and Chinese who comprised, variously, illegal aliens, alien citizens, colonial subjects, and imported contract workers. She shows that immigration restriction, particularly national-origin and numerical quotas, re-mapped the nation both by creating new categories of racial difference and by emphasizing as never before the nation's contiguous land borders and their patrol. This yielded the 'illegal alien,' a new legal and political subject whose inclusion in the nation was a social reality but a legal impossibility—a subject without rights and excluded from citizenship. Questions of fundamental legal status created new challenges for liberal democratic society and have directly informed the politics of multiculturalism and national belonging in our time. Ngai's analysis is based on extensive archival research, including previously unstudied records of the U.S. Border Patrol and Immigration and Naturalization Service. Contributing to American history, legal history, and ethnic studies, Impossible Subjects is a major reconsideration of U.S. immigration in the twentieth century.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/prosecuting-the-president-how-special-prosecutors-hold-presidents-accountable-and-protect-the-rule-of-law-by-andrew-coan--65209175https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370462 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prosecuting the President: How Special Prosecutors Hold Presidents Accountable and Protect the Rule of Law Author: Andrew Coan Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Prosecuting the President, Andrew Coan offers a highly engaging look at the long, mostly forgotten history of special prosecutors in American politics. For more than a century, special prosecutors have struck fear into the hearts of Presidents, who have the power to fire them at any time. How could this be, Coan asks? And how could the nation entrust such a high responsibility to such subordinate officials? With vivid storytelling and historical examples, Coan demonstrates that special prosecutors can do much to protect the rule of law under the right circumstances. Many have been thwarted by the formidable challenges of investigating a sitting President and his close associates; a few have abused the powers entrusted to them. But at their best, special prosecutors function as catalysts of democracy, channeling an unfocused popular will to safeguard the rule of law. By raising the visibility of high-level misconduct, they enable the American people to hold the President accountable. Yet, if a President thinks he can fire a special prosecutor without incurring serious political damage, he has the power to do so. Ultimately, Coan concludes, only the American people can decide whether the President is above the law.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370462Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370462 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prosecuting the President: How Special Prosecutors Hold Presidents Accountable and Protect the Rule of Law Author: Andrew Coan Narrator: Christopher...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370462 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prosecuting the President: How Special Prosecutors Hold Presidents Accountable and Protect the Rule of Law Author: Andrew Coan Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Prosecuting the President, Andrew Coan offers a highly engaging look at the long, mostly forgotten history of special prosecutors in American politics. For more than a century, special prosecutors have struck fear into the hearts of Presidents, who have the power to fire them at any time. How could this be, Coan asks? And how could the nation entrust such a high responsibility to such subordinate officials? With vivid storytelling and historical examples, Coan demonstrates that special prosecutors can do much to protect the rule of law under the right circumstances. Many have been thwarted by the formidable challenges of investigating a sitting President and his close associates; a few have abused the powers entrusted to them. But at their best, special prosecutors function as catalysts of democracy, channeling an unfocused popular will to safeguard the rule of law. By raising the visibility of high-level misconduct, they enable the American people to hold the President accountable. Yet, if a President thinks he can fire a special prosecutor without incurring serious political damage, he has the power to do so. Ultimately, Coan concludes, only the American people can decide whether the President is above the law.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/coldfusion-presents-new-thinking-from-einstein-to-artificial-intelligence-the-science-and-technology-that-transformed-our-world-by-dagogo--65209170https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: ColdFusion Presents: New Thinking: From Einstein to Artificial Intelligence, the Science and Technology that Transformed Our World Author: Dagogo Altraide Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What can history's greatest breakthroughs in science and technology teach us about the future? New Thinking: The world has never been so unstable. Now, more than ever, we need to understand our history, learn from our mistakes, and embrace science and technology as we push into the future. In his debut book, New Thinking: The Technology and Science That Transformed Our World, Dagogo Altraide of YouTube's ColdFusion breaks down the history of gamechanger breakthroughs in the world of science and technology that have shaped our modern world and will impact the future. Disruptive technology and innovation: The Industrial Revolution was the most significant event in human history since the domestication of animals and plants, leading to fifty years of growth and development making the western world almost unrecognizable. Today another revolution is taking place, and at its core is disruptive technology and innovation. It's clear that the pace of technology is increasing rapidly, and in the past 100 years there has been more change due to disruptive technology than we could have ever imagined. The pace of this disruptive technology revolution is swift, almost exponential, but what's the story behind it? What were those special moments in time that changed the future forever? From the steam engine revolution to the electric world of Tesla, the first photograph to the invention of the internet, this book explores the hidden secrets of science and technology to help us understand each gamechanger that has shaped the future. In New Thinking: The Technology and Science That Transformed Our World you will delight in learning about and appreciate: ● How a technology can spawn a new technology, and how they influence each other ● How our modern world came to be ● Our incredible modern world and potential for the future]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370464Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: ColdFusion Presents: New Thinking: From Einstein to Artificial Intelligence, the Science and Technology that Transformed Our World Author: Dagogo...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: ColdFusion Presents: New Thinking: From Einstein to Artificial Intelligence, the Science and Technology that Transformed Our World Author: Dagogo Altraide Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What can history's greatest breakthroughs in science and technology teach us about the future? New Thinking: The world has never been so unstable. Now, more than ever, we need to understand our history, learn from our mistakes, and embrace science and technology as we push into the future. In his debut book, New Thinking: The Technology and Science That Transformed Our World, Dagogo Altraide of YouTube's ColdFusion breaks down the history of gamechanger breakthroughs in the world of science and technology that have shaped our modern world and will impact the future. Disruptive technology and innovation: The Industrial Revolution was the most significant event in human history since the domestication of animals and plants, leading to fifty years of growth and development making the western world almost unrecognizable. Today another revolution is taking place, and at its core is disruptive technology and innovation. It's clear that the pace of technology is increasing rapidly, and in the past 100 years there has been more change due to disruptive technology than we could have ever imagined. The pace of this disruptive technology revolution is swift, almost exponential, but what's the story behind it? What were those special moments in time that changed the future forever? From the steam engine revolution to the electric world of Tesla, the first photograph to the invention of the internet, this book explores the hidden secrets of science and technology to help us understand each gamechanger that has shaped the future. In New Thinking: The Technology and Science That Transformed Our World you will delight in learning about and appreciate: ● How a technology can spawn a new technology, and how they influence each other ● How our modern world came to be ● Our incredible modern world and potential for the future]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-uninhabitable-earth-a-story-of-the-future-by-david-wallace-wells--65209265https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: A Story of the Future Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It is worse, much worse, than you think. The slowness of climate change is a fairy tale, perhaps as pernicious as the one that says it isn't happening at all, and if your anxiety about it is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible, even within the lifetime of a teenager today. Over the past decades, the term 'Anthropocene' has climbed into the popular imagination - a name given to the geologic era we live in now, one defined by human intervention in the life of the planet. But however sanguine you might be about the proposition that we have ravaged the natural world, which we surely have, it is another thing entirely to consider the possibility that we have only provoked it, engineering first in ignorance and then in denial a climate system that will now go to war with us for many centuries, perhaps until it destroys us. In the meantime, it will remake us, transforming every aspect of the way we live - the planet no longer nurturing a dream of abundance but a living nightmare. Written and read by David Wallace-Wells, The Uninhabitable Earth is a powerful examination of the world we find ourselves in. © David Wallace-Wells 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: A Story of the Future Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Uninhabitable Earth: A Story of the Future Author: David Wallace-Wells Narrator: David Wallace-Wells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It is worse, much worse, than you think. The slowness of climate change is a fairy tale, perhaps as pernicious as the one that says it isn't happening at all, and if your anxiety about it is dominated by fears of sea-level rise, you are barely scratching the surface of what terrors are possible, even within the lifetime of a teenager today. Over the past decades, the term 'Anthropocene' has climbed into the popular imagination - a name given to the geologic era we live in now, one defined by human intervention in the life of the planet. But however sanguine you might be about the proposition that we have ravaged the natural world, which we surely have, it is another thing entirely to consider the possibility that we have only provoked it, engineering first in ignorance and then in denial a climate system that will now go to war with us for many centuries, perhaps until it destroys us. In the meantime, it will remake us, transforming every aspect of the way we live - the planet no longer nurturing a dream of abundance but a living nightmare. Written and read by David Wallace-Wells, The Uninhabitable Earth is a powerful examination of the world we find ourselves in. © David Wallace-Wells 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-brethren-inside-the-supreme-court-by-scott-armstrong-bob-woodward--65209253https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366238 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brethren: Inside the Supreme Court Author: Scott Armstrong, Bob Woodward Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Brethren is the first detailed behind-the-scenes account of the Supreme Court in action. Bob Woodward and Scott Armstrong have pierced its secrecy to give us an unprecedented view of the Chief and Associate Justices—maneuvering, arguing, politicking, compromising, and making decisions that affect every major area of American life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366238Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366238 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brethren: Inside the Supreme Court Author: Scott Armstrong, Bob Woodward Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 55...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366238 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brethren: Inside the Supreme Court Author: Scott Armstrong, Bob Woodward Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Brethren is the first detailed behind-the-scenes account of the Supreme Court in action. Bob Woodward and Scott Armstrong have pierced its secrecy to give us an unprecedented view of the Chief and Associate Justices—maneuvering, arguing, politicking, compromising, and making decisions that affect every major area of American life.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/practical-equality-forging-justice-in-a-divided-nation-by-robert-tsai--65209182https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373803 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Equality: Forging Justice in a Divided Nation Author: Robert Tsai Narrator: David Shih Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Equality is easy to grasp in theory but often hard to achieve in reality. In this accessible and wide-ranging work, American University law professor Robert L. Tsai offers a stirring account of how legal ideas that aren't necessarily about equality at all—ensuring fair play, behaving reasonably, avoiding cruelty, and protecting free speech—have often been used to overcome resistance to justice and remain vital today. Practical Equality is an original and compelling book on the intersection of law and society. Tsai, a leading expert on constitutional law who has written widely in the popular press, traces challenges to equality throughout American history: from the oppression of emancipated slaves after the Civil War to the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II to President Trump's ban on Muslim travelers. He applies lessons from these and other past struggles to such pressing contemporary issues as the rights of sexual minorities and the homeless, racism in the criminal justice system, police brutality, voting restrictions, oppressive measures against migrants, and more. Deeply researched and well argued, Practical Equality offers a sense of optimism and a guide to pursuing equality for activists, lawyers, public officials, and concerned citizens.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373803Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373803 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Equality: Forging Justice in a Divided Nation Author: Robert Tsai Narrator: David Shih Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373803 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Equality: Forging Justice in a Divided Nation Author: Robert Tsai Narrator: David Shih Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Equality is easy to grasp in theory but often hard to achieve in reality. In this accessible and wide-ranging work, American University law professor Robert L. Tsai offers a stirring account of how legal ideas that aren't necessarily about equality at all—ensuring fair play, behaving reasonably, avoiding cruelty, and protecting free speech—have often been used to overcome resistance to justice and remain vital today. Practical Equality is an original and compelling book on the intersection of law and society. Tsai, a leading expert on constitutional law who has written widely in the popular press, traces challenges to equality throughout American history: from the oppression of emancipated slaves after the Civil War to the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II to President Trump's ban on Muslim travelers. He applies lessons from these and other past struggles to such pressing contemporary issues as the rights of sexual minorities and the homeless, racism in the criminal justice system, police brutality, voting restrictions, oppressive measures against migrants, and more. Deeply researched and well argued, Practical Equality offers a sense of optimism and a guide to pursuing equality for activists, lawyers, public officials, and concerned citizens.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-nationalism-by-yael-tamir--65209148https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nationalism Author: Yael Tamir Narrator: Juliet Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Juliet Stevenson reveals why nationalism is a permanent political force—and how it can be harnessed once again for liberal ends Around the world today, nationalism is back—and it's often deeply troubling. Populist politicians exploit nationalism for authoritarian, chauvinistic, racist, and xenophobic purposes, reinforcing the view that it is fundamentally reactionary and antidemocratic. But Yael (Yuli) Tamir makes a passionate argument for a very different kind of nationalism—one that revives its participatory, creative, and egalitarian virtues, answers many of the problems caused by neoliberalism and hyperglobalism, and is essential to democracy at its best. In Why Nationalism, she explains why it is more important than ever for the Left to recognize these qualities of nationalism, to reclaim it from right-wing extremists, and to redirect its power to progressive ends. Far from being an evil force, nationalism's power lies in its ability to empower individuals and answer basic human needs. Using it to reproduce cross-class coalitions will ensure that all citizens share essential cultural, political, and economic goods. Shifting emphasis from the global to the national and putting one's nation first is not a way of advocating national supremacy but of redistributing responsibilities and sharing benefits in a more democratic and just way. In making the case for a liberal and democratic nationalism, Tamir also provides a compelling original account of the ways in which neoliberalism and hyperglobalism have allowed today's Right to co-opt nationalism for its own purposes. Provocative and hopeful, Why Nationalism is a timely and essential rethinking of a defining feature of our politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nationalism Author: Yael Tamir Narrator: Juliet Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nationalism Author: Yael Tamir Narrator: Juliet Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Juliet Stevenson reveals why nationalism is a permanent political force—and how it can be harnessed once again for liberal ends Around the world today, nationalism is back—and it's often deeply troubling. Populist politicians exploit nationalism for authoritarian, chauvinistic, racist, and xenophobic purposes, reinforcing the view that it is fundamentally reactionary and antidemocratic. But Yael (Yuli) Tamir makes a passionate argument for a very different kind of nationalism—one that revives its participatory, creative, and egalitarian virtues, answers many of the problems caused by neoliberalism and hyperglobalism, and is essential to democracy at its best. In Why Nationalism, she explains why it is more important than ever for the Left to recognize these qualities of nationalism, to reclaim it from right-wing extremists, and to redirect its power to progressive ends. Far from being an evil force, nationalism's power lies in its ability to empower individuals and answer basic human needs. Using it to reproduce cross-class coalitions will ensure that all citizens share essential cultural, political, and economic goods. Shifting emphasis from the global to the national and putting one's nation first is not a way of advocating national supremacy but of redistributing responsibilities and sharing benefits in a more democratic and just way. In making the case for a liberal and democratic nationalism, Tamir also provides a compelling original account of the ways in which neoliberalism and hyperglobalism have allowed today's Right to co-opt nationalism for its own purposes. Provocative and hopeful, Why Nationalism is a timely and essential rethinking of a defining feature of our politics.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-poder-y-la-palabra-edicion-definitiva-avalada-por-the-orwell-estate-10-ensayos-sobre-lenguaje-politica-y-verdad-by-george--65209202https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El poder y la palabra (edición definitiva avalada por The Orwell Estate): 10 ensayos sobre lenguaje, política y verdad Author: George Orwell Narrator: Miquel Berga, Alfons Vallés Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El audiolibro de El poder y la palabra reúne diez ensayos de George Orwell que dan vuelta al concepto de verdad y al uso perverso del lenguaje político. « En una época de engaño universal, decir la verdad es un acto revolucionario.» Los ensayos políticos de George Orwell son una de las mejores fuentes de resistencia contra el uso corrupto del lenguaje y las versiones manipuladas de la realidad. Su pasión por la verdady su esfuerzo infatigable por desmantelar las mentiras le convierten en una referencia inexcusable en estos atribulados tiempos. Los mejores autores del siglo XX disponibles para escuchar donde quieras.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451Thu, 14 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El poder y la palabra (edición definitiva avalada por The Orwell Estate): 10 ensayos sobre lenguaje, política y verdad Author: George...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El poder y la palabra (edición definitiva avalada por The Orwell Estate): 10 ensayos sobre lenguaje, política y verdad Author: George Orwell Narrator: Miquel Berga, Alfons Vallés Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El audiolibro de El poder y la palabra reúne diez ensayos de George Orwell que dan vuelta al concepto de verdad y al uso perverso del lenguaje político. « En una época de engaño universal, decir la verdad es un acto revolucionario.» Los ensayos políticos de George Orwell son una de las mejores fuentes de resistencia contra el uso corrupto del lenguaje y las versiones manipuladas de la realidad. Su pasión por la verdady su esfuerzo infatigable por desmantelar las mentiras le convierten en una referencia inexcusable en estos atribulados tiempos. Los mejores autores del siglo XX disponibles para escuchar donde quieras.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-motherhood-work-how-women-manage-careers-and-caregiving-by-caitlyn-collins--65209250https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367253 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Motherhood Work: How Women Manage Careers and Caregiving Author: Caitlyn Collins Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The work-family conflict that mothers experience today is a national crisis. Women struggle to balance breadwinning with the bulk of parenting, and stress is constant. Social policies don't help. Of all Western industrialized countries, the United States ranks dead last for supportive work-family policies: No federal paid parental leave. The highest gender wage gap. No minimum standard for vacation and sick days. Can American women look to European policies for solutions? Drawing on interviews with 135 working mothers in Sweden, Germany, Italy, and the United States, Caitlyn Collins shows that mothers' desires and expectations depend heavily on context. In Sweden—renowned for its gender-equal policies—mothers assume they will receive support from their partners, employers, and the government. In the former East Germany, with its history of mandated employment, mothers don't feel conflicted about working, but some curtail their work hours and ambitions. Mothers in western Germany and Italy, where maternalist values are strong, are stigmatized for pursuing careers. Meanwhile, American working mothers stand apart for their guilt and worry. Policies alone, Collins discovers, cannot solve women's struggles. Easing them will require a deeper understanding of cultural beliefs about gender equality, employment, and motherhood.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367253Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367253 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Motherhood Work: How Women Manage Careers and Caregiving Author: Caitlyn Collins Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367253 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Motherhood Work: How Women Manage Careers and Caregiving Author: Caitlyn Collins Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The work-family conflict that mothers experience today is a national crisis. Women struggle to balance breadwinning with the bulk of parenting, and stress is constant. Social policies don't help. Of all Western industrialized countries, the United States ranks dead last for supportive work-family policies: No federal paid parental leave. The highest gender wage gap. No minimum standard for vacation and sick days. Can American women look to European policies for solutions? Drawing on interviews with 135 working mothers in Sweden, Germany, Italy, and the United States, Caitlyn Collins shows that mothers' desires and expectations depend heavily on context. In Sweden—renowned for its gender-equal policies—mothers assume they will receive support from their partners, employers, and the government. In the former East Germany, with its history of mandated employment, mothers don't feel conflicted about working, but some curtail their work hours and ambitions. Mothers in western Germany and Italy, where maternalist values are strong, are stigmatized for pursuing careers. Meanwhile, American working mothers stand apart for their guilt and worry. Policies alone, Collins discovers, cannot solve women's struggles. Easing them will require a deeper understanding of cultural beliefs about gender equality, employment, and motherhood.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/police-craft-what-cops-know-about-crime-community-and-violence-by-adam-plantinga--65209237https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369048 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Police Craft: What Cops Know About Crime, Community and Violence Author: Adam Plantinga Narrator: Steve Marvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A veteran police officer gives his thoughtful, balanced views on police shootings, racial profiling, community relations, and every other aspect of policing—and he'll change what you think about the police. From the author of the acclaimed 400 Things Cops Know, Police Craft is a thought–provoking and revelatory examination of policing in America, as seen by a working police officer. Adam Plantinga, a seventeen–year veteran sergeant with the San Francisco Police Department, gives an inside view of the police officer's job, from handling evidence and conducting interrogations to coping with danger, violence, and death. Not hesitating to confront controversial issues, Plantinga presents the police officer's views on police shootings, racial profiling, and relationships between police and the community–and offers reasoned proposals on what the police and the public can do better. Hard–boiled, humorous, and compassionate, Plantinga wrestles with the complexities and contradictions of a job he loves in which he witnesses so much suffering. Transcending today's strident pro–cop/anti–cop rhetoric, Police Craft will give every listener a greater respect for the police and greater understanding of the job they do.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369048Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369048 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Police Craft: What Cops Know About Crime, Community and Violence Author: Adam Plantinga Narrator: Steve Marvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369048 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Police Craft: What Cops Know About Crime, Community and Violence Author: Adam Plantinga Narrator: Steve Marvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A veteran police officer gives his thoughtful, balanced views on police shootings, racial profiling, community relations, and every other aspect of policing—and he'll change what you think about the police. From the author of the acclaimed 400 Things Cops Know, Police Craft is a thought–provoking and revelatory examination of policing in America, as seen by a working police officer. Adam Plantinga, a seventeen–year veteran sergeant with the San Francisco Police Department, gives an inside view of the police officer's job, from handling evidence and conducting interrogations to coping with danger, violence, and death. Not hesitating to confront controversial issues, Plantinga presents the police officer's views on police shootings, racial profiling, and relationships between police and the community–and offers reasoned proposals on what the police and the public can do better. Hard–boiled, humorous, and compassionate, Plantinga wrestles with the complexities and contradictions of a job he loves in which he witnesses so much suffering. Transcending today's strident pro–cop/anti–cop rhetoric, Police Craft will give every listener a greater respect for the police and greater understanding of the job they do.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/not-on-my-watch-how-to-win-the-fight-for-family-faith-and-freedom-by-elizabeth-johnston--65209235https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not on My Watch: How to Win the Fight for Family, Faith and Freedom Author: Elizabeth Johnston Narrator: Elizabeth Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: News headlines point to a world that has gone stark-raving mad. Right is wrong, and wrong is right. Religious liberty is under attack. Gender identity and fluidity is not only accepted but encouraged. Same-sex marriage is embraced by many churches. Deviant sexual practices are taught in schools. Feminists march for freedom except when it relates to the 60 million babies aborted since Roe v. Wade. No more!cries Elizabeth Johnston aka the Activist Mommy, social media sensation with over 70 million video views. Johnston courageously defends the timeless truths of God's Word and inspires and encourages other Christians to unite in winning this war for our children, our morals, our freedom, and our culture. Foreword by Todd Starnes. Read this book, devour every sentence, and then share it. . . . This is the kind of book that can rock the culture to its very foundation. -- Todd Starnes, Fox News ChannelElizabeth's uncompromising commitment to speak truth and stand for righteousness . . . has elevated her to prominence at a time when our nation needs 'mama bears' the most! -- David and Jason Benham, best-selling authorsElizabeth Johnston brings much needed 'mommy sense' to a world saturated with nonsense. -- Kimberly Fletcher, Moms for America, Inc.Not on My Watch captures the passion and calling of Elizabeth Johnston and everyone who values faith, family, and freedom. -- Mathew Staver, Liberty Counsel]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367366Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not on My Watch: How to Win the Fight for Family, Faith and Freedom Author: Elizabeth Johnston Narrator: Elizabeth Johnston Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not on My Watch: How to Win the Fight for Family, Faith and Freedom Author: Elizabeth Johnston Narrator: Elizabeth Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: News headlines point to a world that has gone stark-raving mad. Right is wrong, and wrong is right. Religious liberty is under attack. Gender identity and fluidity is not only accepted but encouraged. Same-sex marriage is embraced by many churches. Deviant sexual practices are taught in schools. Feminists march for freedom except when it relates to the 60 million babies aborted since Roe v. Wade. No more!cries Elizabeth Johnston aka the Activist Mommy, social media sensation with over 70 million video views. Johnston courageously defends the timeless truths of God's Word and inspires and encourages other Christians to unite in winning this war for our children, our morals, our freedom, and our culture. Foreword by Todd Starnes. Read this book, devour every sentence, and then share it. . . . This is the kind of book that can rock the culture to its very foundation. -- Todd Starnes, Fox News ChannelElizabeth's uncompromising commitment to speak truth and stand for righteousness . . . has elevated her to prominence at a time when our nation needs 'mama bears' the most! -- David and Jason Benham, best-selling authorsElizabeth Johnston brings much needed 'mommy sense' to a world saturated with nonsense. -- Kimberly Fletcher, Moms for America, Inc.Not on My Watch captures the passion and calling of Elizabeth Johnston and everyone who values faith, family, and freedom. -- Mathew Staver, Liberty Counsel]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/uncivil-agreement-how-politics-became-our-identity-by-lilliana-mason--65209191https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncivil Agreement: How Politics Became Our Identity Author: Lilliana Mason Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Political polarization in America is at an all–time high, and the conflict has moved beyond disagreements about matters of policy. For the first time in more than twenty years, research has shown that members of both parties hold strongly unfavorable views of their opponents. This is polarization rooted in social identity, and it is growing. The campaign and election of Donald Trump laid bare this fact of the American electorate, its successful rhetoric of 'us versus them' tapping into a powerful current of anger and resentment. With Uncivil Agreement, Lilliana Mason looks at the growing social gulf across racial, religious, and cultural lines, which have recently come to divide neatly between the two major political parties. She argues that group identifications have changed the way we think and feel about ourselves and our opponents. Even when Democrats and Republicans can agree on policy outcomes, they tend to view one other with distrust and to work for party victory over all else. Bringing together theory from political science and social psychology, Uncivil Agreement clearly describes this increasingly 'social' type of polarization in American politics and will add much to our understanding of contemporary politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369013Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncivil Agreement: How Politics Became Our Identity Author: Lilliana Mason Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncivil Agreement: How Politics Became Our Identity Author: Lilliana Mason Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Political polarization in America is at an all–time high, and the conflict has moved beyond disagreements about matters of policy. For the first time in more than twenty years, research has shown that members of both parties hold strongly unfavorable views of their opponents. This is polarization rooted in social identity, and it is growing. The campaign and election of Donald Trump laid bare this fact of the American electorate, its successful rhetoric of 'us versus them' tapping into a powerful current of anger and resentment. With Uncivil Agreement, Lilliana Mason looks at the growing social gulf across racial, religious, and cultural lines, which have recently come to divide neatly between the two major political parties. She argues that group identifications have changed the way we think and feel about ourselves and our opponents. Even when Democrats and Republicans can agree on policy outcomes, they tend to view one other with distrust and to work for party victory over all else. Bringing together theory from political science and social psychology, Uncivil Agreement clearly describes this increasingly 'social' type of polarization in American politics and will add much to our understanding of contemporary politics.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-science-of-marijuana-by-leslie-l-iverson--65209158https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Marijuana Author: Leslie L. Iverson Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Science of Marijuana, Third Edition is directed at a public interested in knowing more about cannabis, how it works, and what the hazards associated with its use may be. In terms of cannabis as a medicine, it is now sanctioned by a majority of US States, with approved medical indications that often go beyond what is really known scientifically about the effectiveness of cannabis treatment. Some countries and U.S. states have approved full legalization of cannabis for adults; the regulations needed to control such legal use are still being worked out. The pros and cons of cannabis legalization are reviewed. There have been big changes in the public perception of cannabis, and increased support for legalization. The book comes at a timely moment in this debate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369002Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Marijuana Author: Leslie L. Iverson Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Marijuana Author: Leslie L. Iverson Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Science of Marijuana, Third Edition is directed at a public interested in knowing more about cannabis, how it works, and what the hazards associated with its use may be. In terms of cannabis as a medicine, it is now sanctioned by a majority of US States, with approved medical indications that often go beyond what is really known scientifically about the effectiveness of cannabis treatment. Some countries and U.S. states have approved full legalization of cannabis for adults; the regulations needed to control such legal use are still being worked out. The pros and cons of cannabis legalization are reviewed. There have been big changes in the public perception of cannabis, and increased support for legalization. The book comes at a timely moment in this debate.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/iran-rising-the-survival-and-future-of-the-islamic-republic-by-amin-saikal--65209177https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366857 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran Rising: The Survival and Future of the Islamic Republic Author: Amin Saikal Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Simon Shepherd paints a compelling picture of the Islamic Republic, exploring how it has managed to survive despite ongoing challenges at home and abroad When Iranians overthrew their monarchy, rejecting a pro-Western shah in favor of an Islamic regime, many observers predicted that revolutionary turmoil would paralyze the country for decades to come. Yet forty years after the 1978–79 revolution, Iran has emerged as a critical player in the Middle East and the wider world, as demonstrated in part by the 2015 international nuclear agreement. In Iran Rising, renowned Iran specialist Amin Saikal describes how the country has managed to survive despite ongoing domestic struggles, Western sanctions, and countless other serious challenges. Saikal explores Iran's recent history, beginning with the revolution, which set in motion a number of developments, including war with Iraq, precarious relations with Arab neighbors, and hostilities with Israel and the United States. He highlights the regime's agility as it navigated a complex relationship with Afghanistan during the Soviet invasion, survived the Gulf wars, and handled fallout from the Iraqi and Syrian crises. Such success, Saikal maintains, stems from a distinctive political order, comprising both a supreme Islamic leader and an elected president and national assembly, which can fuse religious and nationalist assertiveness with pragmatic policy actions at home and abroad. But Iran's accomplishments, including its nuclear development and ability to fight ISIS, have cost its people, who are desperately pressuring the ruling clerics for economic and social reforms—changes that might in turn influence the country's foreign policy. Amid heightened global anxiety over alliances, terrorism, and nuclear threats, Iran Rising offers essential insights into a country that, more than ever, is a force to watch.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366857Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366857 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran Rising: The Survival and Future of the Islamic Republic Author: Amin Saikal Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366857 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran Rising: The Survival and Future of the Islamic Republic Author: Amin Saikal Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Simon Shepherd paints a compelling picture of the Islamic Republic, exploring how it has managed to survive despite ongoing challenges at home and abroad When Iranians overthrew their monarchy, rejecting a pro-Western shah in favor of an Islamic regime, many observers predicted that revolutionary turmoil would paralyze the country for decades to come. Yet forty years after the 1978–79 revolution, Iran has emerged as a critical player in the Middle East and the wider world, as demonstrated in part by the 2015 international nuclear agreement. In Iran Rising, renowned Iran specialist Amin Saikal describes how the country has managed to survive despite ongoing domestic struggles, Western sanctions, and countless other serious challenges. Saikal explores Iran's recent history, beginning with the revolution, which set in motion a number of developments, including war with Iraq, precarious relations with Arab neighbors, and hostilities with Israel and the United States. He highlights the regime's agility as it navigated a complex relationship with Afghanistan during the Soviet invasion, survived the Gulf wars, and handled fallout from the Iraqi and Syrian crises. Such success, Saikal maintains, stems from a distinctive political order, comprising both a supreme Islamic leader and an elected president and national assembly, which can fuse religious and nationalist assertiveness with pragmatic policy actions at home and abroad. But Iran's accomplishments, including its nuclear development and ability to fight ISIS, have cost its people, who are desperately pressuring the ruling clerics for economic and social reforms—changes that might in turn influence the country's foreign policy. Amid heightened global anxiety over alliances, terrorism, and nuclear threats, Iran Rising offers essential insights into a country that, more than ever, is a force to watch.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/national-populism-the-revolt-against-liberal-democracy-by-matthew-goodwin-roger-eatwell--65209254https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy Author: Matthew Goodwin, Roger Eatwell Narrator: Matthew Goodwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy, A Pelican Book, written by Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin and read by Matthew Goodwin. A crucial new guide to one of the most urgent political phenomena of our time: the rise of national populism Across the West, there is a rising tide of people who feel excluded, alienated from mainstream politics, and increasingly hostile towards minorities, immigrants and neo-liberal economics. Many of these voters are turning to national populist movements, which have begun to change the face of Western liberal democracy, from the United States to France, Austria to the UK. This radical turn, we are told, is a last howl of rage from an aging electorate on the verge of extinction. Their leaders are fascistic and their politics anti-democratic; their existence a side-show to liberal democracy. But this version of events, as Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin show, could not be further from the truth. Written by two of the foremost experts on fascism and the rise of national populism, this lucid and deeply-researched book is a vital guide to our transformed political landscape. Challenging conventional wisdoms, Eatwell and Goodwin make a compelling case for serious, respectful engagement with the supporters and ideas of national populism - not least because it is a tide that won't be stemmed anytime soon.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755Thu, 31 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy Author: Matthew Goodwin, Roger Eatwell Narrator: Matthew Goodwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy Author: Matthew Goodwin, Roger Eatwell Narrator: Matthew Goodwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy, A Pelican Book, written by Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin and read by Matthew Goodwin. A crucial new guide to one of the most urgent political phenomena of our time: the rise of national populism Across the West, there is a rising tide of people who feel excluded, alienated from mainstream politics, and increasingly hostile towards minorities, immigrants and neo-liberal economics. Many of these voters are turning to national populist movements, which have begun to change the face of Western liberal democracy, from the United States to France, Austria to the UK. This radical turn, we are told, is a last howl of rage from an aging electorate on the verge of extinction. Their leaders are fascistic and their politics anti-democratic; their existence a side-show to liberal democracy. But this version of events, as Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin show, could not be further from the truth. Written by two of the foremost experts on fascism and the rise of national populism, this lucid and deeply-researched book is a vital guide to our transformed political landscape. Challenging conventional wisdoms, Eatwell and Goodwin make a compelling case for serious, respectful engagement with the supporters and ideas of national populism - not least because it is a tide that won't be stemmed anytime soon.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/team-of-vipers-my-500-extraordinary-days-in-the-trump-white-house-by-cliff-sims--65209269https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361027 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Team of Vipers: My 500 Extraordinary Days in the Trump White House Author: Cliff Sims Narrator: Cliff Sims, Daniel Thomas May Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Note: Per author's request, profanity has been removed from both the book and the audio program. 'Sims’s vivid portrait of Trump shrewdly balances admiration with misgivings, and his intricate, engrossing accounts of White House vendettas and power plays have a good mix of immersion and perspective. The result is one of the best of the recent flood of Trump tell-alls.' —Publishers Weekly The first honest insider’s account of the Trump administration. If you hate Trump you need the truth; if you love Trump you need the truth. After standing at Donald Trump’s side on Election Night, Cliff Sims joined him in the West Wing as Special Assistant to the President and Director of White House Message Strategy. He soon found himself pulled into the President’s inner circle as a confidante, an errand boy, an advisor, a punching bag, and a friend. Sometimes all in the same conversation. As a result, Sims gained unprecedented access to the President, sitting in on private meetings with key Congressional officials, world leaders, and top White House advisors. He saw how Trump handled the challenges of the office, and he learned from Trump himself how he saw the world. For five hundred days, Sims also witnessed first-hand the infighting and leaking, the anger, joy, and recriminations. He had a role in some of the President’s biggest successes, and he shared the blame for some of his administration’s worst disasters. He gained key, often surprising insights into the players of the Trump West Wing, from Jared Kushner and John Kelly to Steve Bannon and Kellyanne Conway. He even helped Trump craft his enemies list, knowing who was loyal and who was not. And he took notes. Hundreds of pages of notes. In real-time. Sims stood with the President in the eye of the storm raging around him, and now he tells the story that no one else has written—because no one else could. The story of what it was really like in the West Wing as a member of the President’s team. The story of power and palace intrigue, backstabbing and bold victories, as well as painful moral compromises, occasionally with yourself. Team of Vipers tells the full story, as only a true insider could.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361027Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361027 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Team of Vipers: My 500 Extraordinary Days in the Trump White House Author: Cliff Sims Narrator: Cliff Sims, Daniel Thomas May Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361027 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Team of Vipers: My 500 Extraordinary Days in the Trump White House Author: Cliff Sims Narrator: Cliff Sims, Daniel Thomas May Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Note: Per author's request, profanity has been removed from both the book and the audio program. 'Sims’s vivid portrait of Trump shrewdly balances admiration with misgivings, and his intricate, engrossing accounts of White House vendettas and power plays have a good mix of immersion and perspective. The result is one of the best of the recent flood of Trump tell-alls.' —Publishers Weekly The first honest insider’s account of the Trump administration. If you hate Trump you need the truth; if you love Trump you need the truth. After standing at Donald Trump’s side on Election Night, Cliff Sims joined him in the West Wing as Special Assistant to the President and Director of White House Message Strategy. He soon found himself pulled into the President’s inner circle as a confidante, an errand boy, an advisor, a punching bag, and a friend. Sometimes all in the same conversation. As a result, Sims gained unprecedented access to the President, sitting in on private meetings with key Congressional officials, world leaders, and top White House advisors. He saw how Trump handled the challenges of the office, and he learned from Trump himself how he saw the world. For five hundred days, Sims also witnessed first-hand the infighting and leaking, the anger, joy, and recriminations. He had a role in some of the President’s biggest successes, and he shared the blame for some of his administration’s worst disasters. He gained key, often surprising insights into the players of the Trump West Wing, from Jared Kushner and John Kelly to Steve Bannon and Kellyanne Conway. He even helped Trump craft his enemies list, knowing who was loyal and who was not. And he took notes. Hundreds of pages of notes. In real-time. Sims stood with the President in the eye of the storm raging around him, and now he tells the story that no one else has written—because no one else could. The story of what it was really like in the West Wing as a member of the President’s team. The story of power and palace intrigue, backstabbing and bold victories, as well as painful moral compromises, occasionally with yourself. Team of Vipers tells the full story, as only a true insider could.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-me-finish-trump-the-kushners-bannon-new-jersey-and-the-power-of-in-your-face-politics-by-chris-christie--65209227https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366275 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Me Finish: Trump, the Kushners, Bannon, New Jersey, and the Power of In-Your-Face Politics Author: Chris Christie Narrator: Chris Christie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times-bestselling memoir from the outspoken former governor--an 'explosive' (Guardian) 'must read' (Hugh Hewitt) account of Chris Christie's life in politics including his 'not to miss' (Entertainment Weekly) insights into Donald Trump. After dropping out of the 2016 presidential race, Chris Christie stunned the political world by becoming the first major official to endorse Donald Trump. A friend of Trump's for fifteen years, the two-term New Jersey governor understood the future president as well as anyone in the political arena--and Christie quickly became one of Trump's most trusted advisers. Tapped with running Trump's transition team, Christie was nearly named his running mate. But within days of Trump's surprise victory over Hillary Clinton, Christie was in for his own surprise: he was being booted out. In Let Me Finish, Christie sets the record straight about his tenure as a corruption-fighting prosecutor and a Republican running a Democratic state, as well as what really happened on the 2016 campaign trail and inside Trump Tower. Christie takes readers inside the ego-driven battles for Trump's attention among figures like Steve Bannon, Corey Lewandowksi, Reince Priebus, Kellyanne Conway, Jeff Sessions, and Paul Manafort. He shows how the literal trashing of Christie's transition plan put the new administration in the hands of self-serving amateurs, all but guaranteeing the Trump presidency's shaky start. Christie also addresses hot-button issues from his own years in power, including what really went down during Bridgegate. And, for the first time, Christie tells the full story of the Kushner saga: how, as a federal prosecutor, Christie put Jared Kushner's powerful father behind bars--a fact Trump's son-in-law makes Christie pay for later. Packed with news-making revelations and told with the kind of bluntness few politicians can match, Christie's memoir is an essential guide to understanding the Trump presidency.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366275Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366275 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Me Finish: Trump, the Kushners, Bannon, New Jersey, and the Power of In-Your-Face Politics Author: Chris Christie Narrator: Chris Christie Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366275 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Me Finish: Trump, the Kushners, Bannon, New Jersey, and the Power of In-Your-Face Politics Author: Chris Christie Narrator: Chris Christie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times-bestselling memoir from the outspoken former governor--an 'explosive' (Guardian) 'must read' (Hugh Hewitt) account of Chris Christie's life in politics including his 'not to miss' (Entertainment Weekly) insights into Donald Trump. After dropping out of the 2016 presidential race, Chris Christie stunned the political world by becoming the first major official to endorse Donald Trump. A friend of Trump's for fifteen years, the two-term New Jersey governor understood the future president as well as anyone in the political arena--and Christie quickly became one of Trump's most trusted advisers. Tapped with running Trump's transition team, Christie was nearly named his running mate. But within days of Trump's surprise victory over Hillary Clinton, Christie was in for his own surprise: he was being booted out. In Let Me Finish, Christie sets the record straight about his tenure as a corruption-fighting prosecutor and a Republican running a Democratic state, as well as what really happened on the 2016 campaign trail and inside Trump Tower. Christie takes readers inside the ego-driven battles for Trump's attention among figures like Steve Bannon, Corey Lewandowksi, Reince Priebus, Kellyanne Conway, Jeff Sessions, and Paul Manafort. He shows how the literal trashing of Christie's transition plan put the new administration in the hands of self-serving amateurs, all but guaranteeing the Trump presidency's shaky start. Christie also addresses hot-button issues from his own years in power, including what really went down during Bridgegate. And, for the first time, Christie tells the full story of the Kushner saga: how, as a federal prosecutor, Christie put Jared Kushner's powerful father behind bars--a fact Trump's son-in-law makes Christie pay for later. Packed with news-making revelations and told with the kind of bluntness few politicians can match, Christie's memoir is an essential guide to understanding the Trump presidency.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/citizen-capitalism-how-a-universal-fund-can-provide-influence-and-income-to-all-by-sergio-alberto-gramitto-tamara-belinfanti-lynn-a-stou--65209203https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizen Capitalism: How a Universal Fund Can Provide Influence and Income to All Author: Sergio Alberto Gramitto, Tamara Belinfanti, Lynn A. Stout Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Top Cornell law professor Lynn Stout and her coauthors Tamara Belinfanti and Sergio Gramitto offer a visionary but practical proposal to provide a guaranteed minimum income-it not only avoids creating a new government program or increasing taxes, but also gives the entire citizenry more influence in the economy. This book offers a powerful and simple plan for simultaneously accomplishing two far-reaching objectives: (1) providing a basic income for all citizens and (2) making capitalism more democratic and responsive to the will of the people. The authors detail how we can create a universal fund (similar to a mutual fund) through donations of stock and other securities by corporations and individuals. This fund would be owned by, and would provide an income supplement for, all Americans. It would be an independent entity, not a government agency. Its citizen-owners would participate in governing the fund and directing its share voting choices. This would give average citizens more influence over and a larger share of the financial benefits from the corporations that are the engines of our economy. It would make corporations part of the solution to income inequality. The result will be making capitalism work better for all while bringing hope to us, our children, and our society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366683Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizen Capitalism: How a Universal Fund Can Provide Influence and Income to All Author: Sergio Alberto Gramitto, Tamara Belinfanti, Lynn A. Stout...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizen Capitalism: How a Universal Fund Can Provide Influence and Income to All Author: Sergio Alberto Gramitto, Tamara Belinfanti, Lynn A. Stout Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Top Cornell law professor Lynn Stout and her coauthors Tamara Belinfanti and Sergio Gramitto offer a visionary but practical proposal to provide a guaranteed minimum income-it not only avoids creating a new government program or increasing taxes, but also gives the entire citizenry more influence in the economy. This book offers a powerful and simple plan for simultaneously accomplishing two far-reaching objectives: (1) providing a basic income for all citizens and (2) making capitalism more democratic and responsive to the will of the people. The authors detail how we can create a universal fund (similar to a mutual fund) through donations of stock and other securities by corporations and individuals. This fund would be owned by, and would provide an income supplement for, all Americans. It would be an independent entity, not a government agency. Its citizen-owners would participate in governing the fund and directing its share voting choices. This would give average citizens more influence over and a larger share of the financial benefits from the corporations that are the engines of our economy. It would make corporations part of the solution to income inequality. The result will be making capitalism work better for all while bringing hope to us, our children, and our society.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rodrigo-duterte-fire-and-fury-in-the-philippines-by-jonathan-miller--65209173https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367765 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rodrigo Duterte: Fire and Fury in the Philippines Author: Jonathan Miller Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first biography of Rodrigo Duterte, the murderous, unpredictable president of the Philippines, a fascinating, fearsome man and the embodiment of populism in our time. Rodrigo Duterte was elected President of the Philippines in 2016. In his first eighteen months in office, 12,000 people were murdered on the streets, gunned down by police officers and vigilante citizens—all with his encouragement. Duterte is a serial womaniser and a self-confessed killer, who has called both Barack Obama and Pope Francis 'sons of whores.' He is on record as saying he does not 'give a shit' about human rights. Yet he is beloved of the 16.6 million Filipinos who voted for him, seen as vulgar but honest, a breath of fresh air, and an iconoclastic, anti-imperialist rebel. Through interviews with Duterte himself, his sister, daughter and son, two former presidents, old friends, death squad hitmen, and relatives of his victims, Channel 4 News's Asia Correspondent Jonathan Miller shows that far from the media cartoon of The Godfather, John Wayne, Hugo Chavez, and Donald Trump rolled into one, Duterte is a sinister, dangerous man, who should not be taken lightly.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367765Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367765 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rodrigo Duterte: Fire and Fury in the Philippines Author: Jonathan Miller Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367765 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rodrigo Duterte: Fire and Fury in the Philippines Author: Jonathan Miller Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first biography of Rodrigo Duterte, the murderous, unpredictable president of the Philippines, a fascinating, fearsome man and the embodiment of populism in our time. Rodrigo Duterte was elected President of the Philippines in 2016. In his first eighteen months in office, 12,000 people were murdered on the streets, gunned down by police officers and vigilante citizens—all with his encouragement. Duterte is a serial womaniser and a self-confessed killer, who has called both Barack Obama and Pope Francis 'sons of whores.' He is on record as saying he does not 'give a shit' about human rights. Yet he is beloved of the 16.6 million Filipinos who voted for him, seen as vulgar but honest, a breath of fresh air, and an iconoclastic, anti-imperialist rebel. Through interviews with Duterte himself, his sister, daughter and son, two former presidents, old friends, death squad hitmen, and relatives of his victims, Channel 4 News's Asia Correspondent Jonathan Miller shows that far from the media cartoon of The Godfather, John Wayne, Hugo Chavez, and Donald Trump rolled into one, Duterte is a sinister, dangerous man, who should not be taken lightly.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/network-propaganda-manipulation-disinformation-and-radicalization-in-american-politics-by-hal-roberts-robert-faris-yochai-benkler--65209167https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367845 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network Propaganda: Manipulation, Disinformation, and Radicalization in American Politics Author: Hal Roberts, Robert Faris, Yochai Benkler Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is social media destroying democracy? Are Russian propaganda or 'Fake news' entrepreneurs on Facebook undermining our sense of a shared reality? A conventional wisdom has emerged since the election of Donald Trump in 2016 that new technologies and their manipulation by foreign actors played a decisive role in his victory and are responsible for the sense of a 'post-truth' moment in which disinformation and propaganda thrives. Network Propaganda challenges that received wisdom through the most comprehensive study yet published on media coverage of American presidential politics from the start of the election cycle in April 2015 to the one-year anniversary of the Trump presidency. Analyzing millions of news stories together with Twitter and Facebook shares, broadcast television and YouTube, the book provides a comprehensive overview of the architecture of contemporary American political communications. Through data analysis and detailed qualitative case studies of coverage of immigration, Clinton scandals, and the Trump Russia investigation, the book finds that the right-wing media ecosystem operates fundamentally differently than the rest of the media environment. The authors argue that longstanding institutional, political, and cultural patterns in American politics interacted with technological change since the 1970s to create a propaganda feedback loop in American conservative media. This dynamic has marginalized centre-right media and politicians, radicalized the right wing ecosystem, and rendered it susceptible to propaganda efforts, foreign and domestic. For listeners outside the United States, the book offers a new perspective and methods for diagnosing the sources of, and potential solutions for, the perceived global crisis of democratic politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367845Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367845 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network Propaganda: Manipulation, Disinformation, and Radicalization in American Politics Author: Hal Roberts, Robert Faris, Yochai Benkler Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367845 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network Propaganda: Manipulation, Disinformation, and Radicalization in American Politics Author: Hal Roberts, Robert Faris, Yochai Benkler Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is social media destroying democracy? Are Russian propaganda or 'Fake news' entrepreneurs on Facebook undermining our sense of a shared reality? A conventional wisdom has emerged since the election of Donald Trump in 2016 that new technologies and their manipulation by foreign actors played a decisive role in his victory and are responsible for the sense of a 'post-truth' moment in which disinformation and propaganda thrives. Network Propaganda challenges that received wisdom through the most comprehensive study yet published on media coverage of American presidential politics from the start of the election cycle in April 2015 to the one-year anniversary of the Trump presidency. Analyzing millions of news stories together with Twitter and Facebook shares, broadcast television and YouTube, the book provides a comprehensive overview of the architecture of contemporary American political communications. Through data analysis and detailed qualitative case studies of coverage of immigration, Clinton scandals, and the Trump Russia investigation, the book finds that the right-wing media ecosystem operates fundamentally differently than the rest of the media environment. The authors argue that longstanding institutional, political, and cultural patterns in American politics interacted with technological change since the 1970s to create a propaganda feedback loop in American conservative media. This dynamic has marginalized centre-right media and politicians, radicalized the right wing ecosystem, and rendered it susceptible to propaganda efforts, foreign and domestic. For listeners outside the United States, the book offers a new perspective and methods for diagnosing the sources of, and potential solutions for, the perceived global crisis of democratic politics.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-climate-casino-risk-uncertainty-and-economics-for-a-warming-world-by-william-d-nordhaus--65209190https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Climate Casino: Risk, Uncertainty, and Economics for a Warming World Author: William D. Nordhaus Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2018 Nobel laureate for economics analyzes the politics and economics of the central environmental issue of today and points the way to real solutions Climate change is profoundly altering our world in ways that pose major risks to human societies and natural systems. We have entered the Climate Casino and are rolling the global-warming dice, warns economist William Nordhaus. But there is still time to turn around and walk back out of the casino, and in this essential book the author explains how. Bringing together all the important issues surrounding the climate debate, Nordhaus describes the science, economics, and politics involved-and the steps necessary to reduce the perils of global warming. Using language accessible to any concerned citizen and taking care to present different points of view fairly, he discusses the problem from start to finish: from the beginning, where warming originates in our personal energy use, to the end, where societies employ regulations or taxes or subsidies to slow the emissions of gases responsible for climate change. Nordhaus offers a new analysis of why earlier policies, such as the Kyoto Protocol, failed to slow carbon dioxide emissions, how new approaches can succeed, and which policy tools will most effectively reduce emissions. In short, he clarifies a defining problem of our times and lays out the next critical steps for slowing the trajectory of global warming.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368506Fri, 25 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Climate Casino: Risk, Uncertainty, and Economics for a Warming World Author: William D. Nordhaus Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368506 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Climate Casino: Risk, Uncertainty, and Economics for a Warming World Author: William D. Nordhaus Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2018 Nobel laureate for economics analyzes the politics and economics of the central environmental issue of today and points the way to real solutions Climate change is profoundly altering our world in ways that pose major risks to human societies and natural systems. We have entered the Climate Casino and are rolling the global-warming dice, warns economist William Nordhaus. But there is still time to turn around and walk back out of the casino, and in this essential book the author explains how. Bringing together all the important issues surrounding the climate debate, Nordhaus describes the science, economics, and politics involved-and the steps necessary to reduce the perils of global warming. Using language accessible to any concerned citizen and taking care to present different points of view fairly, he discusses the problem from start to finish: from the beginning, where warming originates in our personal energy use, to the end, where societies employ regulations or taxes or subsidies to slow the emissions of gases responsible for climate change. Nordhaus offers a new analysis of why earlier policies, such as the Kyoto Protocol, failed to slow carbon dioxide emissions, how new approaches can succeed, and which policy tools will most effectively reduce emissions. In short, he clarifies a defining problem of our times and lays out the next critical steps for slowing the trajectory of global warming.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/winners-take-all-the-elite-charade-of-changing-the-world-by-anand-giridharadas--65209151https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World written and read by Anand Giridharadas. *The New York Times bestseller* 'Entertaining and gripping . . . For those at the helm, the philanthropic plutocrats and aspiring 'change agents' who believe they are helping but are actually making things worse, it's time for a reckoning with their role in this spiraling dilemma' Joseph Stiglitz, New York Times Book Review What explains the spreading backlash against the global elite? In this revelatory investigation, Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, showing how the elite follow a 'win-win' logic, fighting for equality and justice any way they can - except ways that threaten their position at the top. But why should our gravest problems be solved by consultancies, technology companies and corporate-sponsored charities instead of public institutions and elected officials? Why should we rely on scraps from the winners? Trenchant and gripping, this is an indispensable guide and call to action for elites and citizens alike.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367939Thu, 24 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World written and read by Anand Giridharadas. *The New York Times bestseller* 'Entertaining and gripping . . . For those at the helm, the philanthropic plutocrats and aspiring 'change agents' who believe they are helping but are actually making things worse, it's time for a reckoning with their role in this spiraling dilemma' Joseph Stiglitz, New York Times Book Review What explains the spreading backlash against the global elite? In this revelatory investigation, Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, showing how the elite follow a 'win-win' logic, fighting for equality and justice any way they can - except ways that threaten their position at the top. But why should our gravest problems be solved by consultancies, technology companies and corporate-sponsored charities instead of public institutions and elected officials? Why should we rely on scraps from the winners? Trenchant and gripping, this is an indispensable guide and call to action for elites and citizens alike.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/camelot-s-end-kennedy-vs-carter-and-the-fight-that-broke-the-democratic-party-by-jon-ward--65209231https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366271 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Camelot's End: Kennedy vs. Carter and the Fight that Broke the Democratic Party Author: Jon Ward Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a strange, dark chapter in American political history comes the captivating story of Ted Kennedy's 1980 campaign for president against the incumbent Jimmy Carter, told in full for the first time. The Carter presidency was on life support. The Democrats, desperate to keep power and yearning to resurrect former glory, turned to Kennedy. And so, 1980 became a civil war. It was the last time an American president received a serious reelection challenge from inside his own party, the last contested convention, and the last all-out floor fight, where political combatants fought in real time to decide who would be the nominee. It was the last gasp of an outdated system, an insider's game that old Kennedy hands thought they had mastered, and the year that marked the unraveling of the Democratic Party as America had known it. Camelot's End details the incredible drama of Kennedy's challenge -- what led to it, how it unfolded, and its lasting effects -- with cinematic sweep. It is a story about what happened to the Democratic Party when the country's long string of successes, luck, and global dominance following World War II ran its course, and how, on a quest to recapture the magic of JFK, Democrats plunged themselves into an intra-party civil war. And, at its heart, Camelot's End is the tale of two extraordinary and deeply flawed men: Teddy Kennedy, one of the nation's greatest lawmakers, a man of flaws and of great character; and Jimmy Carter, a politically tenacious but frequently underestimated trailblazer. Comprehensive and nuanced, featuring new interviews with major party leaders and behind-the-scenes revelations from the time, Camelot's End presents both Kennedy and Carter in a new light, and takes readers deep inside a dark chapter in American political history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366271Tue, 22 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366271 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Camelot's End: Kennedy vs. Carter and the Fight that Broke the Democratic Party Author: Jon Ward Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366271 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Camelot's End: Kennedy vs. Carter and the Fight that Broke the Democratic Party Author: Jon Ward Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From a strange, dark chapter in American political history comes the captivating story of Ted Kennedy's 1980 campaign for president against the incumbent Jimmy Carter, told in full for the first time. The Carter presidency was on life support. The Democrats, desperate to keep power and yearning to resurrect former glory, turned to Kennedy. And so, 1980 became a civil war. It was the last time an American president received a serious reelection challenge from inside his own party, the last contested convention, and the last all-out floor fight, where political combatants fought in real time to decide who would be the nominee. It was the last gasp of an outdated system, an insider's game that old Kennedy hands thought they had mastered, and the year that marked the unraveling of the Democratic Party as America had known it. Camelot's End details the incredible drama of Kennedy's challenge -- what led to it, how it unfolded, and its lasting effects -- with cinematic sweep. It is a story about what happened to the Democratic Party when the country's long string of successes, luck, and global dominance following World War II ran its course, and how, on a quest to recapture the magic of JFK, Democrats plunged themselves into an intra-party civil war. And, at its heart, Camelot's End is the tale of two extraordinary and deeply flawed men: Teddy Kennedy, one of the nation's greatest lawmakers, a man of flaws and of great character; and Jimmy Carter, a politically tenacious but frequently underestimated trailblazer. Comprehensive and nuanced, featuring new interviews with major party leaders and behind-the-scenes revelations from the time, Camelot's End presents both Kennedy and Carter in a new light, and takes readers deep inside a dark chapter in American political history.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-dark-age-technology-and-the-end-of-the-future-by-james-bridle--65209180https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367279 to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Dark Age: Technology and the End of the Future Author: James Bridle Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the world around us increases in technological complexity, our understanding of it diminishes. Underlying this trend is a single idea: the belief that our existence is understandable through computation, and more data is enough to help us build a better world. In reality, we are lost in a sea of information, increasingly divided by fundamentalism, simplistic narratives, conspiracy theories, and post-factual politics. Meanwhile, those in power use our lack of understanding to further their own interests. Despite the apparent accessibility of information, we're living in a new Dark Age. From rogue financial systems to shopping algorithms, from artificial intelligence to state secrecy, we no longer understand how our world is governed or presented to us. The media is filled with unverifiable speculation, much of it generated by anonymous software, while companies dominate their employees through surveillance and the threat of automation. In his brilliant new work, leading artist and writer James Bridle surveys the history of art, technology, and information systems, and reveals the dark clouds that gather over our dreams of the digital sublime.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367279Tue, 22 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367279 to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Dark Age: Technology and the End of the Future Author: James Bridle Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367279 to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Dark Age: Technology and the End of the Future Author: James Bridle Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the world around us increases in technological complexity, our understanding of it diminishes. Underlying this trend is a single idea: the belief that our existence is understandable through computation, and more data is enough to help us build a better world. In reality, we are lost in a sea of information, increasingly divided by fundamentalism, simplistic narratives, conspiracy theories, and post-factual politics. Meanwhile, those in power use our lack of understanding to further their own interests. Despite the apparent accessibility of information, we're living in a new Dark Age. From rogue financial systems to shopping algorithms, from artificial intelligence to state secrecy, we no longer understand how our world is governed or presented to us. The media is filled with unverifiable speculation, much of it generated by anonymous software, while companies dominate their employees through surveillance and the threat of automation. In his brilliant new work, leading artist and writer James Bridle surveys the history of art, technology, and information systems, and reveals the dark clouds that gather over our dreams of the digital sublime.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/breaking-through-power-it-s-easier-than-we-think-by-ralph-nader--65209206https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Power: It's Easier Than We Think Author: Ralph Nader Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 17, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Breaking Through Power, Ralph Nader draws from a lifetime waging—and often winning—David vs. Goliath battles against big corporations and the United States government. In this succinct, Tom Paine–style wake-up call, the iconic consumer advocate highlights the success stories of fellow Americans who organize change and work together to derail the many ways in which wealth manipulates politics, labor, media, the environment, and the quality of national life today. Nader makes an inspired case about how the nation can—and must—be democratically managed by communities guided by the United States Constitution, not by the dictates of big businesses and the wealthy few. This is classic Ralph Nader, a crystallization of the core political beliefs and commitments that have driven his lifetime of advocacy for greater democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366958Thu, 17 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Power: It's Easier Than We Think Author: Ralph Nader Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Power: It's Easier Than We Think Author: Ralph Nader Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 17, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Breaking Through Power, Ralph Nader draws from a lifetime waging—and often winning—David vs. Goliath battles against big corporations and the United States government. In this succinct, Tom Paine–style wake-up call, the iconic consumer advocate highlights the success stories of fellow Americans who organize change and work together to derail the many ways in which wealth manipulates politics, labor, media, the environment, and the quality of national life today. Nader makes an inspired case about how the nation can—and must—be democratically managed by communities guided by the United States Constitution, not by the dictates of big businesses and the wealthy few. This is classic Ralph Nader, a crystallization of the core political beliefs and commitments that have driven his lifetime of advocacy for greater democracy.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/twelve-lies-that-hold-america-captive-and-the-truth-that-sets-us-free-by-jonathan-walton--65209257https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Lies That Hold America Captive: And the Truth That Sets Us Free Author: Jonathan Walton Narrator: Jonathan Walton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'America is a Christian nation.' 'All men are created equal.' 'We are the land of the free and the home of the brave.' Except when we're not. These commonly held ideas break down in the light of hard realities, the study of Scripture, and faithful Christian witness. The president is not the messiah, the Constitution is not the Bible, and the United States is not a city on a hill or the hope for the world. The proclaimed hope of America rings most hollow for Native peoples, people of color, the rural poor, and other communities pressed to the margins. Jonathan Walton exposes the cultural myths and misconceptions about America's identity. Focusing on its manipulation of Scripture and the person of Jesus, he redirects us to the true promises found in the gospel. Walton identifies how American ideology and way of life has become a false religion, and shows that orienting our lives around American nationalism is idolatry. Our cultural notions of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness are at odds with the call to take up our cross and follow Jesus. Ultimately, our place in America is distinct from our place in the family of Jesus. Discover how the kingdom of God offers true freedom and justice for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361503Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Lies That Hold America Captive: And the Truth That Sets Us Free Author: Jonathan Walton Narrator: Jonathan Walton Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Lies That Hold America Captive: And the Truth That Sets Us Free Author: Jonathan Walton Narrator: Jonathan Walton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'America is a Christian nation.' 'All men are created equal.' 'We are the land of the free and the home of the brave.' Except when we're not. These commonly held ideas break down in the light of hard realities, the study of Scripture, and faithful Christian witness. The president is not the messiah, the Constitution is not the Bible, and the United States is not a city on a hill or the hope for the world. The proclaimed hope of America rings most hollow for Native peoples, people of color, the rural poor, and other communities pressed to the margins. Jonathan Walton exposes the cultural myths and misconceptions about America's identity. Focusing on its manipulation of Scripture and the person of Jesus, he redirects us to the true promises found in the gospel. Walton identifies how American ideology and way of life has become a false religion, and shows that orienting our lives around American nationalism is idolatry. Our cultural notions of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness are at odds with the call to take up our cross and follow Jesus. Ultimately, our place in America is distinct from our place in the family of Jesus. Discover how the kingdom of God offers true freedom and justice for all.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fiber-the-coming-tech-revolution-and-why-america-might-miss-it-by-susan-crawford--65209233https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiber: The Coming Tech Revolution—and Why America Might Miss It Author: Susan Crawford Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The world of fiber optic connections reaching neighborhoods, homes, and businesses will be as different from what came before as the world after the advent of electricity. The virtually unlimited amounts of data we'll be able to send and receive through fiber-optic connections will enable a degree of virtual presence that will radically transform health care, education, urban administration and services, agriculture, retail sales, and offices. Yet all of those transformations will pale in comparison to the innovations and new industries that we can't imagine today. In a fascinating account combining policy expertise with compelling on-the-ground reporting, Susan Crawford reveals how the giant corporations that control cable and internet access in the United States use their tremendous lobbying power to tilt the playing field against competition, holding back the infrastructure improvements necessary for the country to move forward. And she shows how cities and towns are fighting monopoly power to bring the next technological revolution to their communities.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiber: The Coming Tech Revolution—and Why America Might Miss It Author: Susan Crawford Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiber: The Coming Tech Revolution—and Why America Might Miss It Author: Susan Crawford Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The world of fiber optic connections reaching neighborhoods, homes, and businesses will be as different from what came before as the world after the advent of electricity. The virtually unlimited amounts of data we'll be able to send and receive through fiber-optic connections will enable a degree of virtual presence that will radically transform health care, education, urban administration and services, agriculture, retail sales, and offices. Yet all of those transformations will pale in comparison to the innovations and new industries that we can't imagine today. In a fascinating account combining policy expertise with compelling on-the-ground reporting, Susan Crawford reveals how the giant corporations that control cable and internet access in the United States use their tremendous lobbying power to tilt the playing field against competition, holding back the infrastructure improvements necessary for the country to move forward. And she shows how cities and towns are fighting monopoly power to bring the next technological revolution to their communities.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inside-the-clinton-white-house-an-oral-history-by-russell-l-riley--65209246https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365906 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Clinton White House: An Oral History Author: Russell L. Riley Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Bill Clinton led a remarkably productive White House that nearly ended in catastrophic failure. Yet because of the office's traditional climate of confidentiality, many details of his behind-the-scenes activities—including successes and failures—have remained absent from the written record, until now. How did the administration manage the horrific conflicts in Haiti and the Balkans that came to a head shortly after the president took the oath? How did he help bring peace to Northern Ireland, taking the initiative over the objections of his own State Department and attorney general? What motivated the president to place First Lady Hillary Rodham Clinton at the helm of the ill-fated Health Security Act in 1993? And how did the president's closest confidantes and aides respond to the outbreak of the devastating scandal that resulted in his impeachment? Inside the Clinton White House offers an intimate perspective on these questions and many more, granting readers unprecedented access to the sensitive Oval Office banter that changed the course of history. Bringing together material from 400 hours of candid conversations with over sixty individuals, respected oral historian Russell L. Riley weaves this illuminating testimony with important contextual information to form an irresistible narrative, taking the listener from Clinton's first potential White House bid in 1988 to the final days of his controversial public career. Extended sections of the book are devoted to important domestic and foreign policy campaigns, the complicated politics of the president's two terms and impeachment, and portraits of important personalities in the administration, including Vice President Al Gore and First Lady Hillary Rodham Clinton. These forthright and often surprising accounts—including here, for the first time, observations from a new interview with former British Prime Minister Tony Blair—add a layer of nuance to an iconic figure in America's recent history, in the words of the people who knew him best.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365906Tue, 25 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365906 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Clinton White House: An Oral History Author: Russell L. Riley Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 43...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365906 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Clinton White House: An Oral History Author: Russell L. Riley Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Bill Clinton led a remarkably productive White House that nearly ended in catastrophic failure. Yet because of the office's traditional climate of confidentiality, many details of his behind-the-scenes activities—including successes and failures—have remained absent from the written record, until now. How did the administration manage the horrific conflicts in Haiti and the Balkans that came to a head shortly after the president took the oath? How did he help bring peace to Northern Ireland, taking the initiative over the objections of his own State Department and attorney general? What motivated the president to place First Lady Hillary Rodham Clinton at the helm of the ill-fated Health Security Act in 1993? And how did the president's closest confidantes and aides respond to the outbreak of the devastating scandal that resulted in his impeachment? Inside the Clinton White House offers an intimate perspective on these questions and many more, granting readers unprecedented access to the sensitive Oval Office banter that changed the course of history. Bringing together material from 400 hours of candid conversations with over sixty individuals, respected oral historian Russell L. Riley weaves this illuminating testimony with important contextual information to form an irresistible narrative, taking the listener from Clinton's first potential White House bid in 1988 to the final days of his controversial public career. Extended sections of the book are devoted to important domestic and foreign policy campaigns, the complicated politics of the president's two terms and impeachment, and portraits of important personalities in the administration, including Vice President Al Gore and First Lady Hillary Rodham Clinton. These forthright and often surprising accounts—including here, for the first time, observations from a new interview with former British Prime Minister Tony Blair—add a layer of nuance to an iconic figure in America's recent history, in the words of the people who knew him best.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/vote-her-in-your-guide-to-electing-our-first-woman-president-by-rebecca-sive--65209258https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365100 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote Her In: Your Guide to Electing Our First Woman President Author: Rebecca Sive Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Women are wildly underrepresented at every level of the U.S. government: federal, state, and local. Research has shown that women in executive government positions are far more likely than men to commit to policies that benefit women, girls, and other marginalized groups, so after centuries of underrepresentation, it's clear: our best bet for creating a system that is more fair, balanced, and just for everyone is electing our first Madam President—as soon as we can. Vote Her In is organized around the inspirational messages seen on protest signs carried at the record-breaking 2017 Chicago Women's March. Part One outlines the case for why we need to mobilize now, and Part Two provides a clear strategy for how to do it. Each chapter in Part Two includes an action plan that women can complete to help each other (or themselves) attain political power and work toward electing our first woman president. Author Rebecca Sive draws on her decades of political experience to create this crucial book, which empowers every American man, woman, and child who cares about our nation's democratic future to harness their collective power in the run-up to 2020 and, at last, form a more perfect union.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365100Tue, 18 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365100 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote Her In: Your Guide to Electing Our First Woman President Author: Rebecca Sive Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365100 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vote Her In: Your Guide to Electing Our First Woman President Author: Rebecca Sive Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Women are wildly underrepresented at every level of the U.S. government: federal, state, and local. Research has shown that women in executive government positions are far more likely than men to commit to policies that benefit women, girls, and other marginalized groups, so after centuries of underrepresentation, it's clear: our best bet for creating a system that is more fair, balanced, and just for everyone is electing our first Madam President—as soon as we can. Vote Her In is organized around the inspirational messages seen on protest signs carried at the record-breaking 2017 Chicago Women's March. Part One outlines the case for why we need to mobilize now, and Part Two provides a clear strategy for how to do it. Each chapter in Part Two includes an action plan that women can complete to help each other (or themselves) attain political power and work toward electing our first woman president. Author Rebecca Sive draws on her decades of political experience to create this crucial book, which empowers every American man, woman, and child who cares about our nation's democratic future to harness their collective power in the run-up to 2020 and, at last, form a more perfect union.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lbj-s-1968-power-politics-and-the-presidency-in-america-s-year-of-upheaval-by-kyle-longley--65209267https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: LBJ's 1968: Power, Politics, and the Presidency in America's Year of Upheaval Author: Kyle Longley Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 1968 was an unprecedented year in terms of upheaval on numerous scales: political, military, economic, social, cultural. In the United States, perhaps no one was more undone by the events of 1968 than President Lyndon Baines Johnson. Kyle Longley leads his listeners on a behind-the-scenes tour of what Johnson characterized as the 'year of a continuous nightmare'. Longley explores how LBJ perceived the most significant events of 1968, including the Vietnam War, the assassinations of Martin Luther King, Jr and Robert Kennedy, and the violent Democratic National Convention in Chicago. His responses to the crises were sometimes effective but often tragic, and LBJ's refusal to seek re-election underscores his recognition of the challenges facing the country in 1968. As much a biography of a single year as it is of LBJ, LBJ's 1968 vividly captures the tumult that dominated the headlines on a local and global level. Contains mature themes.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364148Wed, 12 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: LBJ's 1968: Power, Politics, and the Presidency in America's Year of Upheaval Author: Kyle Longley Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: LBJ's 1968: Power, Politics, and the Presidency in America's Year of Upheaval Author: Kyle Longley Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 1968 was an unprecedented year in terms of upheaval on numerous scales: political, military, economic, social, cultural. In the United States, perhaps no one was more undone by the events of 1968 than President Lyndon Baines Johnson. Kyle Longley leads his listeners on a behind-the-scenes tour of what Johnson characterized as the 'year of a continuous nightmare'. Longley explores how LBJ perceived the most significant events of 1968, including the Vietnam War, the assassinations of Martin Luther King, Jr and Robert Kennedy, and the violent Democratic National Convention in Chicago. His responses to the crises were sometimes effective but often tragic, and LBJ's refusal to seek re-election underscores his recognition of the challenges facing the country in 1968. As much a biography of a single year as it is of LBJ, LBJ's 1968 vividly captures the tumult that dominated the headlines on a local and global level. Contains mature themes.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-llamada-de-la-tribu-by-mario-vargas-llosa--65209232https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364826 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La llamada de la tribu Author: Mario Vargas Llosa Narrator: Rafael Cabrera Claux Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la autobiografía intelectual del Premio Nobel de Literatura Mario Vargas Llosa. «La doctrina liberal ha representado desde sus orígenes las formas más avanzadas de la cultura democrática y lo que más nos ha ido defendiendo de la inextinguible 'llamada de la tribu'. Este libro quisiera contribuir con un granito de arena a esa indispensable tarea.» Ladiferencia entre La llamada de la tribu y otros títulos como El pez en el agua es que aquí el protagonismo no lo tienen las vivencias del autor, sino las lecturas que moldearon su forma de pensar y de ver el mundo en los últimos cincuenta años. En Nobel peruano ha hecho una cartografía de los pensadores liberales que le ayudaron a desarrollar un nuevo cuerpo de ideas después del gran trauma ideológico que supuso, por un lado, el desencanto con la Revolución Cubana y, por otro, el distanciamiento de las ideas de Jean-Paul Sartre, el autor que más lo había inspirado en su juventud. Adam Smith, José Ortega y Gasset, Friedrich Hayek, Karl Popper, Raymond Aron, Isaiah Berlin, Jean-François Revel, le fueron al autor de enorme ayuda durante aquellos años de desazón, mostrándole otra tradición de pensamiento que privilegiaba al individuo frente a la tribu, la nación, la clase o el partido, y que defendía la libertad de expresión como valor fundamental para el ejercicio de la democracia. Los mejores autores de nuestro tiempo disponibles en formato audiolibro. Reseña: «Estamos ante un ensayo sin pretensiones de intensidad académica, que se lee como una novela y que proporciona a todos aquellos que están muy alejados del liberalismo una interesante hoja de ruta de lecturas.» José Ángel López, Qué Leer]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364826Wed, 12 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364826 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La llamada de la tribu Author: Mario Vargas Llosa Narrator: Rafael Cabrera Claux Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364826 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La llamada de la tribu Author: Mario Vargas Llosa Narrator: Rafael Cabrera Claux Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la autobiografía intelectual del Premio Nobel de Literatura Mario Vargas Llosa. «La doctrina liberal ha representado desde sus orígenes las formas más avanzadas de la cultura democrática y lo que más nos ha ido defendiendo de la inextinguible 'llamada de la tribu'. Este libro quisiera contribuir con un granito de arena a esa indispensable tarea.» Ladiferencia entre La llamada de la tribu y otros títulos como El pez en el agua es que aquí el protagonismo no lo tienen las vivencias del autor, sino las lecturas que moldearon su forma de pensar y de ver el mundo en los últimos cincuenta años. En Nobel peruano ha hecho una cartografía de los pensadores liberales que le ayudaron a desarrollar un nuevo cuerpo de ideas después del gran trauma ideológico que supuso, por un lado, el desencanto con la Revolución Cubana y, por otro, el distanciamiento de las ideas de Jean-Paul Sartre, el autor que más lo había inspirado en su juventud. Adam Smith, José Ortega y Gasset, Friedrich Hayek, Karl Popper, Raymond Aron, Isaiah Berlin, Jean-François Revel, le fueron al autor de enorme ayuda durante aquellos años de desazón, mostrándole otra tradición de pensamiento que privilegiaba al individuo frente a la tribu, la nación, la clase o el partido, y que defendía la libertad de expresión como valor fundamental para el ejercicio de la democracia. Los mejores autores de nuestro tiempo disponibles en formato audiolibro. Reseña: «Estamos ante un ensayo sin pretensiones de intensidad académica, que se lee como una novela y que proporciona a todos aquellos que están muy alejados del liberalismo una interesante hoja de ruta de lecturas.» José Ángel López, Qué Leer]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/losing-military-supremacy-the-myopia-of-american-strategic-planning-by-andrei-martyanov--65209264https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Military Supremacy: The Myopia of American Strategic Planning Author: Andrei Martyanov Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Time after time the American military has failed to match lofty declarations about its superiority, producing instead a mediocre record of military accomplishments. Starting from the Korean War the United States hasn’t won a single war against a technologically inferior, but mentally tough enemy. The technological dimension of American “strategy” has completely overshadowed any concern with the social, cultural, operational, and even tactical requirements of military (and political) conflict. With a new cold war with Russia emerging, the United States enters a new period of geopolitical turbulence completely unprepared in any meaningful way—intellectually, economically, militarily, or culturally—to face a reality which was hidden for the last seventy-plus years behind the curtain of never-ending Chalabi moments and a strategic delusion concerning Russia, whose history the US viewed through a Solzhenitsified caricature kept alive by a powerful neocon lobby, which even today dominates US policy makers’ minds. This book explores the dramatic difference between the Russian and US approach to warfare, which manifests itself across the whole spectrum of activities from art and the economy, to the respective national cultures;illustrates the fact that Russian economic, military, and cultural realities and power are no longer what American “elites” think they are by addressing Russia’s new and elevated capacities in the areas of traditional warfare as well as cyberwarfare and space; and studies in depth several ways in which the US can simply stumble into conflict with Russia and what must be done to avoid it.Martyanov’s former Soviet military background enables deep insight into the fundamental issues of warfare and military power as a function of national power—assessed correctly, not through the lens of Wall Street “economic” indices and a FIRE economy, but through the numbers of enclosed technological cycles and culture, much of which has been shaped in Russia by continental warfare and which is practically absent in the US.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360427Tue, 11 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Military Supremacy: The Myopia of American Strategic Planning Author: Andrei Martyanov Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Military Supremacy: The Myopia of American Strategic Planning Author: Andrei Martyanov Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Time after time the American military has failed to match lofty declarations about its superiority, producing instead a mediocre record of military accomplishments. Starting from the Korean War the United States hasn’t won a single war against a technologically inferior, but mentally tough enemy. The technological dimension of American “strategy” has completely overshadowed any concern with the social, cultural, operational, and even tactical requirements of military (and political) conflict. With a new cold war with Russia emerging, the United States enters a new period of geopolitical turbulence completely unprepared in any meaningful way—intellectually, economically, militarily, or culturally—to face a reality which was hidden for the last seventy-plus years behind the curtain of never-ending Chalabi moments and a strategic delusion concerning Russia, whose history the US viewed through a Solzhenitsified caricature kept alive by a powerful neocon lobby, which even today dominates US policy makers’ minds. This book explores the dramatic difference between the Russian and US approach to warfare, which manifests itself across the whole spectrum of activities from art and the economy, to the respective national cultures;illustrates the fact that Russian economic, military, and cultural realities and power are no longer what American “elites” think they are by addressing Russia’s new and elevated capacities in the areas of traditional warfare as well as cyberwarfare and space; and studies in depth several ways in which the US can simply stumble into conflict with Russia and what must be done to avoid it.Martyanov’s former Soviet military background enables deep insight into the fundamental issues of warfare and military power as a function of national power—assessed correctly, not through the lens of Wall Street “economic” indices and a FIRE economy, but through the numbers of enclosed technological cycles and culture, much of which has been shaped in Russia by continental warfare and which is practically absent in the US.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/silent-spring-by-rachel-carson--65209248https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Spring Author: Rachel Carson Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conservationist Rachel Carson spent over six years documenting the effects on DDT—a synthetic organic compound used as an insecticide—on numerous communities. Her analysis revealed that such powerful, persistent chemical pesticides have been used without a full understanding of the extent of their potential harm to the whole biota, including the damage they’ve caused to wildlife, birds, bees, agricultural animals, domestic pets, and even humans. In this book, Carson discusses her findings and expresses passionate concern for the future of the planet and all the life inhabiting it, calling on us all to act responsibly, carefully, and as stewards of the living earth. Additionally, she suggests that all democracies and liberal societies must operate in a way that allows individuals and groups to question what their governments have permitted to be put into the environment. An instant bestseller that was read by President Kennedy during the summer of 1962, this classic remains one of the best introductions to the complicated and controversial subject.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047Tue, 11 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Spring Author: Rachel Carson Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Spring Author: Rachel Carson Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conservationist Rachel Carson spent over six years documenting the effects on DDT—a synthetic organic compound used as an insecticide—on numerous communities. Her analysis revealed that such powerful, persistent chemical pesticides have been used without a full understanding of the extent of their potential harm to the whole biota, including the damage they’ve caused to wildlife, birds, bees, agricultural animals, domestic pets, and even humans. In this book, Carson discusses her findings and expresses passionate concern for the future of the planet and all the life inhabiting it, calling on us all to act responsibly, carefully, and as stewards of the living earth. Additionally, she suggests that all democracies and liberal societies must operate in a way that allows individuals and groups to question what their governments have permitted to be put into the environment. An instant bestseller that was read by President Kennedy during the summer of 1962, this classic remains one of the best introductions to the complicated and controversial subject.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/legion-of-peace-20-paths-to-super-happiness-by-camille-zamora-monica-yunus-kabir-sehgal-muhammad-yunus--65209247https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legion of Peace: 20 Paths to Super Happiness Author: Camille Zamora, Monica Yunus, Kabir Sehgal, Muhammad Yunus Narrator: Camille Zamora, Monica Yunus, Muhammad Yunus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nobel Prize recipient Muhammad Yunus profiles 20 Nobel Peace Prize laureates with Multi-Grammy-winning producer and New York Times bestselling author Kabir Sehgal, Monica Yunus, and Camille Zamora, teaching readers to incorporate lessons from each laureate's life into their own. When Swedish chemist and engineer Alfred B. Nobel passed in 1896, he left several millions in his will to establish the Nobel Peace Prize, awarded annually in six concentrations: peace, literature, physics, chemistry, physiology or medicine, and economic science. Since its establishment, there have been over 130 Nobel Peace laureates selected, each bringing his/her own unique experiences and lessons forward as an example to others. In LEGION OF PEACE, Nobel Prize winner Muhammad Yunus, Kabir Sehgal, Monica Yunus, and Camille Zamora profile 20 prize recipients in a narrative accompanied by songs inspired by these great leaders, composed by Grammy-nominated children's artist Lori Henriques Quintet and three-time Grammy-nominated pianist Joey Alexander. Through this lyrical narrative, the authors share stories of these laureates' seemingly ordinary actions that transformed their lives and communities. The authors assign a superpower to each laureate that exemplifies the one basic principle that guided their actions, demonstrating to readers that all people from vastly different backgrounds can be connected by a common thread to come together to form a legion of peace.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365789Tue, 11 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legion of Peace: 20 Paths to Super Happiness Author: Camille Zamora, Monica Yunus, Kabir Sehgal, Muhammad Yunus Narrator: Camille Zamora, Monica Yunus,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legion of Peace: 20 Paths to Super Happiness Author: Camille Zamora, Monica Yunus, Kabir Sehgal, Muhammad Yunus Narrator: Camille Zamora, Monica Yunus, Muhammad Yunus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 11, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nobel Prize recipient Muhammad Yunus profiles 20 Nobel Peace Prize laureates with Multi-Grammy-winning producer and New York Times bestselling author Kabir Sehgal, Monica Yunus, and Camille Zamora, teaching readers to incorporate lessons from each laureate's life into their own. When Swedish chemist and engineer Alfred B. Nobel passed in 1896, he left several millions in his will to establish the Nobel Peace Prize, awarded annually in six concentrations: peace, literature, physics, chemistry, physiology or medicine, and economic science. Since its establishment, there have been over 130 Nobel Peace laureates selected, each bringing his/her own unique experiences and lessons forward as an example to others. In LEGION OF PEACE, Nobel Prize winner Muhammad Yunus, Kabir Sehgal, Monica Yunus, and Camille Zamora profile 20 prize recipients in a narrative accompanied by songs inspired by these great leaders, composed by Grammy-nominated children's artist Lori Henriques Quintet and three-time Grammy-nominated pianist Joey Alexander. Through this lyrical narrative, the authors share stories of these laureates' seemingly ordinary actions that transformed their lives and communities. The authors assign a superpower to each laureate that exemplifies the one basic principle that guided their actions, demonstrating to readers that all people from vastly different backgrounds can be connected by a common thread to come together to form a legion of peace.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/congo-stories-battling-five-centuries-of-exploitation-and-greed-by-john-prendergast-fidel-bafilemba--65209277https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360882 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Congo Stories: Battling Five Centuries of Exploitation and Greed Author: John Prendergast, Fidel Bafilemba Narrator: Jerome Butler, John Prendergast, Channie Waites, Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the New York Times bestselling and award-winning Not on Our Watch, John Prendergast co-writes a compelling book with Fidel Bafilemba--with stunning photographs by Ryan Gosling--revealing the way in which the people and resources of the Democratic Republic of Congo have been used throughout the last five centuries to build, develop, advance, and safeguard the United States and Europe. The book highlights the devastating price Congo has paid for that support. However, the way the world deals with Congo is finally changing, and the book tells the remarkable stories of those in Congo and the United States leading that transformation. The people of Congo are fighting back against a tidal wave of international exploitation and governmental oppression to make things better for their nation, their neighborhoods, and their families. They are risking their lives to resist and alter the deadly status quo. And now, finally, there are human rights movements led by young people in the United States and Europe building solidarity with Congolese change-makers in support of dignity, justice, and equality for the Congolese people. As a result, the way the world deal with Congo is finally changing. Fidel Bafilemba, Ryan Gosling, and John Prendergast traveled to Congo to document some of the stories not only of the Congolese upstanders who are building a better future for their country but also of young Congolese people overcoming enormous odds just to go to school and help take care of their families. Through Gosling's photographs of Congolese daily life, Bafilemba's profiles of heroic Congolese activists, and Prendergast's narratives of the extraordinary history and evolving social movements that directly link Congo with the United States and Europe, Congo Stories provides windows into the history, the people, the challenges, the possibilities, and the movements that could change the course of Congo's destiny. Chosen by Amazon as the Best Book of the Month for December 2018 in Biographies & Memoirs, History, and Nonfiction. Featuring the life story of Dr. Denis Mukwege, winner of the 2018 Nobel Peace Prize]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360882Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360882 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Congo Stories: Battling Five Centuries of Exploitation and Greed Author: John Prendergast, Fidel Bafilemba Narrator: Jerome Butler, John Prendergast,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360882 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Congo Stories: Battling Five Centuries of Exploitation and Greed Author: John Prendergast, Fidel Bafilemba Narrator: Jerome Butler, John Prendergast, Channie Waites, Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the New York Times bestselling and award-winning Not on Our Watch, John Prendergast co-writes a compelling book with Fidel Bafilemba--with stunning photographs by Ryan Gosling--revealing the way in which the people and resources of the Democratic Republic of Congo have been used throughout the last five centuries to build, develop, advance, and safeguard the United States and Europe. The book highlights the devastating price Congo has paid for that support. However, the way the world deals with Congo is finally changing, and the book tells the remarkable stories of those in Congo and the United States leading that transformation. The people of Congo are fighting back against a tidal wave of international exploitation and governmental oppression to make things better for their nation, their neighborhoods, and their families. They are risking their lives to resist and alter the deadly status quo. And now, finally, there are human rights movements led by young people in the United States and Europe building solidarity with Congolese change-makers in support of dignity, justice, and equality for the Congolese people. As a result, the way the world deal with Congo is finally changing. Fidel Bafilemba, Ryan Gosling, and John Prendergast traveled to Congo to document some of the stories not only of the Congolese upstanders who are building a better future for their country but also of young Congolese people overcoming enormous odds just to go to school and help take care of their families. Through Gosling's photographs of Congolese daily life, Bafilemba's profiles of heroic Congolese activists, and Prendergast's narratives of the extraordinary history and evolving social movements that directly link Congo with the United States and Europe, Congo Stories provides windows into the history, the people, the challenges, the possibilities, and the movements that could change the course of Congo's destiny. Chosen by Amazon as the Best Book of the Month for December 2018 in Biographies & Memoirs, History, and Nonfiction. Featuring the life story of Dr. Denis Mukwege, winner of the 2018 Nobel Peace Prize]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/power-pleasure-and-profit-insatiable-appetites-from-machiavelli-to-madison-by-david-wootton--65209276https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361174 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power, Pleasure, and Profit: Insatiable Appetites from Machiavelli to Madison Author: David Wootton Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We pursue power, pleasure, and profit. We want as much as we can get, and we deploy instrumental reasoning—cost-benefit analysis—to get it. We judge ourselves and others by how well we succeed. It is a way of life and thought that seems natural, inevitable, and inescapable. As David Wootton shows, it is anything but. In Power, Pleasure, and Profit, he traces an intellectual and cultural revolution that replaced the older systems of Aristotelian ethics and Christian morality with the instrumental reasoning that now gives shape and purpose to our lives. Wootton guides us through four centuries of Western thought to show how new ideas about politics, ethics, and economics stepped into a gap opened up by religious conflict and the Scientific Revolution. As ideas about godliness and Aristotelian virtue faded, theories about the rational pursuit of power, pleasure, and profit moved to the fore. The new instrumental reasoning cut through old codes of status and rank, enabling the emergence of movements for liberty and equality. But it also helped to create a world in which virtue, honor, shame, and guilt count for almost nothing, and what matters is success. Is our world better for the rise of instrumental reasoning? To answer that question, Wootton writes, we must first recognize that we live in its grip.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361174Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361174 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power, Pleasure, and Profit: Insatiable Appetites from Machiavelli to Madison Author: David Wootton Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361174 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power, Pleasure, and Profit: Insatiable Appetites from Machiavelli to Madison Author: David Wootton Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We pursue power, pleasure, and profit. We want as much as we can get, and we deploy instrumental reasoning—cost-benefit analysis—to get it. We judge ourselves and others by how well we succeed. It is a way of life and thought that seems natural, inevitable, and inescapable. As David Wootton shows, it is anything but. In Power, Pleasure, and Profit, he traces an intellectual and cultural revolution that replaced the older systems of Aristotelian ethics and Christian morality with the instrumental reasoning that now gives shape and purpose to our lives. Wootton guides us through four centuries of Western thought to show how new ideas about politics, ethics, and economics stepped into a gap opened up by religious conflict and the Scientific Revolution. As ideas about godliness and Aristotelian virtue faded, theories about the rational pursuit of power, pleasure, and profit moved to the fore. The new instrumental reasoning cut through old codes of status and rank, enabling the emergence of movements for liberty and equality. But it also helped to create a world in which virtue, honor, shame, and guilt count for almost nothing, and what matters is success. Is our world better for the rise of instrumental reasoning? To answer that question, Wootton writes, we must first recognize that we live in its grip.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-los-cuadernos-como-fue-la-investigacion-secreta-del-caso-de-corrupcion-mas-importante-de-la-historia-argentina-by-diego-cabot--65209200https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los cuadernos: Cómo fue la investigación secreta del caso de corrupción más importante de la historia argentina Author: Diego Cabot Narrator: Alejandro Graue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cómo se hizo la investigación periodística que develó cómo el kirchnerismo recaudaba millones de dólares de empresarios corruptos para financiar su aparato político y enriquecer funcionarios. 902 páginas 10 años de recaudación ilegal 43 compañías involucradas 112 funcionarios y empresarios mencionados 36.000 millones de dólares en efectivo La trama secreta del caso de corrupción más importante de la historia argentina El 1 de febrero de 2005, Oscar Centeno empezó a escribir un diario de sus tareas como chofer de Roberto Baratta, el principal recaudador de dinero negro del kirchnerismo. Página a página aparecen funcionarios, empresarios y miembros del círculo gubernamental, hoteles y domicilios adónde se retiraban paquetes enormes de billetes. Desde los pedidos de helado para el ministro Julio De Vido -la cabeza del sistema recaudador al servicio de Néstor Kirchner- hasta las facturas de los bolsos para transportar sobornos millonarios que se dejaban en la Casa Rosada, la Residencia de Olivos y el edificio del matrimonio presidencial. Una década después, Centeno había completado 8 cuadernos y un anotador. Cuando llegaron a sus manos, Diego Cabot se dedicó a chequear uno a uno los datos que allí se consignaban. Meses más tarde, esa pesquisa minuciosa y secreta se transformó en la primicia más espectacular de la historia y dio pie a la mayor causa anticorrupción de la que se tenga memoria en el país. En Los Cuadernos, Cabot revela al fin toda la verdad de una investigación sin precedentes que generó cientos de especulaciones, operaciones y contra operaciones, arrepentidos, denuncias, encarcelamientos y traiciones y que cambió para siempre la forma de hacer política en la Argentina.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367002Sat, 01 Dec 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los cuadernos: Cómo fue la investigación secreta del caso de corrupción más importante de la historia argentina Author: Diego Cabot...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los cuadernos: Cómo fue la investigación secreta del caso de corrupción más importante de la historia argentina Author: Diego Cabot Narrator: Alejandro Graue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cómo se hizo la investigación periodística que develó cómo el kirchnerismo recaudaba millones de dólares de empresarios corruptos para financiar su aparato político y enriquecer funcionarios. 902 páginas 10 años de recaudación ilegal 43 compañías involucradas 112 funcionarios y empresarios mencionados 36.000 millones de dólares en efectivo La trama secreta del caso de corrupción más importante de la historia argentina El 1 de febrero de 2005, Oscar Centeno empezó a escribir un diario de sus tareas como chofer de Roberto Baratta, el principal recaudador de dinero negro del kirchnerismo. Página a página aparecen funcionarios, empresarios y miembros del círculo gubernamental, hoteles y domicilios adónde se retiraban paquetes enormes de billetes. Desde los pedidos de helado para el ministro Julio De Vido -la cabeza del sistema recaudador al servicio de Néstor Kirchner- hasta las facturas de los bolsos para transportar sobornos millonarios que se dejaban en la Casa Rosada, la Residencia de Olivos y el edificio del matrimonio presidencial. Una década después, Centeno había completado 8 cuadernos y un anotador. Cuando llegaron a sus manos, Diego Cabot se dedicó a chequear uno a uno los datos que allí se consignaban. Meses más tarde, esa pesquisa minuciosa y secreta se transformó en la primicia más espectacular de la historia y dio pie a la mayor causa anticorrupción de la que se tenga memoria en el país. En Los Cuadernos, Cabot revela al fin toda la verdad de una investigación sin precedentes que generó cientos de especulaciones, operaciones y contra operaciones, arrepentidos, denuncias, encarcelamientos y traiciones y que cambió para siempre la forma de hacer política en la Argentina.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-improbable-wendell-willkie-the-businessman-who-saved-the-republican-party-and-his-country-and-conceived-a-new-world-order-by-david-lev--65209281https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361170 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Improbable Wendell Willkie: The Businessman Who Saved the Republican Party and His Country, and Conceived a New World Order Author: David Levering Lewis Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the wake of one of the most tumultuous conventions in Republican history, the party of Lincoln nominated in 1940 a prominent businessman and Wall Street attorney for president. Though Wendell Willkie would lose to FDR, David Levering Lewis reveals in this news-making reclamation that the story of this Hoosier-born corporate chairman's life is the story of an America that could have been. Popular for his down-home Midwestern charm and unaffected candor, Willkie possessed a supple intellect and a concealed disdain for political opportunism that, had he not died prematurely, would have revolutionized American politics with its advocacy of bipartisanship and social responsibility. Not only was he the first presidential candidate to speak before the NAACP, advocating a civil rights movement in the 1940s, but Willkie also bucked American isolationism and became the first to champion the nation’s involvement in international politics. Vibrantly recounted, The Improbable Wendell Willkie affirms the legacy of an American icon.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361170Tue, 27 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361170 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Improbable Wendell Willkie: The Businessman Who Saved the Republican Party and His Country, and Conceived a New World Order Author: David Levering...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361170 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Improbable Wendell Willkie: The Businessman Who Saved the Republican Party and His Country, and Conceived a New World Order Author: David Levering Lewis Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the wake of one of the most tumultuous conventions in Republican history, the party of Lincoln nominated in 1940 a prominent businessman and Wall Street attorney for president. Though Wendell Willkie would lose to FDR, David Levering Lewis reveals in this news-making reclamation that the story of this Hoosier-born corporate chairman's life is the story of an America that could have been. Popular for his down-home Midwestern charm and unaffected candor, Willkie possessed a supple intellect and a concealed disdain for political opportunism that, had he not died prematurely, would have revolutionized American politics with its advocacy of bipartisanship and social responsibility. Not only was he the first presidential candidate to speak before the NAACP, advocating a civil rights movement in the 1940s, but Willkie also bucked American isolationism and became the first to champion the nation’s involvement in international politics. Vibrantly recounted, The Improbable Wendell Willkie affirms the legacy of an American icon.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/seapower-states-maritime-culture-continental-empires-and-the-conflict-that-made-the-modern-world-by-andrew-lambert--65209278https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seapower States: Maritime Culture, Continental Empires, and the Conflict That Made the Modern World Author: Andrew Lambert Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Andrew Lambert, author of The Challenge—winner of the prestigious Anderson Medal—turns his attention to Athens, Carthage, Venice, the Dutch Republic, and Britain, examining how their identities as 'seapowers' informed their actions and enabled them to achieve success disproportionate to their size. Lambert demonstrates how creating maritime identities made these states more dynamic, open, and inclusive than their lumbering continental rivals. Only when they forgot this aspect of their identity did these nations begin to decline. Recognizing that the United States and China are modern naval powers—rather than seapowers—is essential to understanding current affairs, as well as the long-term trends in world history. This volume is a highly original 'big think' analysis of five states whose success—and eventual failure—is a subject of enduring interest, by a scholar at the top of his game.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360762Tue, 27 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seapower States: Maritime Culture, Continental Empires, and the Conflict That Made the Modern World Author: Andrew Lambert Narrator: Julian Elfer...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seapower States: Maritime Culture, Continental Empires, and the Conflict That Made the Modern World Author: Andrew Lambert Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Andrew Lambert, author of The Challenge—winner of the prestigious Anderson Medal—turns his attention to Athens, Carthage, Venice, the Dutch Republic, and Britain, examining how their identities as 'seapowers' informed their actions and enabled them to achieve success disproportionate to their size. Lambert demonstrates how creating maritime identities made these states more dynamic, open, and inclusive than their lumbering continental rivals. Only when they forgot this aspect of their identity did these nations begin to decline. Recognizing that the United States and China are modern naval powers—rather than seapowers—is essential to understanding current affairs, as well as the long-term trends in world history. This volume is a highly original 'big think' analysis of five states whose success—and eventual failure—is a subject of enduring interest, by a scholar at the top of his game.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/john-marshall-the-man-who-made-the-supreme-court-by-richard-brookhiser--65209279https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Marshall: The Man Who Made the Supreme Court Author: Richard Brookhiser Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The life of John Marshall, Founding Father and America's premier chief justice. In 1801, a genial and brilliant Revolutionary War veteran and politician became the fourth chief justice of the United States. He would hold the post for 34 years (still a record), expounding the Constitution he loved. Before he joined the Supreme Court, it was the weakling of the federal government, lacking in dignity and clout. After he died, it could never be ignored again. Through three decades of dramatic cases involving businessmen, scoundrels, Native Americans, and slaves, Marshall defended the federal government against unruly states, established the Supreme Court's right to rebuke Congress or the president, and unleashed the power of American commerce. For better and for worse, he made the Supreme Court a pillar of American life. In John Marshall, award-winning biographer Richard Brookhiser vividly chronicles America's greatest judge and the world he made.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360390Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Marshall: The Man Who Made the Supreme Court Author: Richard Brookhiser Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Marshall: The Man Who Made the Supreme Court Author: Richard Brookhiser Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The life of John Marshall, Founding Father and America's premier chief justice. In 1801, a genial and brilliant Revolutionary War veteran and politician became the fourth chief justice of the United States. He would hold the post for 34 years (still a record), expounding the Constitution he loved. Before he joined the Supreme Court, it was the weakling of the federal government, lacking in dignity and clout. After he died, it could never be ignored again. Through three decades of dramatic cases involving businessmen, scoundrels, Native Americans, and slaves, Marshall defended the federal government against unruly states, established the Supreme Court's right to rebuke Congress or the president, and unleashed the power of American commerce. For better and for worse, he made the Supreme Court a pillar of American life. In John Marshall, award-winning biographer Richard Brookhiser vividly chronicles America's greatest judge and the world he made.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dark-commerce-how-a-new-illicit-economy-is-threatening-our-future-by-louise-i-shelley--65209261https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Commerce: How a New Illicit Economy Is Threatening Our Future Author: Louise I. Shelley Narrator: Kate Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Kate Harper takes a comprehensive look at the world of illicit trade Though mankind has traded tangible goods for millennia, recent technology has changed the fundamentals of trade, in both legitimate and illegal economies. In the past three decades, the most advanced forms of illicit trade have broken with all historical precedents and, as Dark Commerce shows, now operate as if on steroids, tied to computers and social media. In this new world of illicit commerce, which benefits states and diverse participants, trade is impersonal and anonymized, and vast profits are made in short periods with limited accountability to sellers, intermediaries, and purchasers. Louise Shelley examines how new technology, communications, and globalization fuel the exponential growth of dangerous forms of illegal trade—the markets for narcotics and child pornography online, the escalation of sex trafficking through web advertisements, and the sale of endangered species for which revenues total in the hundreds of millions of dollars. The illicit economy exacerbates many of the world's destabilizing phenomena: the perpetuation of conflicts, the proliferation of arms and weapons of mass destruction, and environmental degradation and extinction. Shelley explores illicit trade in tangible goods—drugs, human beings, arms, wildlife and timber, fish, antiquities, and ubiquitous counterfeits—and contrasts this with the damaging trade in cyberspace, where intangible commodities cost consumers and organizations billions as they lose identities, bank accounts, access to computer data, and intellectual property. Demonstrating that illicit trade is a business the global community cannot afford to ignore and must work together to address, Dark Commerce considers diverse ways of responding to this increasing challenge.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364939Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Commerce: How a New Illicit Economy Is Threatening Our Future Author: Louise I. Shelley Narrator: Kate Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Commerce: How a New Illicit Economy Is Threatening Our Future Author: Louise I. Shelley Narrator: Kate Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Kate Harper takes a comprehensive look at the world of illicit trade Though mankind has traded tangible goods for millennia, recent technology has changed the fundamentals of trade, in both legitimate and illegal economies. In the past three decades, the most advanced forms of illicit trade have broken with all historical precedents and, as Dark Commerce shows, now operate as if on steroids, tied to computers and social media. In this new world of illicit commerce, which benefits states and diverse participants, trade is impersonal and anonymized, and vast profits are made in short periods with limited accountability to sellers, intermediaries, and purchasers. Louise Shelley examines how new technology, communications, and globalization fuel the exponential growth of dangerous forms of illegal trade—the markets for narcotics and child pornography online, the escalation of sex trafficking through web advertisements, and the sale of endangered species for which revenues total in the hundreds of millions of dollars. The illicit economy exacerbates many of the world's destabilizing phenomena: the perpetuation of conflicts, the proliferation of arms and weapons of mass destruction, and environmental degradation and extinction. Shelley explores illicit trade in tangible goods—drugs, human beings, arms, wildlife and timber, fish, antiquities, and ubiquitous counterfeits—and contrasts this with the damaging trade in cyberspace, where intangible commodities cost consumers and organizations billions as they lose identities, bank accounts, access to computer data, and intellectual property. Demonstrating that illicit trade is a business the global community cannot afford to ignore and must work together to address, Dark Commerce considers diverse ways of responding to this increasing challenge.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/understanding-government-contract-law-2nd-edition-by-terrence-m-o-connor--65209116https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Government Contract Law: 2nd Edition Author: Terrence M. O'connor Narrator: Dave Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The only government contract law textbook to outline both practice and theory in simple, clear English for beginners. An introduction to the procurement field that spares the reader from the necessity of trudging through dense and complex texts written in hard-to-follow 'legalese.' Here you will find clear and concise explanations of the legal principles involved in government contract law, written by an authority on the subject. This is a text that instructors have used and enjoyed for ten years, and now it is being updated to include the latest case studies and regulations.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Government Contract Law: 2nd Edition Author: Terrence M. O'connor Narrator: Dave Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Government Contract Law: 2nd Edition Author: Terrence M. O'connor Narrator: Dave Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The only government contract law textbook to outline both practice and theory in simple, clear English for beginners. An introduction to the procurement field that spares the reader from the necessity of trudging through dense and complex texts written in hard-to-follow 'legalese.' Here you will find clear and concise explanations of the legal principles involved in government contract law, written by an authority on the subject. This is a text that instructors have used and enjoyed for ten years, and now it is being updated to include the latest case studies and regulations.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-line-in-the-sand-britain-france-and-the-struggle-that-shaped-the-middle-east-by-james-barr--65209255https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Line in the Sand: Britain, France and the struggle that shaped the Middle East Author: James Barr Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘The very grubby coalface of foreign policy … I found the entire book most horribly addictive’ Independent ‘One of the unexpected responses to reading this masterful study is amazement at the efforts the British and French each put into undermining the other’ Spectator A fascinating insight into the untold story of how British-French rivalry drew the battle-lines of the modern Middle East. In 1916, in the middle of the First World War, two men secretly agreed to divide the Middle East between them. Sir Mark Sykes was a visionary politician; François Georges-Picot a diplomat with a grudge. They drew a line in the sand from the Mediterranean to the Persian frontier, and together remade the map of the Middle East, with Britain’s 'mandates' of Palestine, Transjordan and Iraq, and France's in Lebanon and Syria. Over the next thirty years a sordid tale of violence and clandestine political manoeuvring unfolded, told here through a stellar cast of politicians, diplomats, spies and soldiers, including T. E. Lawrence, Winston Churchill and Charles de Gaulle. Using declassified papers from the British and French archives, James Barr vividly depicts the covert, deadly war of intrigue and espionage between Britain and France to rule the Middle East, and reveals the shocking way in which the French finally got their revenge.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363277Thu, 06 Sep 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Line in the Sand: Britain, France and the struggle that shaped the Middle East Author: James Barr Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Line in the Sand: Britain, France and the struggle that shaped the Middle East Author: James Barr Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘The very grubby coalface of foreign policy … I found the entire book most horribly addictive’ Independent ‘One of the unexpected responses to reading this masterful study is amazement at the efforts the British and French each put into undermining the other’ Spectator A fascinating insight into the untold story of how British-French rivalry drew the battle-lines of the modern Middle East. In 1916, in the middle of the First World War, two men secretly agreed to divide the Middle East between them. Sir Mark Sykes was a visionary politician; François Georges-Picot a diplomat with a grudge. They drew a line in the sand from the Mediterranean to the Persian frontier, and together remade the map of the Middle East, with Britain’s 'mandates' of Palestine, Transjordan and Iraq, and France's in Lebanon and Syria. Over the next thirty years a sordid tale of violence and clandestine political manoeuvring unfolded, told here through a stellar cast of politicians, diplomats, spies and soldiers, including T. E. Lawrence, Winston Churchill and Charles de Gaulle. Using declassified papers from the British and French archives, James Barr vividly depicts the covert, deadly war of intrigue and espionage between Britain and France to rule the Middle East, and reveals the shocking way in which the French finally got their revenge.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/like-it-happened-yesterday-by-ravinder-singh--65209272https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361550 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like It Happened Yesterday Author: Ravinder Singh Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Has anyone ever asked you—What were the best days of your life? That one period of your life you always wanted to go back to? And live that life . . . one more time? When asked this, I closed my eyes and went back in my own past. And I thought . . . . . . of the days, when life's most complex choices had a simple solution of Akkad Bakkad Bambey Bo! . . . of the seasons when rains were celebrated by making paper boats. . . . of the times when waiting at the railway crossing meant counting the bogies of the train passing by. When I opened my eyes, it seems Like it Happened Yesterday! Like it was yesterday that I broke my first tooth and fell in love for the first time. Like it was yesterday, when I was about to lose my friend, and suddenly he became my best friend. I look back and it becomes a journey full of adventure. It makes me laugh, it makes me cry and I know I’m here because I was . . . Come, hold my hand, and take this trip with me. It will be yesterday for you, once again!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361550Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361550 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like It Happened Yesterday Author: Ravinder Singh Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361550 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like It Happened Yesterday Author: Ravinder Singh Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Has anyone ever asked you—What were the best days of your life? That one period of your life you always wanted to go back to? And live that life . . . one more time? When asked this, I closed my eyes and went back in my own past. And I thought . . . . . . of the days, when life's most complex choices had a simple solution of Akkad Bakkad Bambey Bo! . . . of the seasons when rains were celebrated by making paper boats. . . . of the times when waiting at the railway crossing meant counting the bogies of the train passing by. When I opened my eyes, it seems Like it Happened Yesterday! Like it was yesterday that I broke my first tooth and fell in love for the first time. Like it was yesterday, when I was about to lose my friend, and suddenly he became my best friend. I look back and it becomes a journey full of adventure. It makes me laugh, it makes me cry and I know I’m here because I was . . . Come, hold my hand, and take this trip with me. It will be yesterday for you, once again!]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/alt-america-the-rise-of-the-radical-right-in-the-age-of-trump-by-david-neiwert--65209098https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alt-America: The Rise of the Radical Right in the Age of Trump Author: David Neiwert Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Just as Donald Trump's victorious campaign for the US presidency shocked the world, the seemingly sudden national prominence of white supremacists, xenophobes, militia leaders, and mysterious 'alt-right' figures mystifies many. But the American extreme right has been growing steadily in number and influence since the 1990s with the rise of patriot militias. Following 9/11, conspiracy theorists found fresh life; and in virulent reaction to the first black US president, militant racists have come out of the woodwork. Nurtured by a powerful right-wing media sector in radio, TV, and online, the far right, Tea Party movement conservatives, and Republican activists found common ground. Figures such as Stephen Bannon, Milo Yiannopoulos, and Alex Jones, once rightly dismissed as cranks, now haunt the reports of mainstream journalism. Investigative reporter David Neiwert has been tracking extremists for more than two decades. In Alt-America, he provides a deeply researched and authoritative report on the growth of fascism and far-right terrorism, the violence of which in the last decade has surpassed anything inspired by Islamist or other ideologies in the United States.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375305Tue, 31 Oct 2017 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alt-America: The Rise of the Radical Right in the Age of Trump Author: David Neiwert Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alt-America: The Rise of the Radical Right in the Age of Trump Author: David Neiwert Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Just as Donald Trump's victorious campaign for the US presidency shocked the world, the seemingly sudden national prominence of white supremacists, xenophobes, militia leaders, and mysterious 'alt-right' figures mystifies many. But the American extreme right has been growing steadily in number and influence since the 1990s with the rise of patriot militias. Following 9/11, conspiracy theorists found fresh life; and in virulent reaction to the first black US president, militant racists have come out of the woodwork. Nurtured by a powerful right-wing media sector in radio, TV, and online, the far right, Tea Party movement conservatives, and Republican activists found common ground. Figures such as Stephen Bannon, Milo Yiannopoulos, and Alex Jones, once rightly dismissed as cranks, now haunt the reports of mainstream journalism. Investigative reporter David Neiwert has been tracking extremists for more than two decades. In Alt-America, he provides a deeply researched and authoritative report on the growth of fascism and far-right terrorism, the violence of which in the last decade has surpassed anything inspired by Islamist or other ideologies in the United States.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inside-gitmo-the-true-story-behind-the-myths-of-guantanamo-bay-by-gordon-cucullu--65209197https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside Gitmo: The True Story Behind the Myths of Guantanamo Bay Author: Gordon Cucullu Narrator: Damon Abdallah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 9, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We have repeatedly been told that the US detention center at Guantanamo Bay - known to the public as Gitmo - is a scene of medieval horrors where innocent farmers and goatherds swept up in Afghanistan and Iraq have been sequestered, tortured and abused for years on end without access to legal counsel or basic medical services. Gordon Cucullu, a retired Army Colonel, was so appalled by these reports that he decided to make a series of visits to Gitmo to see for himself. He visited every corner of the camp and interviewed dozens of personnel from guards and interrogators to cooks and nurses. The resulting book is a clear and careful description of a well-run military installation displaying a high degree of commitment and professionalism at every level. While it is undoubtedly the case that some prisoners were treated harshly in the early days, when the hastily built camp was flooded with battlefield captures and fears ran high of another 9/11-style attack, Cucullu believes that these excesses were quickly corrected and treatment and oversight routines instituted that exceed the standards of any maximum-security prison in the world. Far from the bucket of blood we have been led to expect, Gitmo is an installation of which Americans deserve to be proud.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368573Fri, 09 Dec 2011 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside Gitmo: The True Story Behind the Myths of Guantanamo Bay Author: Gordon Cucullu Narrator: Damon Abdallah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside Gitmo: The True Story Behind the Myths of Guantanamo Bay Author: Gordon Cucullu Narrator: Damon Abdallah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 9, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We have repeatedly been told that the US detention center at Guantanamo Bay - known to the public as Gitmo - is a scene of medieval horrors where innocent farmers and goatherds swept up in Afghanistan and Iraq have been sequestered, tortured and abused for years on end without access to legal counsel or basic medical services. Gordon Cucullu, a retired Army Colonel, was so appalled by these reports that he decided to make a series of visits to Gitmo to see for himself. He visited every corner of the camp and interviewed dozens of personnel from guards and interrogators to cooks and nurses. The resulting book is a clear and careful description of a well-run military installation displaying a high degree of commitment and professionalism at every level. While it is undoubtedly the case that some prisoners were treated harshly in the early days, when the hastily built camp was flooded with battlefield captures and fears ran high of another 9/11-style attack, Cucullu believes that these excesses were quickly corrected and treatment and oversight routines instituted that exceed the standards of any maximum-security prison in the world. Far from the bucket of blood we have been led to expect, Gitmo is an installation of which Americans deserve to be proud.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-ground-unbuilding-the-world-trade-center-by-william-langewiesche--65209144https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370049 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Ground: Unbuilding the World Trade Center Author: William Langewiesche Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 14, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Noted author, war correspondent, and award-winning writer for the Atlantic Monthly, William Langewiesche furnishes a riveting firsthand account of the excavation of the World Trade Center ruins following its destruction on September 11, 2001. American Ground is an inspiring look at the often contentious mixture of personalities, politics, and emotions that fueled this massive effort. It is also a testament to American ingenuity in the aftermath of a great tragedy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370049Mon, 14 Jan 2008 01:22:26 +0000Yadira RohanPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370049 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Ground: Unbuilding the World Trade Center Author: William Langewiesche Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370049 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Ground: Unbuilding the World Trade Center Author: William Langewiesche Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 14, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Noted author, war correspondent, and award-winning writer for the Atlantic Monthly, William Langewiesche furnishes a riveting firsthand account of the excavation of the World Trade Center ruins following its destruction on September 11, 2001. American Ground is an inspiring look at the often contentious mixture of personalities, politics, and emotions that fueled this massive effort. It is also a testament to American ingenuity in the aftermath of a great tragedy.]]>305cleanfull